PSRTflniHfl - Pertanika Journal - UPM [PDF]

Jul 16, 2014 - Section 1:Biological Sciences. Changes in Germination, Respiration Rate and Leachate Conductivity during Storage of Hevea Seeds- M.N. Normah. 1 and HE. Chin. The Effects of SO2 and No2 Singly or in Combination on the Growth Performance of Cocoa Mirids {Helopeltis. 1 theobromae Miller)- ...

4 downloads 60 Views 18MB Size

Recommend Stories


UPM EcoLite
Happiness doesn't result from what we get, but from what we give. Ben Carson

upm davranış kuralları
Kindness, like a boomerang, always returns. Unknown

UPM Sládkovičovo
Before you speak, let your words pass through three gates: Is it true? Is it necessary? Is it kind?

UPM-Kymmene Corporation
Keep your face always toward the sunshine - and shadows will fall behind you. Walt Whitman

SLIDE PEMENANG ANUGERAH HKIP UPM 2017.pdf
When you talk, you are only repeating what you already know. But if you listen, you may learn something

upm bioverno biodiesel
No amount of guilt can solve the past, and no amount of anxiety can change the future. Anonymous

Untitled - Robolabo - UPM
Make yourself a priority once in a while. It's not selfish. It's necessary. Anonymous

upm profi rail step
Ask yourself: How much of your time during an average week is spent doing things you dislike or that

UPM Raflatac Technical Information
Your task is not to seek for love, but merely to seek and find all the barriers within yourself that

UPM Raflatac Technical Information
You have to expect things of yourself before you can do them. Michael Jordan

Idea Transcript


UNIVERSITI PHRTANIAN MALAYS

PSRTflniHfl A Journal of Biological, Physical and Social Sciences Number 1, April 1991 Contents Section 1: Biological Sciences Changes in Germination, Respiration Rate and Leachate Conductivity during Storage of Hevea Seeds- M.N. Normah 1 and HE. Chin The Effects of SO2 and No2 Singly or in Combination on the Growth Performance of Cocoa Mirids {Helopeltis 1 theobromae Miller)- Muhammad Awang, Rita Muhamad and SyedAzelan S.A. Hassan Exothermic Events in Cocoa {Theobroma Cacoa L.) Seeds Associated with Low Temperature Damage - Y.L. Hor and 15 RC. Stanwood Growth, Node Development and Estimated Yield of Calamus manan Planted under a Rubber Smallholding 21 - Nur Supardi bin Md. Noorand Aminuddin bin Mohamad Damage Assessment on Stored Mungbean Vigna radiata (L.) Wilczek and Soybean Glycine max L Merr Infested with 27 the Common Bean Weevil, Callosobruchus maculatus (F.) (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) - Noorma Osman, Rohani Ibrahim and Abang Bohan Abangjohari Copper and Lime Interaction on the Growth of Corn on Tropical Peat- Syed OmarS.R., M.H. Ahmad Husni, A.R Anuar 31 and M.A. Rozilan Communication

Zooplankton Abundance and Composition in Catfish (Clarias macrocephalus) Ponds - Ahyaudin b. AH

37

Section II: Physical Sciences Mineralogy, Morphology and Classification of Acid Sulfate Soils in Pulau Lumut, Selangor - Edgardo A. Auxtero, J. Shamshuddin and S.Paramananthan Effects of Ascorbyl Palmitate and Silicone on Frying Performance of Palm Olein - Kamsiah Ibrahim, M.A. Augustin and A.S.H Ong Effects of Gamma-Irradiation on Peroxide Formation in Palm Olein - K. Endinkeau and T. W. Woodward Determination of Dry Rubber Content(DRC) of Hevea Rubber Latex by Microwave Drying - Kaida bin Khalid Dwicabangan Penyelesaian Berkala Persamaan Van der Pol - Mat Rofa bin Ismail

43 53 59 65 69

Communication

Determination of Best Straight Line Graphs in the Undergraduate Science Laboratory - Supian bin Samat and C.J. Evans Effect of Organic Matter on the Immobilization of Cadmium in Four Malaysian Cocoa Growing Soils - Low, K. S and C.K Ue

11 83

Section III: Social Sciences Self-esteem and Initial Drug Use: a Comparative Study between Users and Non-users among Malay Adolescents in Peninsular Malaysia - H.M. Abdullah Al-Hadi and M. T. Mohd Nasir Means of Payment and Bidding Firms1 Stock Returns in the UK: a Test of 'Information Hypothesis' - Shamsher Mohamad and Annuar Md. Nassir Pembangunan Sistem Perladangan: Kearah Penggunaan Sumber Secara Optimum - Mohd. Ghazali Mohayidin dan

87 93 101

Saripah Mohd. Nor

Kajian Keberkesanan Projek Pembangunan Estet padi di Kelantan - Mohd Ghazali Mohayidin dan Wan Azahari Wan Harun

111

Members of the Editiorial Board Prof. Chin Hoong Fong M. Agric. Sc, Ph.D. (Melb.) F.I. Biol. (Lond).

Faculty of Agriculture (Chief Editor)

Prof. Sulaiman bin Mohd Yassin B. Agric. Sc. (Rons.) Malaya, M.P.A. (C.A.), Ph.D. (Cornell).

Centre for Extension Education

Prof. Ang Kokjee B. Sc. (Madras), M. Sc. (Malaya), Ph.D. (Waterloo)

Faculty of Fisheries and Marine Science

Faculty of Engineering Assoc. Prof. Mohd Zohadie bin Bardaie Dip. Agric. (Malaya), B.S., M.S. (U.C. Davis), PL D. (Cornell) Assoc. Prof. Mat Yusoff Abdullah B. Sc. (Malaya), M.S. (U.P.L.B.), Ph.D. (Okla. State)

Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies

Ahmad Said bin Sajap Dip. Agric. (Malaya), B. Sc. (Calif.), M.S. (Iowa State), Ph.D. (Iowa State)

Faculty of Forestry

Assoc. Prof. Asiah bte Mohd Zain B.S. (Iowa), M. Sc. (Reading).

Faculty of Food Science and Biotechnology

Eddie Chiew Fook Chong Dip. Agric. (Malaya), B. Agric. Sc. (Hons) (Malaya), M. Sc. (Malaya), Ph.D. (Florida)

Faculty of Resource Economics and Management (Business Manager)

Assoc. Prof. Tan Hock Seng, B. Sc. (Hons), B. Vet. Med. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Guelph), M.R.CV.S.

Faculty of Veterinary Medicine and Animal Science

Assoc. Prof. Karen Anne Crouse-Badri B. Sc. (Hons), (St. F.X.) M. Sc. (Dal) Ph.D. (Malaya)

Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies.

Assoc. Prof. Abdul Rahman bin Md. Aroff Faculty of Educational Studies B.A. Dip. Ed. (Malaya), M. Ed. (Nkeff), Ph.D. (Southampton) Sumangal Pillai B. Soc. Sc. (Hons)

Universiti Pertanian Malaysia Press (Secretary)

UNIVERS1T1 BHRTAiMAN

A Journal of Biological, Physical and Social Sciences Number 2, August 1991 Contents Section 1: Biological Sciences Growth and Physiological Changes of NFTOrown Tomatoes (Lycopersicon esculentum) as Influenced by Salinity, Vapour Pressure Deficit (VPD) and Root Temperature - /. Mohd Razi and S. W, Burrage

119

Examination of Recalcitrant Seed Proteins of Durio zibetkinus — Marc R Charbonneau, Michael. J. Brown, and John S. Greenwood

125

Incidence of VAM Spores in Some Malaysian Soils - Azizah Chulan H. and Mohammad Omar

133

Flavonol Oglycosides from the Pinnae of Asplenium marinum L, - Y. Umikalsom and J.B. Harbome Flavone Gglycosides from the Pinnae of Three Asplenium Species - Y. Umikalsom zndJ.B. Harbome

139 143

Flavone O-glycosides and Other Flavonoids of Malaysian Asplenium L. - Y. Umikalsom

149

Chemical Components of Pyroligneous Acid Liquors from the Pyrolysisof Rubberwood (HeveabrasiliensisF. Muell.) - Halimahton Mansor, K.C. Khoo and E.M. Harris The Effect of Illumination on Vitamin C and Total Carotenoid Contents of Black Gram (Vigna mungo L.) Sprouts

153

- Ghazali, H.M and Goh, S.C

159

Communication Growth Characteristics of Clarias macrocephalus (Gunther) Fry in a Tank Culture Practice - Phillip T. Arumugam

163

Hyphal Interactions of Trichoderma sp. and Sclerotium rolfsii, the Causal Pathogen of Foot-Rot of Chilli — Sariah Meon Use of Enzymes for Extraction of Starfruit Juice - M.A. Augustin, Gulam Rusul Rahmat Ali and B.C. Chua

167 171

Distribution of Fish Aggregating Devices (Unjams) and their Relation to Sediment Distribution Pattern in the Coastal Waters of Terengganu - Sakri Ibrahim, Gunzo Kawamura and Mohd Azmi Ambak

175

Section II: Physical Sciences The Effect of Attachment of Hydrophobic Imidoesters on the Catalytic Activity of Trypsin - Kamaruzaman Ampon Interaction of Chitin and Na-Alginate with Cu - Mazlin bin Mokhtar, Suzannah Sharif and MarcusJopony A Partial Model for Serine Proteases: Kinetic Demonstration of Rate Acceleration by Intramolecular General Base Catalysis. An Experiment for a Biochemistry/Enzymology Lab — Nordin Hj. Lajis and Mohammad Niyaz Khan

181 187

Determination of Gaussian Parameters of X-Ray and Gamma-Ray Peaks- Supian bin Samat and C.J. Evans

201

Mechanical Depulping of Coffee Using the Disc-Type Depulper - Rimfieljanius and Ahmad Jusoh Communication

207

Effect of RBD Palm Olein on Liquid Crystals Using Optical Microscopy - Hamdan Suhaimi and Anuar Kassim

213

193

Section III: Social Sciences Some Determinants of Banking Performance in a Developing Economy: the Malaysian Case -MuzafarShah Habibullah World Demand for Malaysian Hardwood Sawn timber and Plywood - Mohd. Shahwahid Haji Othman

217 221

Members of the Editorial Board Prof. Chin Hoong Fong M. Agric. Sc., Ph.D. (Melb.)F.I. Biol (Lond).

Faculty of Agriculture (Chief Editor)

Prof. Sulaiman bin Mohd Yassin B. Agric. Sc. (Hons.) Malaya, M.P.A. (C.A.), Ph.D. (Cornell).

Centre for Extension Education

Prof. Ang Kokjee B.Sc. (Madras), M. Sc. (Malaya), Ph.D. (Waterloo)

Faculty of Fisheries and Marine Science

Assoc. Prof. Mohd Zohadie bin Bardaie Faculty of Engineering Dip. Agric. (Malaya), B. S., M. S (U. C. Davis), Ph.D (Cornell) Assoc. Prof. Mat Yusoff Abdullah B. Sc. (Malaya), M.S. (U.P.L.B.), Ph.D. (Okla. State)

Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies

Ahmad Said bin Sajap Dip. Agnc. (Malaya), B. Sc. (Calif.), M.S. (IowaState), Ph.D. (Iowa State)

Faculty of Forestry

Suhaila Mohamad B.Sc. (Hons) (Leeds), Ph.D. (Leeds).

Faculty of Food Science and Biotechnology

Eddie Chiew Fook Chong Dip. Agric. (Malaya), B. Agric. Sc. (Hons) (Malaya), M. Sc. (Malaya), Ph.D. (Florida)

Faculty of Economics and Management (Business Manager)

Assoc. Prof. Tan Hock Seng, B. Sc. (Hons), B. Vet. Med. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Guelph), M.R.C.V.S.

Faculty of Veterinary Medicine and Animal Science

Assoc. Prof. Karen Anne Crouse-Badri B. Sc. (Hons), (St.F.X.) M. Sc. (Dal.) Ph.D. (Malaya)

Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies.

Assoc. Prof. Abdul Rahman bin Md. Aroff Faculty of Educational Studies B.A. Dip. Ed. (Malaya), M. Ed. (Nheff), Ph.D. (Southampton) Sumangala Pillai B. Soc. Sc. (Hons)

Universiti Pertanian Malaysia Press (Secretary)

|

K*>»eksi Maiaysiana

PERTflniKfi A Journal of Biological, Physical and Social Sciences Number 3, December 1991 Contents Section I: Biological Sciences Productivity of Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Oat Populations at Two Sowing Dates - Narimah Md. Kairudin Changes in Moisture Content of Corn Starch during Pneumatic Conveying - Asbi B. All and J. Lamb 229 A Survey of Microbiological Quality of Fish Sold in Two Local Wet Markets - G. Rusul, Mohamed Mahyuddin Dahan 237 and Mustaffa Dollah 243 Prevalence of Listeria monocytogenes in Retail Beef and Poultry - Ghulam Rusul Rahmat, Aziah Ibrahim and Fatimah Abu Bakar 249 Laboratory Studies on the Release of Cations and Anions in Acid Sulfate Soils from Pulau Lumut, Selangor / Shamsuddin and Edgardo A. Auxtero 257 Effect of Tracked and Rubber-Tyred Logging Machines on Soil Physical Properties of the Berkelah Forest Reserve, Malaysia - Kamaruzaman Jusoff 265 Communication Effects of Host Fruit and,Larval Density on Development and Survival of Bactrocera sp. (Malaysian B.) (Diptera: Tephritidae). - Chua Tock fling Biomass Production and Biomass Relationship of Young Callicarpa pentandra - Lim Meng Tsai Ground Water-Bottom Soil-Water Interactions in Tropical Carp Nursery Ponds - M. Ahsan bin Habib, M. Jahangir Alam, L. Rahman Khan and Momtaz Begum

277 281 287

Section II: Physical Sciences Flavonoid Glycosides from the Pinnae of Lunathyrium japonicum - Y. Umikalsom and J.B. Harborne Flavonoid Distribution in Asplenioid Ferns - Y. Umikalsom and J.B. Harborne The Distribution of Service Time at Bangi, Kajang, Sungai Besi and Universiti Pertanian Malaysia Closed System Toll Plazas - Radin Umar Bin Radin Sohadi Habsah bt. Midi and Muhammad Salih Haji Ja'afar Computing Dispersion Coefficient of Model Waste Stabilization Ponds - Hock Lye Koh and Poh Eng Lim A Simple Approach to Ascertain the Magnitudes of the Coefficients of 2 p-Atomic Orbitals in Each TT - Electron Molecular Orbital of the Linear Polyenes or Polyenyl Systems - Mohammad Niyaz Khan Masalah Pelajar dalam Menamakan Sebatian-Sebatian Organik Berpolifungsi - Rehan Bt. Haji Mohd Nor The Group Explicit Methods for Parabolic Problems with Cylindrical and Spherical Symmetry - Mohd Salleh Sahimi and David J. Evans

293 297 301 311 317 323 331

Communication Effect of Milling Time on the Microstructure of YBa2 Cu2 O w - A. Halim Shaari, M. Hashim, J. Suradi, M. Yahya and MM. Dalimin Dicentrine: the Major Alkaloid of Cyclea laxijlora Miers. - Nordin Hj. Lajis, Zainudin Samadi and Norhayati Ismail Phaeanthine and Limacine from Phaeanthus crassipetalus Becc. - Fasihuddin B.A. Shanty, V and Atan M.S. A Subroutine Package for Solving Hydrodynamic Lubrication Problems - Shahnor Basri

347 353 355 359

Section III: Social Sciences Returns to Bidding and Target Firms in Hostile Takeovers: Some UK Evidence - Shamsher Mohamad and Annuar Md. Nassir A Model for the Rice and Wheat Economy in Malaysia: An Empirical Assessment of Alternative Specifications Ahmad Zubaidi Baharumshah A Motal Approach to Risk Management Strategies for Vegetable Producers in Malaysia - Zainal Abidin Mohamed and Ahmad Zubaidi Baharumshah

373

383 393

Members of the Editorial Board Prof Chin Hoong Fong M. Agric Sc, Ph.D. (Melb.) F.I. Biol. (Lond).

Faculty of Agriculture (Chief Editor)

Prof. Sulaiman bin Mohd Yassin B. Agric. Sc. (Hans.) Malaya, M.P.A. (C.A.), Ph.D. (Cornell).

Centre for Extension and Continuing Education

Prof. Ang Kok Jee B. Sc. (Madras), M. Sc. (Malaya), Ph.D. (Waterloo)

Faculty of Fisheries and Marine Science

Faculty of Engineering Assoc. Prof. Mohd Zohadie bin Bardaie Dip. Agric (Malaya), B.S., M.S. (U.C. Davis), Ph. D. (Cornell) Assoc. Prof. Mat Yusoff Abdullah B. Sc. (Malaya), M.S. (U.P.L.B.), Ph.D. (Okla. State)

Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies 4

Ahmad Said bin Sajap Dip. Agric (Malaya), B. Sc. (Calif.), M.S. (Iowa State), Ph.D. (Iowa State)

Faculty of Forestry

Assoc. Prof Suhaila Mohamed B.S. (Ueds), Ph.D. (Leeds) (Reading).

Faculty of Food Science and Biotechnology

Eddie Chiew Fook Chong Dip. Agric. (Malaya), B. Agric. Sc. (Hons) (Malaya), M. Sc (Malaya), Ph.D. (Florida)

Faculty of Resource Economics and Management (Business Manager)

Assoc. Prof. Vidyadaran Menon D.V.M. (Mymensingh), M.V.S. (Melbourne), Ph.D (UPM)

Faculty of Veterinary Medicine and Animal Science

Assoc. Prof. Karen Anne Crouse-Badri B.Sc. (Hons), (St. FX.) M. Sc. (Dal.) Ph.D. (Malaya)

Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies

Assoc. Prof Abdul Rahman bin Md. Aroff Faculty of Educational Studies B.A. Dip. Ed. (Malaya), M. Ed. (Nheff), Ph.D. (Southampton) Sumangala Pillai B. Soc. Sc (Hons)

Universiti Pertanian Malaysia Press (Secretary)

Section I Biological Sciences

Pertanikal4(l), 1-6(1991)

Changes in Germination, Respiration Rate and Leachate Conductivity during Storage of Hevea Seeds M.N. NORMAH* and H.F. CHIN Agronomy Department, Faculty of Agriculture Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPM, Serdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia Keywords: Hevea; storage; changes. ABSTRAK Biji benih Hevea telah disimpan terpedap dalam suhu 10, 22 dan 27°C. Selepas setiap bulan penyimpanan, pertukaran dalamperatuspercambahan, kadar respirasi dan konduktiviti luluhlarutan diukur. Didapati dengan penambahan masa, penyimpanan berlaku penurunan dalamperatuspercambahan, ketinggian berat kering anak benih, kadar respirasi serta penambahan konduktiviti luluhlarutan. Kehilangan integriti membran dicadangkan sebagaipunca kerosakan biji semasa penyimpanan. ABSTRACT Hevea seeds were stored imbibed at the temperatures of 10, 22 and 27°C. After each month of storage, changes in percentage germination, respiration rate and leachate conductivity were observed. There was a decrease in percentage germination, seedling height, seedlingdry weight, respiration rate and an increase in leachate conductivity as duration of storage increased. Loss of membrane integrity was suggested as one of the causes of deterioration of seeds during storage. INTRODUCTION

Rubber {Hevea brasiliensis Muell. - Arg.) seeds are considered to be recalcitrant in nature. Roberts (1973) classiffied recalcitran t seeds as those whose viabilitytendstodecreasewithadecrease in moisture content below some relatively high value, between 12 and 31%. Heveaseeds are killed by dehydration, high temperature or freezing (Chin et al. 1981). At present no method is available for the storage of Heveaseeds beyond a year. Storage of Hevea seeds mixed with moist sawdust in perforated polythene bags at 7°C can man tain viability up to four months (Ang 1976). Treatment with polyethylene glycol 1500 was found to improve the storage life of seeds up to six months with 25% germination (Sakhibun 1981). Other than the studies carried out by Chin et al. (1981),Hor(1984)andBerjak^a/. (1984), very little work has been done to study changes that occur in recalcitrant seeds during deterioration. Seed deterioration has been defined as irreversible changes that reduce survival capacity and lead to

loss of vigour and germinability (Anderson 1973). It has been postulated that as the seed deteriorates, various functions of the seed are impaired in a definite sequence (Delouche 1969; Heydecker 1972). Thus, deterioration is not confined to any one cellular function, but is manifested in a variety of ways with anyone being sufficient to impede germination (Bewley and Black 1982). According to Delouche (1969), delayed seed germination is one of the earliest physiological signs of deterioration. It occurs well ahead of decreased germination and has been used to index deterioration in a wide range of seeds including corn (Grabe 1965), sorghum and soybean (Teng 1977). Retardation of seedling growth was observed in a wide range of deteriorating seeds including broad beans, peas and barley (Abdalla and Roberts 1969),snap beans (TooleetaL 1957),and corn (Grabe 1965; Woodstock and Feeley 1965). The decline in respiratory rate has also been reported for various seeds under different conditions of deterioration. These include natural age-

* Present address: Department of Botany, Faculty of Life Sciences, Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, 43600 Bangi, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia.

M.N. NORMAH AND H. F. CHIN

ing (Woodstock and Grabe 1967; Kittock and Law 1986; Abdul-Baki 1969; Abdul-Baki and Anderson 1973), accelerated ageing (Abdul-Baki 1969; Parrish and Leopold 1978) and chilling injury (Woodstock and Feeley 1965; Leopold and Musgrave 1979). In most cases, respiration as measured by oxygen uptake is closely correlated with deterioration as measured by reduced germination. Berjak and Villiers (1970) reported that membrane aberrations increased with increasing age of the maize embryos. More sugars and amino acids were leached from deteriorated than from vigorous seeds (Yaklich and AbdulBaki 1975). An increase in leached solutes as viability declined was also reported by Maguire?/ al (1973); Abdul-Baki and Anderson (1973); Parrish and Leopold (1978) and Abdul-Baki (1980). Seed viability has been highly correlated with leachingand conductivity of seed leachate and this phenomenon has been suggested as a good index for seed deterioration (Ching and Schoolcraft 1968). The objective of this study is to observe and compare the changes that occur in Hevea seeds with those changes in orthodox seeds during storage at different temperatures. An imbibed storage method was used as this is the established method of storing Hevea seeds. It is hoped that through a better understanding of deterioration of the seeds during storage, a suitable method may be devised to improve the storability of Hevea seeds and also of other recalcitrant seeds. MATERIALS AND METHODS Seeds of clone RRIM 600 were obtained from Prang Besar Seeds Gardens located in Telok Intan, Perak, Malaysia. Sawdust was cleaned by soaking in water for three days, with daily changes of the water to remove toxic substances that might be present. It was then sterilised in an oven at 100°C for 48 hours and cooled before use. The sawdust was then mixed with distilled water up to 20% moisture content. Freshly harvested seeds were mixed in equal volume with moistened sawdust and were spread in shallow layers inside perforated black polythene bags (30 cm x 36 cm) with ten holes of approximately 0.5 cm in diameter in a split-plot design experiment. The seeds were stored at 10°G (cold room), 22°C (air-conditioned room) and 27°C (ambient room). Storage duration was for three months with the following changes being assessed after each month of storage.

Moisture Content

No rules are available for testing tree seeds in the 1985 International Rules for Seed Testing (International Seed Testing Association 1985). Therefore, in the present study, moisture tests were devised and conducted as follows: The seeds were first cracked open and the kernels cut into thin slicesand weighed. The slices were then dried in an oven at 105°C for 16 hours and dry weight was recorded. The moisture content was determined as loss in weight and expressed as a percentage of the fresh weight of the kernels. Due to the difficulty of obtaining large amount of seeds, the moisture content was determined by sampling four replicates of 10 seeds each. Germination

Seeds were germinated in accordance with the International Rules for Seed Testing (International Seed Testing Association 1985) using the in-sand method. Seeds were sown in boxes filled with sterilised moist sand. Initial and final counts were carried out after 14 and 21 days, respectively. Owing to the difficulty of obtaining large amount of seeds, four replicates of 25 seeds each were used in all germination tests. Seedlings were assessed as germinated when all essential structures were seen to have developed normally. Seedling Height and Dry Weight

The height and dry weight of all normal seedlings from the first and final count of the germination test were measured. Seedling height was measured from the base of the hypocotyl Just above the root zone to the tip of the shoot. The seedlings were then bisected at the base of the hypocotyl into shoot and root tissues. The seedling dry weight was obtained after drying in a 75°C oven for one week. Conductivity of Seed Leachate

Seeds were thoroughly cleaned under the tap and rinsed six times in deionised water. Three replicates of ten seeds in each replicate were completely submerged for one hour in 50 ml of deionised waterat22°C. Aftersoaking,thewaterwasdecanted and its conductivity measured using a WTW conductivitymeter(modelLF42)withautomatic temperature compensation to 22°C. The platinum electrodes were thoroughly rinsed with deionised water before each measurement. Respiration Rate

Respiration rate was measured using a Gilson

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

CHANGES IN GERMINATION, RESPIRATION RATE AND LEACHATE CONDUCTIVITY OF HEVEA SEEDS

respirometer. Three replicates often embryonic axes in each replicate of each treatment were used. The embryonic axes were placed in the main body of the flask containing 2 ml of fresh sterile incubation medium. The sterile incubation medium consisted of 10 ml of streptomycin sulphate (500 m g r 1 ) , lOmlofpenicillinG^OOmgl'^^.Blg of Na2HP04 12H20, of 20% and 0.41 g KH2P04, made up to 100 ml with distilled water and sterilised. A small piece of fluted paper containing 0.2 ml freshly prepared potassium hydroxide was left in the centre well of each flask to absorb carbon dioxide. The flasks were allowed to equilibrate for approximately 20 minutes before respiration rate was measured. The respiration rate was measured after 0.5,1.0,1.5,2.0,2.5 and 3.0 hours of incubation at 30°C. All flasks were constantly shaken throughout the experiment. At the end of the incubation period, the axes were removed and their dry weight obtained after drying in a 75°C oven for one week.

with increasing months of storage. However, the increase in conductivity of seeds stored at 27°C was significantly less than those of the seeds stored at 22°C and at 10°C, respectively (Table 5).

RESULTS

L.S.D. (p • 0.05) for between temperatures within same or different months of storage = 4.95

The results of moisture content, percentage of germination, seedling height, seedling dry weight and leachate conductivity are given in Tables 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, respectively. The moisture content of seeds increased during the first month of storage at all temperatures. Subsequently, seeds stored at 10°C (cold room) and at 27°C (ambient room) maintained quite a constant moisture content. However, seeds stored at 22°C (air-conditioned room) continued to lose moisture during the second and third months of storage (Table 1). There was no significant difference in percentage germination after one month of storage in all storage temperatures (Table 2). Percentage germination of those seeds stored at 10°C (cold room) and at 22°C (air-conditioned room) decreased significantly with increasing months of storage. For seeds stored at 27°C (ambient room), the decrease in percentage germination was less rapid. Seedling height and dry weight increased after one month of storage at all temperatures and decreased with further storage (Tables 3 and 4). There was a significant temperature effect with months of storage. At the end of the storage period, seeds stored at 27°C had the greatest seedling height and dry weight, followed by those stored at 22°C and at 10°C, respectively. There was an increase in leachate conductivity

TABLE 1 Moisture content (%) of Heveaseeds stored imbibed at 10,22and27°C. Months of storage Storage temperature

Mean 0

10°C (cold room)

1

2

3

26.38 46.98 48.56 49.18 42.78

22°C (air-conditioned)26.38 45.51 33.93 26.87 33.17 27°C (ambient) Mean L.S.D.

26.34 50.26 46.17 44.80 41.89 26.37 47.58 42.88 40.29

(p = 0.05) for between months of storage within same temperature = 4.82

L.S.D. (p • 0.05) for between temperatures = 4.31 L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between months of storage • 2.78

TABLE 2 Percentage germination of Hevea seeds stored imbibed at 10,22 and 27°C (Valuesare arcsin transformed). Months of storage Storage temperature

Mean 0

10°C (cold room)

1

2

3

51.89 51.57 22.65 12.90 34.76

22°C(air-conditioned)50.38 53.76 33.17 25.39 40.67 27°C (ambient) Mean

51.89 55.00 42.1146.44 48.86 51.39 53.44 32.64 28.25

L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between months of storage within same temperature = 7.87 (Arcsin value) L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures within same or different months of storage = 9.07 (Arcsin value) L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures = 4.11 (Arcsin value) L.S.D.

(p • 0.05) for between months of storage = 4.52 (Arcsin value)

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

M.N. NORMAH AND H. F. CHIN

TABLE3 Seedling height (cm) from //^y^aseeds stored imbibed atlO,22and27°C

TABLES Leachate conductivity (\iS) of Hevea seeds stored imbibed at 10, 22 and 27C. Months of storage

Months of storage Mean

Storage temperature

10°C (cold room)

0

3

1

0

Mean

Storage temperature

27.33 38.15 17.54 0.33 20.84

22°C(air
10°C (cold room)

22.0

Mean

24.17 49.33 79.03 43.63

22°C (air-conditioned)22.09 22.53 53.67 47.67 36.46 27°C (ambient)

27°C (ambient)

1

22.33 19.33 30.05 36.67 27.08

27.33 41.70 38.53 34.98 35.63 22.11 22.06 44.33 54.44

Mean

27.28 38.62 30.06 16.48

hin same L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between months of storage withii temperature = 4.58 L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures withinI :same or different months of storage = 4.21) L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures = 3.61 L.S.D. (p * 0.05) for between months of storage • 2.65

L.S.D. (p • 0.05) for between months of storage within same temperature • 10.30 L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures within same or different months of storage = 15.48 L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures = 10.04 L.S.D. (p • 0.05) for between months of storage - 5.95

TABLE6 Respiration of embryonic axes (|i lOygdrywt"1 hr"1) from Heveaseeds stored imbibed at 10,,22 and 27~C. TABLE4 Seedlingsdry weight (g) from Heveaseedsstored imbibed at 10, 22 and 27C.

Months of storage Storage temperature 0

1

Months of storage Storage temperature

Mean 0

1

3

10°C (cold room) 27°C (ambient)

10°C (cold room)

1730.0 1288.50 1875.53 489.60

0.342 0.469 0.190 0.003 0.251 Mean

22°C (air-conditioned)0.339 0.553 0.503 0.127 0.381 27°C (ambient)

1738.93 1684.07 2790.20 1002.97

22°C (air-conditioned) 1489.5 1972.03 3886.55 883.30

0.342 0.672 0.555 0.518 0.522

L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between months of storage within same temperature = 0.08 L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures within same or different months of storage = 0.122 L.S.D. (p = 0.05) for between temperatures = 0.091 L.S.D. (p « 0.05) for between months of storage = 0.065 After one month of storage, there was no change in the respiration rate. However, the respiration rate increased significantly after two months of storage. Nevertheless, there was a significant decrease of more than 50 percent in the respiration rate at all storage temperatures after three months of storage (Table 6). There was no significant storage temperature effect on the respiration rate.

L . S .D.

1652.81 1648.17 2850.76 791.96

(p = 0.05) for between months of storage = 827.49

DISCUSSION Hevea seeds stored imbibed deteriorated fastest when stored at 10°C, followed by 22°C and 27°C, respectively. Sakhibun (1981) also demonstrated that the best temperature of storing Hevea seeds imbibed was ambient temperature. Ang (1976) reported that the best storage temperature of imbibed Hevea seeds was 7-10°C with percentage germination of 25 percent after three months of storage. In the present study, when seeds were stored at 10°C, percentage germination was only 5 percent after the same period of storage. The increase in leachate conductivity was correlated with percentage germination. Seeds stored

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

CHANGES IN GERMINATION, RESPIRATION RATE AND LEACHATE CONDUCTIVITY OF HEVEA SEEDS PERPUSTAKAAN UNIVERSITI PERTANIAN MALAYSIA

at 10°C leached highest followed by those seeds that were stored at 22°C and 27°C, respectively. Leachate conductivity was quite low at all temperatures because it was measured without removing the testa, hence, the thickness of the testa might have prevented much of the leachate from leaching out. However, a significant difference was observed between storage temperatures and months of storage. When whole soyabean seeds were used to measure leachate conductivity (Tilden and West 1985), the result was equivalent to the result obtained in this study. It has been reported that there is often a high correlation between leaching and reduction in vigour (Abdul-Baki 1980). Increase in leachate conductivity is considered to result from degradation of cellular membranes and subsequent loss of control of permeability (Chingand Schoolcraft 1968). This is supported by Normah (1987) who observed tonoplast dissolution in Hevea seeds during storage. The decrease in respiration rate with months of storage at all storage temperatures correlates with the reduction in the integrity of mitochondria. With months of storage, mitochondria had less cristae and some developed electron dense deposits and loss of membrane integrity was common (Normah, 1987). Some of the changes revealed in this study on Heveaseeds seem to be similar to those observed in previous studies on orthodox seeds. Decreased respiration associated with deterioration was reported in maize (Woodstock and Grabe 1967), wheat (Kittockand Law 1986), barley (Abdul-Baki 1969) and soybean (Leopold and Musgrave 1979) under natural ageing, accelerated ageing and chilling injury. Changes that occur in Heveaseeds as shown in the present study may not be the only cause of deterioration of the seeds. Nevertheless, it was observed that imbibed storage of Hevea seeds was best at 27°C. More studies need to be carried out to find an improved method of storage of Hevea seeds as well as other recalcitrant seeds. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This study was carried out as a part of the first author's PhD thesis. The authors wish to thank Universiti Pertanian Malaysia for funding this project. The authors are also grateful to Prang Besar Research Station for the supply of seeds. REFERENCES ABDALLA, F.H. and E.H. ROBERTS. 1969. The Effects of

Storage Conditions on the Growth and Yield of

Barley, Broad Beans and Peas. Ann. Bot . 33: 169-184. ABDUL BAKI, A.A 1969. Metabolism of Barley Seed during Early Hours of Germination. Plant Physiol 44: 73S-738. ABDUL BAKI, A.A. 1980. Biochemical Aspects of Seed Vigour. Hon. Sci. 15:765-771. ABDUL-BAKI, A.A. and J.D. ANDERSON. 1973.

Vigour

Determination in Soybean seed by Multiple Criteria. Crop Sci. 13.630-633. ANDERSON, J.D. 1973. Metabolic Changes Associated with Senescence. Seed Sci. & Technol. 1: 401-416. ANG, B.B. 1976. Problems of Rubber Seed Storage. In Seed Technology in the Tropics, ed H.F. Chin, I.C. Enoch and R.M. Raja Harun, p. 117-122. Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, Serdang, Malaysia. BERJAK, P. and T.A. VILLIERS. 1970. Ageing in Plant

Embryos. I. The Establishment of the Sequence of Development and Senescence in the Root Cap during Germination. New PhytoL 69: 929-938. BERJAK, P., M. DINI, and

N.W. PAMMENTER.

1984.

Possible Mechanisms Underlying the Differing Dehydration Responses in Recalcitrant and and Orthodox Seeds: Desiccation-associated Subcellular Changes in Propagules of Avicennia marina. Seed Sci. & Technol. 12: 365-384. BEWLEY, J.D. and M. BLACK. 1982.

Physiology and

Biochemistry of Seeds in Relation to Germination, Vo 2. Springer-Verlag. Berlin, Heidelberg, New York. CHIN, H.F., A. MAHERAN, B.B. ANG and H. SAMSIDAR.

1981. The Effect of Moisture and Temperature on the Ultrastructure and Viability of Seeds of Hevea brasiliensis. Seed Sci. &* Technol. 9: 411-422. CHING, T.M. and I. SCHOOLCRAFT. 1968. Physiological and Chemical Differences in Aged Seeds. Crop Sci. 8:407-409.

DELOUCHE, J.C. 1969. Planting Seed Quality. Proceeding ofthe 1969Beltwide Cooton Production - Mechanisatio Conference, p. 16-18. New Orleans, La.

GRABE, D.F. 1965. Prediction of the Relative Storability of Corn Seeds Lots. Proceedings Association Officia Seed Analyst 55:92-96. HEYDECKER, W. 1972. Vigor: In Viability of Seeds, ed. E.H. Roberts, p. 209-252. London: Chapman and Hall. HOR, Y.L. 1984. Storage of Cocoa (Theobroma cacao) Seeds and Changes Associated with Their Deterioration. Doctor of Philosophy Thesis. Universiti Pertanian Malaysia. INTERNATIONAL

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

SEED TESTING ASSOCIATION.

1985.

M.N. NORMAH AND H. F. CHIN

International Rules for Seed Testing. Seed Sri. & TechnoL IS: 299-355. KITTOCK, D.L. and A.G. LAW. 1986. Relationship of

Seedling Vigour and Tetrazolium Chloride Reduction by Germinating WheatSeeds. Agronomy Jour. 60: 286-288.

TENG, Y.T. 1977. Seed Storage Studies of Maize (Zea mays L.) Sorghum (Sorghum vulgare L.) and Soybean (Glyrine max L. Merril). M. Agric. Sc. Thesis, Universiti Malaya. TILDEN, R.L. and S.H. WEST.

1985. Reversal of the

Effects of Ageing in Soybean Seeds. Plant Physiol. 77: 584-586.

LEOPOLD, A.C. and M.E. MUSGRAVE. 1979. Respiratory

Changes with Chilling Injury of Soybeans. Plant Physiol 64: 702-705. MACQUlRE,J.D.,J.P.KROPTandK.M.STKEN. 1973. Pea Seed Viability in Relation to Bleaching. Proceeding Association Official Seed Analyst 63: 51-58.

TOOLE, E. H., V.K. TOOLE and H.A. BORTHWICK. 1957.

Growth and Production of Snap Beans Stored under Favourable and Unfavourable Conditions. Proceeding International Seed Testing Assoriation 22: 418-423. WOODSTOCK, C.W. andJ.FEELEY. 1965. Early Seedling

NORMAH, M.N. 1987.

Effects of

Temperature on

Rubber (Hevea brasiliensis Muell. - Arg.) Seed Storage. Doctor of Philosophy Thesis, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, Malaysia.

Growth and Initial Respiration Rates as Potential Indicates of Seed Vigor in Corn. Proceeding Assoriation Offiaal Seed Analyst 55: 131-139. WOODSTOCK, L.W. and D.F.GRABE. 1967. Relationships

PARRISH, DJ. and A.C. LEOPOLD. 1978.

On

the

Mechanism of Ageing in Soybean Seeds. Plant Physiol 61: 365-368. ROBERTS, E.H. 1973. Predicting the Storage Life of Seeds. Seed Sri. & TechnoL 1: 499-514. SAKHIBUN MOHAMAD HUSIN. 1981. Storage and Viability

between Seed Respiration during Imbibition and Subsequent Growth in 7xa maysL. PlantPhysiol. 42: 1071-1076. YAKLICH,R.W. andA.A.ABDUL-BAKi. 1975. Viability in

Metabolism of Individual Axes of Soybean Seeds and its Relation to Vigour. Crop Sri. 15: 424-426.

of Hevea seeds. M. Agric. Sc. Thesis, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, Malaysia.

(Received 22January, 1991)

.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO. 1, 1991

Pertanik. 14(1), 7-15 (1991)

The Effects of SO and NO Singly or in Combination on the Growth Performance of Cocoa Mirids (Helopeltis theobromae Miller). MUHAMMAD AWANG, RITA MUHAMAD 1 a n d SYED AZELAN SA. HASSAN Department of Environmental Sciences, Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies Department of Plant Protection, Faculty of Agriculture 43400 UPM, Serdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia. Keywords: air pollutants, SO 2 , NO 2 , cocoa mirids, growth performance. ABSTRAK Nimfa instarketiga mirid koko (Helopeltis theobromae Miller) yangmenghisappucuk muda koko terdedah kepada SO2 dan NO2 secara berasingan atau gabungan telah digunakan untuk menilai kadar tumbesarannya. Nimfa yang terdedah secara serentak kepada SO2 semasa menghisap daun telah menghasilkan kadar tumbesaran yang lebih baik dimana rangsanganmin kadar tumbesarannya mencapai 18.9%. Keadaan yang samajuga berlaku pada nimfa yang terdedah kepada SO2 dan NO2 (secara gabungan) iaitu 34.3%, manakala nimfa yang terdedah kepada NO 2 memperlihatkan kadar yang berlainan. Nimfa yang tidak terdedah tetapi menghisap pucuk selepas fumigasi menunjukkan 20.0% lebihbaikkadarnyaapabilamencapaiumurdewasa. Hasilkajianjugamenunjukkanbahawa kesan gas pencemaran terhadap perlaksanaan tumbesaran mirid berlaku tidak secara langsung dan terkendali menerusi perubahan biokimia tanaman perumah. ABSTRACT Third instarnymphs were used to assess the growth performance ojcocoa mirid (Helopeltis theobromae Mi/fcr) while sucking on young cocoa shoots which had been exposed with or without nymphs to SO2 and NO2 either singly or in combination. Nymphs exposed simultaneously to SO2 while sucking on leaves produced better growth performance with mean growth rate being stimulated by 18.9%. Similar performance was observed on nymphs exposed to SO2 and NO2 (in combination) i. e. by 34.3 % while insects exposed to NO2 performed differently. Non-fumigated nymphs fed on post fumigated leaves showed 20.0 % better performance when they emerged as adults. The results also provide evidence that the effects of these pollutants on the cocoa mirid s performance are indirect and mediated via changes in the biochemistry of the host plant. INTRODUCTION The significance of low concentrations of atmospheric pollutants as an environmental factor in influencing the growth of phytophagous insect populations has been recognised for many years, particularly in the forest environment (Weinstein^ al. 1973). Interactions between pollutants, plants and insects could have a major impact on the growth of insect populations and subsequently plant damage and yield reduction (Hughes et al. 1985). Recent studies by Chappelka et al. (1988) revealed that changes in plant metabolism grown under low pollutant stress affected the insect feeding preference. In addition, low concentration of gases

applied to insects did not affect their growth performance but altered their behaviour and enhanced their survival {Hughesetal. 1981). Since plants provide insects with nutrition and chemical cues, relatively small biochemical changes in the plant could greatly affect the source of food for insects (van Emden 1973; Lewis 1979; White 1984). Concentrations of SO2 and NO2 less than 25 ppb and 30 ppb respectively are considered sufficiently low since fumigation to plants at these levels generally does not produce any morphological injury but has been reported to affect certain physiological (Darrall 1989) and biochemical processes

MUHAMAD AWANG, RITA MUHAMAD AND SYED AZELAN S.A. HASSAN

in theplants (Malhotra and Khan 1984). However, the possible impact cannot be fully assessed without a thorough understanding of the effect of pollutant exposure on the plant responses such as peak concentration, duration and frequency of exposures, besides the stage development of the insects and plants involved. Moreover, the concentration and time are not directly implicated hence the curves are not proportional to any threshold dose curves for metabolic alterations resulted by the effect (MacLean 1983). In this study, attempts were made to assess the effects of SO2 and NO 2 , either singly or in combination, on the growth of cocoa mirids {Helopeltis theobromaeMiUer) utilizing young cocoa shoots as sources of nutrient. This insect pest is considered to have major ecological and economic importance in cocoa plantations. The concentrations of SO and NO 2 selected for the study were typical of natural occurrence in this area (Azman 1990). MATERIALS AND METHODS Plant Material

In this study, cocoa seedlings (Theobromae cacaoh.) of the Sabah hybrid variety were used as plant material. The seeds were collected from the UPM farm and germinated in tin tailing sand for 10 days and then transferred into black polythene bags containing soil mixtures based on John Inne's Pot Composition (JISC) No. 2 (3:2:1 - soil, organic matter, sand). The seedlings were nurtured for 3 months in a controlled chamber protected from direct sunlight during early development. Uniform sized seedlings at 5-6 leaves stage were selected for the experiment. Fumigation System

The fumigation chamber used (0.91m x 0.76m x 0.91m) was made of perspex with a wooden base and an iron framework. This chamber was slightly modified from that of Darrall (1982), Horsman andWellburn (1975) andAshenden and Mansfield (1977). The temperature, relative humidity and movement of air in the chamber was controlled b\ an air exchange and cooling system to simulate the microclimate, outside of the chamber (Muhamad et al. 1987). Air pollutants were introduced and monitored at a controlled rate to give a constant concentration during the course of the experiment. Mean SO 2 and NO 2 concentrations were periodically analysed using the Pararosaniline method and the Colour Developing Reagent

method respectively (USEPA1971). Treatment

Newly flushing shoot seedlings were placed in a specially designed perspex and nylon net cage. Prior to the treatment in the fumigation chamber, 5 nymphs of cocoa mirids Helopeltis theobromaeMiWer

at instar 3 from a rearing stock (Rita and Khoo 1983) were placed onto the leaves in the cage. Three types of treatment were employed, i.e. nonfumigated seedlings with insects (NFIL) as control, fumigated seedlings together with insects (FIL), and non-fumigated insects added after 3 days of seedling fumigation (NFIFL). Each treatment consisted of five replicates and the experiments were repeated three times. Concentrations of SO 2 and NO 2 either singly or/and in combination were 0.2-0.3 ppm, 0.3-0.5 ppm and 0.03 ppm + 0.03 ppm respectively. Fumigation was conducted for two hours each day. The weight of the cocoa mirids was monitored daily prior to fumigation for relative growth rates analyses (Dohmen et al 1984) until they emerged as adults. This usually takes about 10 days. Data Analysis

The data were analysed using the factorial experiment in Completely Randomized Design (CRD) in 4 replicates. F- tests were employed to test for significant differences at 5% and 1% levels. Individual significant difference was tested using the Duncan New Multiple Range Test (DNMRT) at P = 0.05. RESULTS

Fig. 1 shows the progress curves of mean cumulative weight of nymphs subjected to SO 2 and related treatments. Nymphs exposed to SCL and fed on fumigated leaves (FIL) showed substantial growth compared to the control (NFIL) and non-fumigated nymphs fed on fumigated leaves (NFIFL) at the 0.05% level after two days of treatment. After five days, all the nymphs emerged as adults with cumulative mean weights of 0.175 mg, 0.208 mg and 0.155 mg for NFIL, FIL and NFIF respectively. The data clearly indicate that exposure to SO 2 resulted in a significant increase in the overall growth of the nymphs. No foliar injury was observed on the fumigated shoots. Nonetheless, the relative growth rates (RGR) were not significantly different between treatments throughout the experimental period (Fig. 2). Large initial differences in RGR

PERTANIKAVOL 14NO.1, 1991

EFFECTS OF SO2 & NOy SINGLY OR IN COMBINATION ON GROWTH PERFORMANCE OF COCOA MIR1DS

0 25 0 2• S

0 15-

f.,. 0.05-

i Jz-1

J^T^llC-Ui ttl T s^llJ^Tn^ ill— !
I

#fTTT

I

0 3 -

025-

5 I

I

01 005 " 0

Day

Doy

1 .Progress curves of mean cumulative weight of mirids exposed to 0.2 -0.3 ppm p/SOr A control, • mirids and cocoa shoots fumigated simultaneously; • miridsfed on postfumigated shoots. The plots were of mean values with 95% confidence limits.

Fig. 3: Progress curves of mean cumulative weight of mirids exposed to 0.3-0.5 ppm ofNOr A control, • mirids and cocoa shoots fumigated simu Itaneously; • mirids fed on postfumigated shoots. The plots were of mean values with 95% confidence limits.

Fig. 2: Progress curves of mirids relative growth rate exposed to 0.2- 0.3ppm ofSO. A control, • mirids and cocoa shoots fum simultaneously; 0 miridsfed on post fumigated shoots. The plots were of mean values with 95 % confidence limits.

after day 1 exposure can be attributed to the physiological and biochemical responses of young instar which is hypersensitive to pollutant stress and nutritional value available from the plant (Alstad and Edmunds 1982; Malhotra and Khan 1984). Exposure of nymphs to NO (Fig. 3) produced different growth profiles compared to the SCL treatment. Although no indication of differential treatment responses to NO 2 were observed during the first two days of the experiment, significant differences between NFIFL (at 0.05 level) and FIL (at 0.01 level) were noted compared to the controls

(NFIL) on day 3. NFIFL exhibited better growth with a higher mean cumulative weight (0.270 mg) compared to NFIL insects (0.148 mg). Significant increases in the mean cumulative weight were also observed in FIL compared to NFIL. It is interesting to note that all nymphs emerged as adults only after 4 days of exposure. The RGR curves for each treatment are shown in Fig. 4. These curves demonstrate large initial differences in RGR for both FIL and NFIFL treatments compared to NFIL (the RGR for FIL and NFIFL were significantly higher than the NFIL

PERT ANIKA VOL. 14NO.1, 1991

1 0 0 0 3 3 ^ & & 7 A W A N G ' W T A MUHAMAD AND

SWD AZE1AN s A HASSAN

0.20

Jay

Fig. 4: Progress curves ofminds relative growth rate exposed to 0.3 - 0.5 ppm of NO r A control, • mirids and cocoa shoots fumigated simultaneously; 0 mirids fed on post fumigated shoots. The plots were of mean values with 95 % confidence limits.

0 25 •

C 20-

015-

" :?'

3.C5"

0 Day

Fig. 5.Progress curves of mean cumulative weight of mirids exposed to 0.030 + 0.035 ppm o/SO2 + NOr A control • mirids and cocoa shoots fumigated simultaneously ; • mirids fed on post fumigated shoots. The plots were of mean values with 95 % confidence limits.

control). As observations progressed, the differences in RGR between the treatments became less marked and no statistical differences in RGR were found at the last measurement. Comparison between treatments revealed that FIL was the most sensitive in terms of growth stimulation by NO Fig. 5 represents the progress curves of mean cumulative weights of nymphs subjected to SO and NO 2 mixtures. The results clearly indicate thatfrom day 3 today 6significantdifferences were found between FIL and NFIL treatments. The 10

NFIFL regime showed no significant differences in adultemergence times between the treatments. The plot of RGR (Fig. 6) showed similar patterns for NFIFL and NFIL. For the FIL regime, the RGR was significan tly higher for the first four days and then became comparable with the NFIFL and NFIL values. It appears that fumigation of SO 2 and NO 2 in combination enhances growth performance of the nymphs feeding on fumigated leaves (FIL) and also increases, albeit slightly, the growth of NFIFL. The increase in growth ranged from 20 to 30% despite the fact that the level of SO 2 and NO 2 applied were very much lower compared to the previous individual treatments. DISCUSSION

Previous studies (Hughes et al 1981; Chappelka etai 1988;Dohmen^a/. 1984) have demonstrated that there is a large interspecific difference in response to atmospheric pollution among insect species with respect to growth and performance; some species are resistant to elevated SO 2 , NO« or ozone levels, others are sensitive to a certain degree, whilst the growth of others is apparently stimulated. The results of this study show that cocoa mirid nymphs respond differently when exposed to different types and concentrations of pollutants. For treatments with SO 2 , no significant difference in mean weights were observed between treatments.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

EFFECTS OF SO2 8c NO2 SINGLY OR IN COMBINATION ON GROWTH PERFORMANCE OF COCOA MIRIpS

7

.

Fig. 6: Progress curves ofmirids relative growth rate exposed to 0.030 + 0.035 ppm ofS02 A control,* mirids and cocoa shootsfumigated simultaneously;*) miridsfed on postfumigated shoots. The plots were of me values with 95 % confidence limits

However, based on cumulative weights, FIL treatment recorded 12-15% higher values compared to the other two treatments. In contrast, exposure to NO« resulted in significant differences between treatments for mean weights (P<0.05 level) and cumulative weights (P<0.01 level). Combination of the two pollutants at lower concentrations also showed significant differences in mean and cumulative weights (P<0.01 level). Growth stimulation due to fumigation of the host plant together with nymphs provides valuable insights into the relation between dose of pollutant and response of the insect as suggested by Hughes et al. (1985). Field observations by Jaeger et al. (1972) in artificial fumigation experiments showed that the mexican bean beetle (Epilachna varivestis Mulsant) larvae fed on SCL fumigated soybeans (Glycine maxL.) developed faster, grew larger, had lower mortality and exhibited a distinct feeding preference for fumigated leaves over controls. These findings are in agreement with the results of this study utilizing elevated NO and SO 2 concentrations or NO 2 and SO 2 in combination which showed better growth stimulation when nymphs and leaves of the host plant were exposed simultaneously to the pollutant. These results suggest that the rate of uptake of SO 2 either singly or in combination (NO + SO 2 ) may be more important in explaining the effects on the insects than the total dose. Alstad and

Edmunds (1982) pointed out that the degree of SO 2 toxicity below the threshold levels of foliar injury compared to NO 2 at the same concentration is very much higher on plants which provide greater impact on physiological changes such as an increase in free amino acids in the foliage, providing a good source of food for the nymphs. On the contrary, Hughes etz\. (1985) noted that the reduced quality of leaves as food (due to detrimental effects of the pollutants on plant metabolism and cell integrity) may impair insect growth. He also proposed that the poor growth of insects feeding on foliage exposed to pollutant concentrations exceeding the foliar injury threshold level was primarily the consequence of tissue damage and necrosis caused by the pollutant. The possibility that the pollutants had a direct effect on the insects is minimal since the concentrations of the pollutants used in these experiments were relatively low. Dohmcn etai (1984) reported that direct fumigation of aphids (AphisfabaeScop.) with SO 2 and NO 2 (at 400 /igm~ 3 and 400 /igm" 3 respectively) feeding on artificial diets produced no significant differences in growth. In contrast, the mean relative growth rates of aphids grown on post-fumigation plants (SO 2 and NO 2 ) caused significant increases in aphid performance. Using SO 2 - treated soybean on mexican bean beetles (MBB), Chiment et al (1986) showed a direct

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

MUHAMAD AWANG, RITA MUHAMAD AND SYED AZEIAN S.A. HASSAN

relationship between increases in MBB pupal weight and increases in foliar glutathione concentrations and concluded that glutathione was being utilized by the insect as a food source. In addition, increases in the levels of soluble N and cabohydrates are also known to be caused by SO 2 , N O 2 and O 3 (Malhotra and Khan 1984; Priebe ei al. 1978). Further increases in the nutritional value of green leaves may result from t h e elevated rate of leaf senescence caused by SO 2 as observed by Hughes et al (1985) and Amundson (1983). Hughes a n d Laurence (1984) noted that changes in nutritional quality of the host can alter the growth and development of an insect feeding on it. Moreover, it has been established that plants subjected to pollutant stress (SO 2 , N O 2 singly or in combination) can cause increases in the levels of free amino acids, soluble proteins, soluble sugars, phenolics a n d o t h e r metabolites that can be utilised by insect as food sources. CONCLUSION In conclusion, the results presented here provide strong evidence that the synergistic effect of SO 2 and NO 2 at the low levels that normally occur in plantation environments could enhance the performance of a serious agricultural pest. Consequently, an economic impact on cocoa productivity could possibly occur in the plantation areas located close to pollutant sources and where there is increased pest incidence, as well as exert the more generally recognised direct phytotoxic effects. The present experiments also indicate that the effects on cocoa mirids are indirect and mediated via changes in the plant biochemistry as suggested byDohmen^fl/. (1984). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors would like to thank Dr. M.I. Yaziz (Department of Environmental Sciences, UPM) for his valuable comments on the manuscript and the financial support provided by IRPA No: 4-0705-0-15 is gratefully acknowledged. REFERENCES ALSTAD, D.N. and G.F. EDMUNDS. 1982. Effects of Air

Pollutants on Insect Populations. EntomoL 27: 369-384.

Ann. Rev

AMUNDSON, R.G. 1983 Yield Reduction of Soybean due to Exposure to Sulfur Dioxide and Nitrogen Dioxide in Combination. / Environ. Qual 12 454-459. 12

ASHENDEN,T.W. and T.A.MANSFIELD. 1977. Influence

of Wind Speed on the Sensitivity of Ryegrass to S O 2 . / Exp. Bot. 281: 729-735. AZMAN, Z.A. 1990 Ambient Air Quality Assessment Sultan Salehuddin Abdul Aziz Power Station Kapar, Selangor, Malaysia. Post EIA Report submitted to LLN.p. 1-19. CHAPPELKA, A.H., M.E. KRAEMER, T. MEBRAHTU, M, RANGAPPA, and P.S. BENEPAL. 1988.

Effects of

Ozone on Soybean Resistance to the Mexican Bean Beetle (EpilachnavarivestisMu\sant). Environ. Exp. BoL 28: 53-60. CHIMENT, J.J., R. ALSCHER, and P.R. HUGHES. 1986.

Glutathione as an Indicator of SO 2 - induced Stress in Soybean. Envir. Exp. BoL 26: 147-152. DARRALL, N.M. 1982. Design of Plant Exposure Rig to Measure Physiological Responses to Noxious Gases from Combustion Sources. In Effects of Gaseous Air Pollution in Agriculture and Horticulture, ed. M.H. Unsworth, and D.P. Ormrod, Butterworth, p. 454. DARRALL, N.M. 1989. The Effect of Air Pollutants on Physiological Processes in Plants. Plant, Cell and Environment. 12: 1-30. DOHMEN, R.F., S. MCNEILL, andJ.N.B. BELL. 1984. Air

Pollution Increses Aphis fabae Nature, Lond. 5946: 52-53.

Pest Potential.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY. 1971. Part 410-

National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards. Federal Register. 36: 84. HORSMAN,D.C. andA.R.WELLBURN. 1975. Synergistic Effects of SO 2 and NO 2 Polluted Air upon Enzyme Acitivity Pea Seedlings. Environ. PolluLS: 123-133. HUGHES, PR., J J . CHIMENT, and A.L DICKIE. 1985.

Effect of Pollutant Dose on the Response of Mexican Bean Beetle (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) to SO 2 - Induced Changes in Soybean. Environ. Entomol 14: 718-721. HUGHES, P.R. andJ.A. LAURENCE. 1984. Relationship

of Biochemical Effects of Air Pollutants on Plants to Environmental Problems: Insect and Microbial Interactions. In Gaseous Air Pollutants and Plant Metabolism, ed. MJ. Kozial and E.R. Whatley. Butterworths, London, p. 361-377. HUGHES, P.R., J.E, POTTER, and L.H. WEINSTEIN. 1981.

Effects of Air Pollutants on Plant-insect Interactions: Reactions of the Mexican Bean Beetle to SO2-Fumigated Pinto Beans. Environ. Entomol 10: 741-744. JAEGER, H J., E. PAHLICH, and L. STEUBUNG. 1972. Die

wirkung von Schweffeldioxid auf den Aminosaure

PERTANIKAVOL, 14NO.1, 1991

EFFECTS OF SO 2 & NO 2 SINGLY OR IN COMBINATION ON GROWTH PERFORMANCE OF COCOA MIRIDS

undproteingehaltvon Erbsenkeimlingen. Angew. Bot. 46: 199-211. A.C. 1979. Feeding Preference for Diseased and Wilted Sunflower in the Grasshopper,

LEWIS,

Melanoplus differentialis. EntomoL Exp. Appl. 26:

202-207.

MUHAMMAD and

K.C.

KHOO.

1983.

A

Technique for Rearing the Cocoa Mirids, Helopeltis Theobromae Miller in Captivity. MAPPS'Newsletter 7(1), Suppl. p. 8-9. VANEMDEN,H.F. [ed.].1973. Insect/Plant Relationships.

Black well Scientific Publications: London, p. 215.

MAC LEAN, DC. 1983. Air Pollution and Horticulture.

An Overview. Hort. Science 18: 674-675. S.S. and A.A. KHAN. 1984. Biochemical and Physiological Impact of Major Pollutants. In Air Pollution and Plant Life. ed. M. Treshaw, Butterworth. p. 113-158.

MALHOTRA,

MUHAMMAD, A.,

RITA

M. AZMAN, and

H.

HIDIR.

1987,

Monitoring of Air Pollutants with Higher Plants in the Tropics: Problems and Prospects. Tropical Urban Ecosystem Studies 3: 62-85.

WEINSTEIN, L.H., D.C. MacCuNE, JJ. MANCINI, and

P.vanLuEKlN. 1973. Effects of Hydrogen Fluoride Fumigation of Bean Plants on the Growth, Development and Reproduction of the Mexican Bean Beetle, p. 150-153. In Proc. 3rdlnt. Clean Air Cong., Dusseldorf, VDI-Verlag.

T.C.R. 1984. The Abundance of Invertebrate Herbivores in Relation to the Availability of Nitrogen in Stressed Food Plants. Oecologia. 63: 90-105.

WHITE,

A., H. KLEIN, and HJ. Jager. 1978. Role of Polymanies in SO2 - Polluted Pea Plants./ Exp. Bot. 29: 1045-1050.

PRIEBE,

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO. 1, 1991

(Received 17 May, 1990)

13

Pertanika 14(1), 1 5 - 1 9 ( 1 9 9 1 )

Exothermic Events in Cocoa (Theobroma Cacao L.) Seeds Associated with Low Temperature Damage Y.L. H O R 1 AND ?.C.2 STANWOOD Department of Agronomy and Horticulture, Faculty of Agriculture, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, 43400 UPM Serdang, Selangor Darul Ehsan. National Seed Storage Laboratory, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Co 80523, USA. Key words: Theobroma cacao, differential thermal analysis, cold injury. ABSTRAK Analisis terma pembeza (differential thermal analysis) untuk mengesankan fasa peralihan (pepejal kepada cecair dan cecair kepada pepejal) kandungan tisu embrio dan kotiledon biji benih koko telah dikaji. Tisu-tisu embrio berkelembapan antara27% dan 64 % menunjukkansatueksotermantara—14°Cdan —38°C Eksotermyangdisebabkan oleh airsejukbeku ini tidak didapati daripada tisu embrio yang kering, iaitu yang mempunyai kelembapan kurang daripada 27% - 15%. Tisu-tisu kotiledon yang berkelembapan antara 15% dan 27%juga menunjukkan satu eksoterm yang sama antara suhu —19 °C dan —25 °C. Di samping itu, satu eksoterm tambahan yang tidak disebabkan oleh air sejuk-beku juga didapati antara suhu +15°Cdan + 11°C dari setiap tisu kotiledon, tanpa mengira kandungan kelembapannya. Pengesanan fasa yang dilakukan pada suhu yang tinggi ini (+15°C kepada +11°C) menyebabkan kerosakan yang serius dan memusnahkan percambahan biji benih, walaupun embrionya tidak dicederakan. Kepentingan kejadian eksoterm terhadap kehilangan percambahan biji benih koko semasa penyimpanan konvensional dan kriogenik dibincangkan. ABSTRACT Embryonic axes and cotyledon tissues from individual cocoa ( T h e o b r o m a cacao L.) seeds were subjected to differential thermal analysis (DTA) to detect phase transitions (liquid to solid and solid to liquid phases) of tissue constituents. Embryonic axes at 27% to 64% moisture content (fresh weight basis) exhibited a single exotherm between -14° C to -38° C. The exotherm loas caused by the presence offreezable water and was absent in tissues dried below 27% to 15% moisture. Cotyledon tissues at moisture contents between 15 % to 27% exhibited a similar aqueous exotherm between ~19°C to -25° C. In addition, a non-aqueous exotherm was also detected between +15° C to +11° C in all tissues, irrespective of moisture content. The phase transition which occurred at this temperature (+15° C to +11° C) ivas sufficiently damaging to cotyledon function so as to prevent seed germination, although the axis remained unaffected. The importance of these exothermic events to seed death during conventional (abovefreezing) and cryogenic (sub-freezing) storage of cocoa seeds is discussed. INTRODUCTION Cocoa {Theobroma cacao L.) seeds are recalcitrant and unable to withstand even moderate dehydration (Barton 1965;Swarbrick 1965). Germination is destroyed when seeds are dried below 17% moisture content (Mumford & Brett 1982). Like other recalcitrant seeds, cocoa also is very sensitive to cool temperatures (0°C to 15°C). Germination is rapidly reduced when seeds are stored at 15°C (Hor et al 1984). Sensitivity to cool temperature and desiccation makes cocoa seed difficult to preserve

even for short periods of time. The sensitivity of cocoa seeds to low temperature is a function of temperature and time of exposure. For example, exposure of cocoa seeds to 12 °C for 8 and 32 min resulted in 88% and 56% germination respectively; while at 8° C, the corresponding percentages were 36% and 0% (Boroughs & Hunter 1963). The increased rate of germination loss at lower temperatures could be related to more rapid cooling of seed tissues to a critical temperature. Ibanez (1963) reported that

Y.L. HOR AND P.C. STANWOOD

the lethal effect of exposing cocoa seeds to 4°C for 10 min was overcome by an immediate heat treatment at 37°C for 10 min. If seeds were exposed to 4°C for 15 min or more, no amount of heat treatment could reverse the cold injury. It was further suggested that cold injury was localized in the cotyledons which eventually impeded transfer of nutrient to the embryo axis (Ibanez 1964). Survival at low temperature is an important requirement for successful storage of cocoa seeds in both conventional and cryogenic systems. The mechanism of temperature damage is therefore further examined here by evaluating exothermic events in cocoa seed tissues during cooling. Phase transitions occurring in the constituents of both tissues were separately monitored using differential thermal analysis (DTA) to define the role of the cotyledon and axis more clearly. The latter were then compared with seed and embryo survival at low temperatures to confirm the lethal effects of cold injury sustained by the cotyledon and the embryonic axis.

Three replicates of 120 seeds each were exposed to 20°, 10°, and -30°C for 0, 2, and 24 h to monitor the effect of temperature reduction on seed germination and embryo axis viability. After exposure, 100 seeds were germinated in sand (International Seed Testing Association 1985), and embryo axes of the remaining 20 seeds were excised. The latter were surface sterilized in 0.2% w/ w chlorine for 5 min, rinsed six times in sterile water, and cultured in Murashige and Skoog (1962) agar under 12 h light. The agar was supplemented with 5 mg per liter of IAA (indol-3-acetic acid) and kinetin (6-furfurylaminopurine). Embryonic axes were considered viable when well developed roots and shoots were formed. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Exothermic Events in Excised Embryonic Axes

Excised cocoa axes at moisture contents between 27% to 64%, exhibited a single exotherm at

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Cocoa seeds of Upper Amazon origin were extracted from the pods and de-pulped using clean sawdust. The cleaned seeds were air-dried at 20 °C to various moisture contents before differential thermal analysis (DTA) of the excised axial and cotyledonary tissues were conducted. Tissues located approximately in the center of the cotyledon were used, but whole embryo axes were evaluated. Fresh weights of individual tissues were obtained before analysis. Each tissue was then firmly wrapped around a thermocouple (Type T, 22 gauge) using thin aluminium foil. The thermocouple was enclosed in a polypropylene cryovial that fitted closely into an aluminium block. Each block accommodated five thermocouples of which the middle probe (with no tissue) was used as a reference sensor. The freezing chamber (Cryo-Med, model 972) accommodated three blocks for a total of 15 thermocouple probes. The chamber was cooled with liquid nitrogen (-196°C) at a rate of - l°C/min from a starting temperature of + 20°C to a final temperature of-70°C. Control of the freezing protocol and data acquisition was accomplished using the computer system described by Becwar**o/(1983). After freezing and rewarming, the moisture contents of the axial and cotyledon tissues were determined by drying in a 103°C oven for 16 h. Moisture contents were expressed on a fresh weight basis. 16

EMBRYONIC AXIS U

0 CM

-20

-40

-60

Reference temperature ( °C) Fig.l; DTA cooling (-l°C/min) profiles of embryonic axes at 18%, 27%, 31% and 37% moisture contents. Exotherm temperature was measured as the temperature at which phase transition of freezable water from the liquid to the solid state commenced (arrow). The ordinate is the temperature difference between the seed tissue sample and the reference temperature (scale bar noted).

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

EXOTHERMIC EVENTS IN COCOA (T. CACAO L) SEEDS ASSOCIATED WITH LOW TEMPERATURE CHANGE

Exothermic Events in Excised Cotyledons

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Fig. 2: Changes in exotherm temperature of embryonic axes in response to dehydration. When freezable water was present (unshaded) the exotherm temperature is linearly related to the tissue moisture content which was significant at the 0.01 level of probability.

subfreezing temperatures be tween-14°Cand-38°C (Figs. 1 and 2). The exotherms decreased in height as seed moisture was reduced. Exotherms were not observed when the embryonic axes were dried below 27% moisture. Decrease in magnitude of the exotherm with dehydration and its eventual absence at low moisture levels indicates that the exotherms are caused by freezing of water within the embryonic axis. The exotherms were also within the range of exothermic temperatures reported for freezable water for other seed tissues (Becwar atal 1983). As only a single exotherm was observed for each embryo axis, no other cell constituents exhibited a detectable phase transition within the temperature range studied (+20°C to -70°C). Individual exotherm was narrowly spiked and peaked vertically before falling more gradually to give a slightly skewed profile (Fig. 1). Therefore, all freezable water in the embryonic axis was frozen instantaneously after supercooling to -14°C or lower. Embryonic axes dried below 27% did not exhibit exotherms in their DTA profiles indicating that this contained no freezable water. When freezable water was present, decrease in tissue moisture caused a reduction in the exotherm peak and also a reduction of the exotherm temperature (Fig. 2). Regression between exotherm temperatures and embryonic axes moistures was linear (r2 = 0.86, p = 0.01), with a regression function Y = - 49.14 + 0.5 IX. This reduction in exotherm temperature is likely to be related to increased freezing point depression brought about by solution concentration as a result of moisture loss from the tissue.

Unlike the embryonic axes, excised cotyledons showed two exotherms, one occurring at sub-zero temperatures and the other at temperatures above 0°C (Figs. 3 and 4). The subfreezing exotherm was similar to that detected in the embryo axes. It was narrowly spiked and observed between -19°C to -25°C at moisture contents of 15% to 27% (Figs. 3 and 4B). Exotherms were not detected in cotyledons at moisture contents below 15%. This suggests that the exotherm is similar to that detected in the embryonic axes, and is due to freezing of water in the cotyledon tissues. The second exotherm was broader, and occurred at temperatures above 0°C (Figs. 3 and 4A). It commenced at cool temperatures between +15°C to +11° C and terminated at +10*)C to + 5°C. This cool temperature exotherm was present in all

U

o

a E

o

oue

20

0

-20

-40

-60

Reference temperature ( °C)

Fig 3: DTA cooling (-1 "C/min) profiles of cotyledon tissues at 12%, 15%, 16%, and22% moisture contents. The exotherms occurring at temperatures above freezing are non-aqueous in origin. 7 he sub-freezing exotherms occurred when freezable xoater was frozen. See Fig. 1 for further explanation.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

17

Y.L. HOR AND P.C. STANWOOD

damaging to result in the eventual death of the attached axis and subsequent non- germination of the seed.

20

10 Y 1= 1 5.66 - MX r = 0.29 n.s.

-10

-20

10 Seed moisture

20 content (%)

Fig. 4: Changes in supra-freezing (A) and sub-freezing (B) exotherm temperature of cotyledon tissues in response to dehydration .The supra-freezing exotherm temperatures a re n o n -aqueous in origin and are independent of tissue moisture content (r2 = 0. 29, n. s . p = 0 .05 ) . Thesub-freezingexotherm when present (unshaded area) was not correlated with tissue moisture content (r=0.49, n.s., p=(). 0*>). n. s. = statistically nonsignificant.

cotyledon tissues irrespective of their moisture content. Although its magnitude varied slightly between cotyledons, it was independent (not significantly correlated) of the presence of free/able water and, therefore, is considered non-aqueous in origin. The presence of this second exotherm in cotyledons but not in embryonic axes confirmed the occurrence of a thermal-sensitive event in cocoa cotyledons at temperatures ranging from +11°C to +15°C, that was absent in the embryonic axes. The highest temperature at which this phase transition occurred, that is 15°C is significant since it coincides with the lethal temperature at which germination is rapidly lost during cocoa seed storage (Hor etai 1984). It is postulated that the close relationship between the two events indicates that the phase transition occurring at 15°C in the cotyledon is responsible for the loss in germination of seeds stored at 15°C or lower. Cotyledon injury may be caused by phase transition of non-aqueous cotyledonary constituents that are sufficiently 18

Low Temperature Exposure and Seed Tissue Injury Support for the above postulate is strengthened when the effect of low temperature exposure on seed germination and embryo axis viability is examined (Table 1). At 20°C, germination and embryo axis viability were unaffected from 0 to 24 h exposure. However, 2 h exposure at 10°C, which is below the temperature at which phase transitions ofthe non-aqueous cotyledonary constituents were observed; seed germination was totally lost while embryo axis viability remained unaffected. These results confirm the observation that cool injury is confined to the cotyledon and does not affect the attached embryonic axis. However, if the axis remains attached during the course of germination the damage sustained by the cotyledon prevents further development of the axis, leading to its eventual death. At-30°C, both seed germination and embryo axis viability were destroyed which confirms the lethal effect of freezing on the embryo axis. On the basis of these results, cocoa seeds are apparently subjected to two different types of injury when cooled from +20°C to -70°C. At 15°C, phase transition of a non-aqueous cotyledonary constituent occurs which results in damage to the cotyledon but does not affect the attached embryonic axis. However, the injury sustained by the cotyledon is sufficient to prevent development ofthe attached axis during the germination process, leading to its eventual death. As the temperature is reduced to subfreezing levels, a second injury occurs between

TABLE 1. Temperature exposure effects at 20°C, 10°C and-30°C for 0, 2, and 24 h on germination and embryonic axis viability of cocoa seeds. Germination

Axis Viability

Time -h0 2 24

20°C

1O°C

-30°C

20°C

0°C -30°C

99 a 99 a 99 a

99 a 0b 0b

100 a 0b 0b

97 a 93 a 98 a

95 a 98 a 93 a

98 a 0b 0b

Means within each parameter and column are separated by the Least Significant Difference (LSD) test at P = 0.05.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

EXOTHERMIC EVENTS IN COCOA ('/: CACAO L) SEEDS ASSOCIATED WITH LOW TEMPERATURE CHANGE

-14°C to -38°C depending on the moisture content of the tissue. At higher moisture contents, where freezing of the aqueous component occurs, death is presumed to be caused by intracellular ice formation in both cotyledon and axis. However, at lower moisture contents, where no freezable water is available (embryonic axis moisture is below 15% to 27%), death is primarily through dehydration since such moisture levels are well below the critical moisture content for cocoa embryonic axes (Hor et ai 1984). From the perspective of cocoa seed storage, the 15°C injury of the cotyledon is important in conventional storage at temperatures above freezing. Storage above 15°C is recommended in such cases. Freezing injury at subfreezing temperatures, however, is important in cryogenic storage of excised embryonic axes. It confirms lethal ice formation at -14°C to -38°C in those axes frozen at moisture contents above 15% to 27% Although lethal freezing can be avoided at lower moisture contents, such moisture levels are below the critical level for cocoa axes which are killed by dehydration. Further studies are required to devise appropriate freezing protocols which can avoid freezing injury to cocoa embryonic axes at a narrow range of moisture just above the critical level. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The study was supported by funds provided by IBPGR, USDA and Colorado State University through IBPGR Grant 85/114(a) and USDA-CSU Grant 58-82HW-8-64.

REFERENCES BARTON, L.V. 1965. Viability of Seeds of Theobroma cacao L Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst. 23:109-122. BECWAR, M.R., P.C. STANWOOD and E.E. Roos. 1983.

Dehydration Effects on Freezing Characteristics and Survival in Liquid Nitrogen of DesiccationTolerant and Desiccation-Sentitive seeds. JAmer, Soc.Hort. Sci.-108(4):613-618. BOROUGHS , H. a n d j .R. HUNTER. 1963 . The Effect of

Temperature on the Germination of Cacao Seeds. Proc. Amer, Soc. Hart. ScL 82:222-224. HOR, Y. L. , H.F. CHIN and M. Z . KARIM. 1984. The

Effect of Seed Moisture and Storage Temperature on the Storability of Cocoa (Theobroma cacao) Seeds. SeedSti & TecknoL 12:415-420. IBANEZ , M. L. 1 963 . The Point of Irreversibility in Cacao Seed Sensitivity to Cold. Turrialba 13 : 127128. IBANEZ , M,L. 1 964. Role of the Cotyledon in Sensitivity to Cold of Cacao Seed. Nature20i :414-415 . INTERNATIONAL SEED TESTING ASSOCIATION. 1985. In-

ternational Rules for Seed Testing. TecknoLl$:307-520.

Seed Sci &

MUMFORD, P.H. and A. C. BRETT . 1 982. Conservation

of Cacao Seed . Trop .Agr.( Trinidad) 59 :306-310. MURASH1GE,T. andF.SKOOG. 1962. A Revised Medium for Rapid Growth and Bioassays with Tobacco Tissue Cultures. Physioi Plantarum 15 : 473-497. SWARBRICK,J.T. 1965 . Storage of Cocoa Seeds . Expt. Agr. 1:201-207.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

(Received 21 August, 1990)

19

PertanikaH(l), 21-25(1991)

Growth, Node Development and Estimated Yield of Calamus manan Planted under a Rubber Smallholding NUR SUPARDI BIN MD.NOOR and AMINUDDIN BIN MOHAMAD Forest Research Institute Malaysia (FRIM) Kepong, 52109 Kuala Lumpur Malaysia Key words: Stem length growth, node development, estimated yield.

ABSTRAK Kajian pertumbuhan, perkembangan ruas dan anggaran hasil telah dijalankan terhadap tanaman Rotan manau (Calamus manan) yang ditanamdibawahdiriangetah(He\eabr2isi\\ens\s) diDengkil, Selangor. Kehidupanpada tahun he 8ialah 74.8%. Puratapanjangbatangpada umuryangsama berbeza-beza mengikut keadaan lerengbukit Pertumbuhan rotan di lereng bawah adalah yang terbaik, dengan purata rotan 14.21 m, berbanding dengan purat panjang batang bagt keseluruhan petak iaitu 9.98 meter. Bilangan ruas (X) dapat dihubungkaitkan dengan panjan keseluruhan dan panjang bahagian kering , Beberapa persamaan telah dirumus daripada hubungan ini. Kajian terhadap perepang ruas dan anggaran hasil juga di buaty namun kajian-kajian seterusnya perlu dipertingkatkan sebelum keputusan yang jitu dapat diperoleh. Telitian yang dibuat juga tidak dapat membuktikan kesan negatif tanaman rotan terhadap pokok getah. Bagi pengurusan kebun yang berkesan, jarak tanaman rotan perlu dilebarka dan kerja pemotongan pelepah rotan perlu dibuat dari masa ke semasa bagi memudahkan laluan ketika kerja toreh

ABSTRACT Studies on grozvth, node development and estimated yield were conducted on Rotan manau (Calamus manan) pla under stands of rubber (Hevea brasiliensis) atDengkil, Selangor. Survivalin the 8th year was 74.8%. Mean stem length varied with those plants at the lower slope doing very well,( 14.21 m) compared with the mean stem length for whole plot (9.98 m). The relationship between the intemode number (X) and the total stem length and the length of ste that is dried can be obtained using a regression method. A few equations were produced through this method. Stud the intemode diameter and projected yield were also carried out, but more observations are requiredfor more precis Negative effects of rattan were not evident on the rubber trees. In establishing a rattan plantation under rubber, is advisable that the planting distance be widened. The fronds of rattan need to be cut to allow better passage durin tapping. INTRODUCTION Rotan manau (Calamus manan) is a spiny climbing palm with a large diameter (> 18 mm) cane and is the most sought after species for the rattan furniture industry (Salleh and Aminuddin 1986). Manau has been planted extensively in the Dipterocarp forests of Peninsular Malaysia by various state forest departments. Besides manau, other species of rattan are also found naturally or planted under rubber (Hevea brasiliensis) trees. The area of rubber smallholdings planted with rattan in Peninsular Malaysia has risen from 210 ha (211 smallholdings) in 1987 to 263.8 ha (219 smallholdings) in 1988 and to 517.7 (439 smallholdings) in 1989 (RISDA). These figures do not include three large scale plantations in Negeri Sembilan and Pahang. A

rubber plantation of about 100 ha at Felda Serting Hilir 3, near Bahau, was planted with manau in 1986 (Nur Supardi 1988). The plan ting was ajoint effort between the Federal Land Development Authority (FELDA) and the Forest Research Institute Malaysia (FRIM). Another 28.3ha of rubber plantation at Sungai Muntoh, Kuala Klawang belonging to the Persatuan Peladang Jelebu (Famers' Organisation of Jelebu) was also planted with manau in October 1988. A private company, Syarikat Kurnia Setia, planted 237 hectares of a rubber plantation with rattan from 1986 to 1990 at Kampong Bongsu, Lanchang in Pahang. The first recorded planting of manau under rubber is at Kampung Bukit Tampoi, Dengkil, Selangor (Aminuddin and Nur Supardi, 1986).

GROWTH, NODE DEVELOPMENT AND ESTIMATED YIELD OF CAIAMUSMANAN

The growth rate after three years was found to be encouraging compared with figures obtained from trials in forest areas. This experimental plot of 1.4 ha is being monitored by the Rattan Silviculture unit of the Forest Research Institute Malaysia (FRIM). This paper reports the outcome of mea-surements and observations carried out over a period of eight years in the plot. MATERIALS AND METHODS

The plot of 1.4 ha consists of rubber trees which were planted in 1967. Rattan seedlings were planted in between rubber rows in December 1980. Both the rubber trees and rattan were planted at a distance of 6m x 3m. The lower slope of the plot has richer soil nutrient and sparse undergrowth. It is bordered by a small patch of abandoned rubber trees through which passes a small stream. The middle and upper slopes have lateritic soils and more undergrowth. The east side bordering the area was opened a year after rattan planting. The southern and eastern borders were cleared for replanting two and four years respectively after the rattans were introduced. Details of the plot establishment were reported by Aminuddin and Nur Supardi (1986). Measurements on the stem length (root collar to the base of the petiole of the upper-most leaf) were carried out every year, except in the 4th year. In the 7th year, the length of each internode was measured. First, the internodeswere measured using a measuring tape, and then those internodes beyond reach were measured using a measuring pole with digital reading. The measuring pole could reach up to 8.20 m in height. The number of internodes above this height were counted. Diameter of exposed stems, i.e the lower part of the rattan where the leaf sheath had dropped off, was measured. The diameter was measured at midregion of each internode using calipers. The dia-

meter at 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm and 100 cm from the root collar were also recorded. The length of dried parts (i.e exposed stem or stem covered with dried leaf sheaths) were also measured. In the 8th year, only the stem length and the number of internodes were recorded. Data collected were used to compare the growth and to estimate the yield of manau obtainable from the plot. The relationship between stem length, length of dried parts, internode number and stem diameter were also analysed. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Survival The percentage survival was 74.8% in the eight year (Table 1). Mortality was observed to be high only in the first three years. Mortality in the following years was observed to come from unhealthy and poor plants in the upper slope. This could be due to the lateritic soil type available in the upper slope and the drastic changes in micro climate resulting from the opening of bordering areas of the upper slope during the earlier stage of growth. TABLE 1 Survival percentage of Rotan manau up to 8 years after planting in a rubber plantation Age (years)

LO

2.0

3.0 4.0

4.8

5.5

7.2

Survival 94.4 89.4 80.6 -

77.4 76.3 76.3 74.8

Stem length The mean stem length for the lower, middle and upper slopes of the plot is shown in Table 2. The mean stem length increased slowly in the first 5.5 years. In the subsequent 1.7 years, there was a great

TABLE 2 Mean stem length and std. deviation (in meters) of rotan manau in a rubber plantation Age (years) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.8 5.5

7.2 8.2

Lower slopes 0.15 ± 0.04 0.27 ± 0.13 0.83 ± 0.38 1.80 ± L29 2.78 ± 2.04 11.07 ± 3.89 14.21 ± 4.21

Middle slope 0.16 0.21 0.48 1.29 1.92 5.74 9.65

±0.04 ±0.08 ± 0.20 ±0.82 ± 1.24 ±3.14 ± 4.52

Upper slope 0.13 ± 0.03 0.14 ± 0.03 0.19 ± 0.06 0.41 ± 0.22 0.50 ± 0.33 1.01 ± 1.01 2.10 ± 1.35

Whole plots 0.14 0.21 0.45 1.17

± 0.04 ±0.10 ± 0.30 ± 0.78 L53 ± 1.20 6.83 ± 5.04 9.98 ± 5.99

(Note: V represents seedlings with no stem length or in the rossete stage) 22

8.2

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

Range for whole plot r-0.22 r-0.27

O.iO-1.40 0.15-5.10 0.15-7.60 0.23-18.6 0.57-22.1

GROWTH, NODE DEVELOPMENT AND ESTIMATED YIELD OF CAIAMUSMANAN

increase in stem length. On the lower slope where the conditions were more favourable, there was an increase of almost 4 times. It was observed that the growth rate increased considerably when rattans were able to obtain support from rubber branches and twigs. Vigorous growth occurred when the younger leaves of manau were halfway in the rubber canopy. In the third year, all the manau seedlings were below 1.52 m. In the 5th, 6th, 7th and 8th year, tho-se plants below 1.5 m were 71.8%, 60.5%, 23.5% and 11.4% respectively. The percentage distribution of surviving plants according to stem length classes is shown in Table 3. TABLES The percentage distribution of stem length classes for rotan manau in a rubber plantation Stem Length Classes (m) <1.50 1.51-3.00 3.01-6.00 6.01-9.00 9.01-12.00 12.01-15.00 15.01-18.00 18.01-21.00 >21.01

Age (years) 4.8

71.8 20.0 8.2 — — -

8.2

7.2

5.5

60.5 23.5 13.6 2.4 _ -

23.5 7.5

15.0 15.0 17.9 15.0 4.7 0.9 -

11.4 7.6 12.3 11.4 13.3 17.1 17.1 6.6

0.9

There was a strong positive correlation between stem length and the number of internodes in both ages. By using T-test as comparison, no significant differences were observed between the correlations at ages 7.2 and 8.2 years. The data of stem length and number of internodes for the different ages were combined and the following equation was derived: Both ages:

Y= -1.648476 + 0.2124169 *X(R = 0.9859) Note: This equation can be used to determine the stem length of manau. However, the values for the first ten internodes close to the base are not realiable and should not be used. During the initial growth of manau or rattan generally, leaves are produced at a closer distance, and the basal internodes are thus shorter. The mean stem diameter at 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm and 100 cm from the root collar were 34.7 mm, 28.0 mm, 24.7 mm and 22.9 mm, respectively. No linear relationship was observed between diameter and stem lengths. Only 40 plants were used in the analysis. Further investigation with more plants should be carried out to determine the correlation between these parameters. If the growth of manau in terms of stem length could be determined by stem diameter, plants of superior genotype can be easily determined.

Node Development

As observations on the number of nodes was carried out only in the last two census, no conclusions could be drawn on node production during the early stages of development. The average number of nodes produced at age 7.2 and 8.2 was 40.1 /year (range: 7 to 91) and 55.1/year (range: 11 to 109), respectively. This gives an average of 5.57 nodes and 6.72 nodes produced over the two years of data recording, indicating that the rate of leaves produced increases with time. The total stem length of manau could be determined for different age periods using regression technique. The regression equations are as follows: Age 7.2 years: Y=-1.644930 + 0.2129709 * X ( R = 0.9840) Age 8.2 years: Y= -1.680985 + 0.2125395 * X (R = 0.9853) (Note: Y= Stem Length (m) ; X - No. of Internodes; R= correlation coefficient)

Estimated Yield

The mean length of dried parts at age 7.2 and 8.2 years was 3.35m (range: 0.78 m- 7.70 m ) and 4.59 m (range: 0.60 m - 13.30 m). The length of dried parts is considered mature and is usable in furniture making. However, from preliminary analysis, it was learnt that the part above this length can also be used (Abdul Latif Mohmod pers. comm). Research on the length of usable parts is still being conducted at FRIM. In practice, rattan collectors only collect canes which have "hard" outer skin (epidermis), irrespective of whether their leaf sheaths are dried or still green, Uncollected parts have epidermis of whitish or lighter creamy yellow that could easily be peeled off or cut through by a knife. A study by Nur Supardi and Wan Razali Mohd (1989) showed that matured part of manau could be determined by the equation Y= -1.12567 + 0.4239466 * X 2 o r Y = -1.439984 + 0.08904229 * X (where Y= estimated length of matured cane in meters; XI = total length of rattan in meters; and X2 = the number of inter-

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

23

GROWTH, NODE DEVELOPMENT AND ESTIMATED YIELD OF CAIAMUSMANAN

nodes). In the study, the length of dried parts was taken as the estimated length of matured cane. The estimated values were actually underestimated figures for matured cane as it is believed that the matured cane covers not only the dried parts but also where leaf sheaths are still green or slightly yellow. The conservative values of matured cane for the plot at Dengkil could be derived from the following regression equations: Age 7.2 years Y= - 0.6154685 + 0.2779506 * XI (R = 0.7847) Y=

(i)

0.07927656 + 0.06385926 * X2 ( K - 0.8101)

Age 8.2 years

Y = - 0.3178492 + 0.4049428* XI (ii) (R = 0.8309) Y = - 1.346057 + 0.09114832 * X 2 (R = 0.8436) Analysis using T-test showed that the length of the dried part varies significantly at the two ages. This means that age plays an important role in maturity of the cane. This also means that the plants are still growing actively at this stage. Using equations (i) and (ii), the estimated yield of the plot at age 7.2 and 8.2 years are shown in Table 4. It is assumed that the usable parts is 1.5 times the length of the dried parts. The average price of raw (green) rotan manau is $1.00/m. From the data collected, the total dried parts and usable parts at age 8.2 is 1543.80 m/ha and 2315.70 m/ha, respectively. Effect of Rattan on Rubber Trees

Most of the rattans were found to hang on a tree or a couple of trees for support. Each rubber tree was observed to support at most two rattans. Throughout the area, only one rubber tree was observed to

support four manau plants. The occurrence was due to the absence of available trees for support in the immediate vicinity, resulting in the four manau clinging onto the single tree. On the lower slopes, where growth is very good, the presence of rattan was observed to cause problems of access along the planting rows of rubber. However, this could be overcome if the lower fronds of mature rattans are cut. Dried leaf sheaths could also be peeled to prevent discomfort to rubber tappers. A wider planting distance of rattan could also be used to allow more space for passage. The planting distance of rattan will, however, depend on the spacing of rubber trees and the crown area of rattan. The crown area of manau growing under rubber was observed to range from 4 m" (when it climbs through dense branches of rubber) to 16 m (when it is on top of the tree canopy). Normally, the crown area is 9 m 2 (3 x 3 in). If the distance between rubber rows are 6m or less, as at Dengkil, rattan should be planted in every alternate rubber row and planted at a closer distance within the planting rows (e.g 2 m). If the rows of rubber are spaced wider, rattan should be planted in all the inter-rows. Except for a few fallen dried twigs, no branch was observed to break due to the weight of manau. The weight of an average diameter size manau of 15m stem length (inclusive of leaf sheaths and leaves) was calculated to be in the average of 2 kg/ m. This weight force is spread out to the many twigs and branches. It could not be said if the presence of rattan effected latex production of the rubber trees. A study at Felda Serting Hilir 3 is still in progress to study the effect on latex production. Effect of Rubber on Rattan Growth performance of manau seemed not to be affected by rubber.The growth of manau under rubber is however, better than those planted in the forest, particularly in the early growth stages, as

TABLE 4 The estimated yield and gross income from rattan from a rubber smallholding at Dengkil, Selangor. Age (vrs)

7.2 8.2 24

Plants per. ha

Usable parts (m/plant) (c)«(b)*1.5

Estimated yield (m/ha)

(a)

Dried parts (m/plant) (b)

(d)=(c)*(a)

Estimated Gross Income (e)-(d)*M$l

423 415

2.51 3.72

3.76 5.58

1590.48 2315.70

M$l ,590.48 M$2,315.70

PERTANIKAVOL 14NO.1,1991

GROWTH, NODE DEVELOPMENT AND ESTIMATED YIELD OF CAIAMUS MANAN

TABLES Stem length (m) growth of calamus manan up to age 3 years after planting

Age (years) 1

2

3

0.15 10.04 0.16 + 0.05

0.27 ±0.13 0.32 ±0.11 0.20 ±0.10

0.83 ±0.38 0.58 ±0.30 0.29 ±0.21

Locations Dengkil (lower slope) Sg.Buloh FR (All treatments) Bkt.LagongFR (Field 41)

0.07 ± 0.05

shown in Table 5. This is attributed to the ideal light and vegetation conditions of the site for the growth of manau. The ruber trees are, however, too old when the rattans were planted. Old rubber trees do not have low branches which are important for support during the initial stage of climbing of the rattans. The age of rubber trees also plays a part in the growth performance of manau. Two advantages of planting rattan in a younger rubber plantations are (i) there is more light penetration for good growth and (ii) low lying branches of young rubber trees can provide a place for the cirri of manau to hook themselves to. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMENDATIONS

From the studies, the stem length (XI) could be determined by the number of internodes (X2) using the formula XI =-1.648476+ 0.2124169 *X2. The length of dried parts (Y), that is a portion of the usable parts of rattan could be derived from the formula Y=-0.3178492 + 0.4049428* XI. In terms of growth, manau can perform well when planted under rubber plantations. The provision for spacing should take into consideration the clear passage for rubber tappers and the effect on rubber trees. There is a need for more studies on the effect of rattan on latex production and yields of rattan obtainable from the plantation. The minimum maintenance requirements needed by the rattan plant must be provided for.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors would like to thank their assistants, Pn. Siti Hasanah, En. Fahrudin, and En. Abd. Razak for data collection. REFERENCES AMINUDDIN MOHAMAD and NL*R SLPARDI MD. NOOR.

1986. Intercropping of Rotan manau (Calamus manan), with Rubber (Heveabrasileinsis). Pertanika 9(2): 161-165 AMINUDDIN MOHAMAD. 1989. Effect of Canopy

Manipulation on Growth Performance of Calamus manan, a Malaysian Rattan. In Present Research on Rattans, ed. by A.N Rao and IsaraVongkaluang, Proceedings of the International Rattan Seminar, November 12-14, 1987. Chiang Mai, Thailand, p 94-97. NURSUPARDI MD NOOR. 1988. Rattan Planting under Rubber Plantation in Peninsular Malaysia. Paper presented at the IDRC Agricultural Communication Workshop, 28 March to 2 April, 1988 at Chiang Mai, Thailand (unpublished). NUR SUPARDIMD. NOOR and WAN RAZAI.I MOHD. 1989.

The Growth and Yield of a Nine-Year-Old Rattan Plantation. In Present Research on Rattans, ed. A.N Rao and IsaraVongkaluang, Proceedings of the International Rattan Seminar,\2 - 14 November, 1987. Chiang Mai, Thailand. P. 62 - 67.

PERTANIKA VOL. 14NO.1,1991

(Received 21 September, 1990)

25

Pertanikal4(l), 27-30(1991)

Damage Assessment on Stored Mungbean Vigna radiata (L.) Wilczek and Soybean Glycine max L. Merr Infested with the Common Bean Weevil, Callosobruchus maculatus (F.)(Coleoptera:Bruchidae) NOORMA OSMAN, ROHANI IBRAHIM and ABANG BOHARI ABANGJOHARI Department of Plant Protection, Faculty ofAgriculture. Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPMSerdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia. Keywords: Calosobruchus maculatus, mungbean, soybean, damage assessment

ABSTRAK Taksiran kerugian oMCallosobruchus maculatus (F.) keatas empat varieti kacanghijau dan lima varieti kacang soya telah ditentukan. Seratusgram tiap-tiap satujenis dan varieti kekacangini di simpan dalam bekasplastikyang lutsinarbersama 20ekordezoasaC maculatus. Parameteryangditeliti ialah kenaikanpopulasi, peratusbijirin rosak dan peratus percambahan. Pada kacang hijau, bilangan kumbangdezvasa adalah paling tinggi dalam varieti MG 501 OA dan rendah dalam varieti V1908 (P< 0.05). Kesemua kacang hijau rosak selepas 3 bulan disimpan. Oleh itu kad percambahan tidak dapat ditentukan. Pada kacang soya, bilangan kumbang dewasa meningkat 20-215% dalam kesemua varieti melainkan Acadian. Pada umumnya peratus kacang soya yang rosak adalah rendah (<8%) manakala peratus percambahan yangpaling tinggi terdapat dalam varieti Palmetto (P< 0.05). Dibandingkan dengan kacang hijau, kacang soya menghasilkan kurang kenaikan populasi, peratus bijirin rosak yang rendah dan peratus percambahan yang tinggi. Kacang soya adalah lebih sesuai untuk disimpan selama 3-5 bulan tanpa mendapat serangan hebat dariperosak ini. ABSTRACT

Damages to the grains by Callosobruchus maculatus (F.) on four varieties ofmungbean and five of soybean were assessed. One hundred grams of each type and variety of beans plus 20 adults ofC. maculatus were placed in a transparent plastic container. The paramateres measured were weevil density, percentage of damaged grains and percentage seed germination. In mungbean, the number of adult weevil was highest in variety MG 50-10A and lowest in V1968 (P< 0.05). Germination rate could not be assessed as beans were 100% damaged after 3 months ofstorage. Insoybean, weevil density increased by 20-215% in all varieties except Acadian. The percentage of damaged grain wa low (<8%) for all varieties. The percentage of germination is significantly highest in variety Palmetto (P<0.05). (Compared to mungbean, soybean had a lower population increase, lower percentage damaged grain and higher percentage germination. Soybean can be stored for 3-5 months ivith minor infestation from this pest. INTRODUCTION The bruchid, Callosobruchus maculatus commonly known as common bean weevil is an important pest of stored cowpea, Vigna unguiculata Walp. and other tropical grain legumes. Crop damage by C. maculatus-dX harvest is usually less than 10% but infestation could build up rapidly during seed storage. Thirty seven to 60% of the seeds may exhibit emergence holes within 4-6 months of storage (Jotwani 1964). Losses in seed weight and

quality are considerable under poor conditions of storage, a situation common in developing countries. In 1986', Malaysia imported 284,584 tons of beans, worth 166,705 thousand ringgit (Anon. 1986). This figure is expected to increase in the followingyears. Data on crop loss assessment under Malaysian conditions is not available. In India, Yadar et at (1968) recorded a weight loss of 15% in grams and 16% in 'kabul gram* (Cicer arietinum),

NOORMA OSMAN, ROHANI IBRAHIM AND ABANG BOHARI ABANG JOHAR1

17% in cowpeaand 25% in mungbean. Similarly in Pakistan, Ahmad and Ahmad (1969), recorded a weight loss of 23% in gram and 48% in mungbean. This study was conducted to determine losses caused by C. maculatuson stored soybean and mungbean.

Seed Testing (1976). The data were analysed using ANOVA and significant differences among means were compared using Duncan Multiple Range Test (DMRT). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

MATERIALS AND METHODS Weevil Infestation on Mungbean Grains

The five varieties of soybean used in this study were Disoy, Jupiter, Acadian, KS 437 and Palmetto, obtained from the Rubber Research Institute of Malaysia (PRIM) at Sungai Buloh, Selangor. The fourvarieties of mungbean (EG. glabrous, U Thong, V. 1968 and MG-50-1OA) were procured from the Department of Agronomy and Horticulture, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia. The beans were cleaned manually by removing contaminants and damaged kernels. Grains were conditioned for two weeks at room temperature and humidity by leaving it in the open in an aluminium tray. Average daily room temperature and relative humidity were recorded as 28 ±3° and 85± 3% RH, respectively. Insect Culture

Infested mungbean obtained from a nearby sundry shop were used to initiate C. maculatus culture in the laboratory.The weevils were further reared on mungbeans which were sterilised in an oven for 4 h at 60°C. Three to five-week -old adults of both sexes were used for the study. Experimental Set-Up

One hundred grams of each variety of beans and 20 adults were placed in a transparent plastic container measuring 17cmx lOcmx 9.5cm. A27cmx 20cm muslin cloth was used to cover each container so as to provide adequate ventilation and prevent the escape and entry of insects. The containers were set up in the laboratory with average daily temperature and relative humidity of 28 ± 3° and 85 ± 3% RH. The treatments were replicated three times using completely randomized experimental design. After 1,3,5 months of storage period, the following parameters were determined vis-a-vis number of live or dead immature and adult weevils, and percentage damaged bean and seed germination. The percent damaged bean was determined using the formula of Adams and Schulten (1978). Beans were conside ed damaged when one or more emergence holes appeared on bean surfaces. The germination test was conducted according to the methods outlined in the International Rules of 28

The density of C. maculatusincreased consistently with storage period in all fourvarieties of mungbean tested (Table 1). At the end of the fifth month of storage, the number of adults was highest in variety MG 50-10A and lowest in V 1968 (P<0.05). Compared to the other fourvarieties, MG50-10A appeared to be most preferred by C. maculatus^ thus suggesting that it could be the most suitable rearing media in the laboratory. After one month of storage, the population increase in all fourvarieties ranged from 91 to 3967. This implies that it is not advisable to store any of the four varieties of mungbean for over a month without engaging some form of protective measures against infestation by C. maculatus.

The percent damaged grain and germination of beans after one-month storage are shown in Table 1. Beans that were examined on the third month and thereafter were 100% damaged by C. maculatus; thus level of grain damage could not be assessed. The percent of damaged grain at one month storage period for varieties V 1968 and U Thong is still within a tolerable range (5.8-6.0%) and thepercentgermination is high (89-91%). As such it is quite safe to store mungbean for a period of one month and avoid heavy infestation. Besides, the free fatty acids and uric acid content will increase with prolonged storage period (Singh et al 1982). These compounds have been proposed as sensitive indexesof incipientgrain deterioration. (Pomeranzl982). Weevil Infestation on Soybean

The adult weevil density increased by 20-215% with storage period in all varieties except Acadian (Table 2) where the increase was only 10% after 3 months of storage, remaining so till the fifth month. Variety Disoy had the highest infestation of C. maculatus adults with an increase of over 200% over a 3 months period with no increase during the first month. This indicates that C. maculatus may require more than 30 days to slowly multiply in soybean. By the third month the percent population increase was in the range of 10% (variety Acadian) to 80% (variety Disoy). The lower rate of multiplication of

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO. 1. 1991

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT ON STORED MUNGBEAN AND SOYBEAN BY THE COMMON BEAN WEEVIL

TABLE 1 Effects of Callosobruchus maculatus infestation on four varieties of mungbean in storage No . of weevils1

Parameter Storage Period (mths.)

% germination

% damaged grain 2

Mean

1

:\

EG. Glabrous MG. 50-1OA V1968 U Thong

235 185 183 101

2972 3750 2771 2749

'Mean

176a 3060.5b 3612.5c

5

1

3

5

14.3 11.5 5.8 6.0

100 100 100 100

100 100 100 100

9.4a

100b 100b

Mean

1

3

Mean

5

Variety

3526 3987 3335 3602

2133.2b 2487.2a 2096.2b 2150.2b

71.45a 70.51a 68.66b 68.58b

84 84 91 89

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

87a

Ob

Ob

28.0a 28.0a 30.22a 29.56a

1

Data includes mature and immature insects Values within columns followed by the same letter are not significantly different at P=.O5 by DMRT '^Values within rows followed by the same letter are not significantly different at P = .05 by DMRT

2

C. maculatus'm soybean was due to the presence of saponins which inhibit larval development (Applebaum^a£ 1965). Saponins may be regarded as specific metabolic defense mechanisms of soybean which have evolved against insects. The percentage of damaged grain is considered low (<8%)for all the varieties. During the onemonth storage period, no damaged grains were recorded (based on the presence of emergence holes). Howe and Currie (1964) reported that the development period (larval to adult) and survival (percent adult emergence) of C. maculatusw&s low on soybean and that body size was smaller, which explains the low increase in the number of C.

maculatus and the low percentage damaged soybeans observed in our study. Generally, the percentgermination decreased during storage up to the fifth month. Variety KS 437 had the lowest average percent germination (15%) while variety Palmetto had the highest average (83.3%). The latter variety supported the lowest population of C. maculatusax\d suffered the least grain damage. It is advisable then for soybean food manufacturers and farmers to select Palmetto if the soybean is to be stored for about 6 months. Compared to mungbean, soybean appeared to be more resistant to attack by C. maculatus, resulting in a lower increase in numbers and damaged grain.

TABLE 2 Effects of Callosobruchus maculatus infestation on five varieties of soybean in storage Parameter Storage Period (mths.)

Density increase1 1

3

5

20 20 20 20 20

36 29 28 24 22

63 51 28 32 22

% germination

% damaged grain

Mean

2

1

Mean

3

5

0 0 0 0 0

3.28 1.65 0.73 0.54 0.24

8.16 3.81a 4.96 2.20ab 2.75 1.16ab 0.54 0.79b 0.24 0.31b

0b

1.29b 3.33a

1

3

71 30 54 97

49 9 5 95 20

5

Mean

Variety

Disoy

KS437 Jupiter Palmetto Acadian 3

Mean

20a

27.8a 39.2b

39.7a 33.33a 25.33a 25.44a 21.33a

79 66.2a

35.6b 24.11c

Data includes mature and immature insects Values within columns followed by the same letter are not significantly different at P=.O5 by DMRT Values within rows followed by the same letter are not significantly different at the P=.O5 by DMRT 2

PERTANIKA VOL. 14NOJ, 1991

26 6 10 58 22

48.67 b 14.89c 19.78c 83.30a 40.44b

NOORMA OSMAN, ROHANI IBRAHIM AND ABANG BOHARI ABANGJOHARI

For consumption purposes, a storage period of 5 m o n t h s is considered safe irrespective of varieties. On the other hand, for breeding and seed production, soybean seeds should not be stored for more than 3 months at 28° and 85% RH. Variety Palmetto would be the best variety for such purposes. It would be advisable for researchers working on C. maculatus to select mungbean over soybean as the most suitable rearing media in the laboratory, without special reference to varietal difference. Overall, the result of this study implicates that the genes for resistance to C. maculatus may be present in both mungbean a n d soybean. T h e r e fore, more extensive search in the different germplasm collections may yield sources of resistance to this pest. Further research on the control of Bruchids would enable farmers to harvest a n d store the beans free of the problems by the common bean weevil.

Bruchids. IV. Developmental Incompatibility o Soybeans for Callosobruchus. ] Insect Physiolog ANON. 1986. Perdagangan Import dan Ekspori Makanan dan Hasil Pertanian (Perangkaan) Kementerian Pertanian, 199 p. HOWE, R.W. andJ.E. CURRIE. 1964. Some Laboratory Observations on the Rate of Development Mortality and Oviposition of Several Species oi Bruchidae Breeding in Stored Pulses. Bull Entomol /&s.55(3):437 77.

JOTWANI, M.G. 1964. Studies on the Extent of Insect Damage and Germination of Seeds. I. Germination of Pea Seeds Damaged by Callosobruchus maculatit Indian] EnlomoL 26(1): 130-30. POMKRANZ, Y. 1982. Biochemical, Functional and

Nutritive Changes during Storage: In Storage of Cereal Grains and Their Products, 3rd edn. Am Assoc. Cereal Chem. St. Paul.Minnesota. 517p.

REFERENCES SlNGH,D.P., S.S. SHARMA, and V.K. THAPAR. 1982, ADAMSj.M. a n d G.G.M. SCHULTEN. 1976. Losses Caused

by Insects, Mites and Microorganisms, In Postharvest Grain Loss Assessment Methods. AACC Compiled by K.L. Harris and C.J. Lindblad, p 8393. AHMAD, M.R. and M. AHMAD.

1969. Evaluation of

Losses Caused by Bruchids in Stored Pulses. Pakistan], of Scientific Res, 21:117-122.

Biochemical Changes in Stored Moong and Mash Varieties due to Infestation of Callosobruchw maculatus Fab. (Bruchidae:CoIeoptera)./. Researc Punjab agric. Univ. 19(2) : 30-35. YADAV,T.D., P. SIRCAR, and M.C. JOTWANI 1968. Studies

on Insect Damage and Germination of Seeds. Indian]. Entomol 30(l):83-84.

APPLEBAUM, S.W. B GKSTKTNKR, and Y. BIRKK. 1965.

Physiological Aspects of Host Specificity in the

30

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

(Received 15Eelmiaryy 19m

P e r t a n i k a l 4 ( l ) , 31-35(1991)

Copper and Lime Interaction on the Growth of Corn on Tropical Peat SYEDOMARS.R.,M.H. AHMAD HUSNI, A.R. ANUAR AND M.A. ROZILAN Department of Soil Science Faculty ofAgriculture Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPMSerdang, SelangorDarul Ehsan, Malaysia. Key words: copper sulphate, dolomitic limestone, peat, corn, dry matter weight. ABSTRAK

Kuprum telah dikenalpasti sebagai salah satu mikronutrienyangpalingterhad dalam kebanyakan tanamanyang ditanampada tanahgambut tropika. Kajian ini dijalankan untuk menentukan kesan interaksi di antara kuprum dan kapurke alas tumbesaranjagungmanis (Zea mays L.var. Thai Supersweet). Sampeltanahgambut yangbelum terganggu telah diamhilpada kedalam 0-20 cm. Sampel tanahyanglembab digaulrata dan dimasukkan ke dalam pasu plastik dan diraxvat dengan 5 kadar kuprum sulfat (bersamaan kadar 0, 5, 10, 15 dan 20 kg Cu ha~ ) dan 4 kadar -1 kapur (dolomitic limestone) (0,2,4 dan HHkapurhai ) . Penggunaan kuprum pada kadar 5 kg Cu ha dan4tkapur ! ha memberikan hasil berat keringyangoptimum. Pengambilan kuprum olehjagung adalah rendah pada semua kadar kapur apabila penambahan kuprum melebihi kadar 16 kg Cu ha~!. Kajian ini menunjukkan bahawa tanah gambut yang mengandungi kurang dari 8. 7 jig Cu g~] yang diekstrak oleh DTPA memerlukan pembaj dan kuprum. pH tanah gambut sekurang-kurangnya 4.40 memberikanpengumpulan hasil berat keringjagungyangmaksimum. Kajian ini mencadangkan bahawa tanah gambut tropika memerlukan pengapuran dan pembajtian kuprum, dan input-input ini memberikan kesan sinergistik keatas tumbesaranjagungmanis. ABSTRACT

Copper has been recogn ized as one of the most limiti ng m i cronutrien ts in many crops groiun on tropi ca I pea t. Th is was conducted to determine the effects of copper and lime interaction on the growth of sweet corn fZea mays L. var. T Supersweet). An undisturbed peat sample was taken at a depth of 0-20 cm. The moist peat xuas then thoroughly mixe and placed in plastic pots which xoere treated with 5 rates of copper sulphate (at equivalent rates ofO, 5, 10, 15 and 2 kg Cu ha~ ) and 4 rates of dolomitic limestone (0,2,4 and 101 lime ha~ ) . Application of copper at the rate of 5 kg Cu ha" and4tGMLha~ gives optimum dry matter yield. Addition of copper at a rate of more than 16 kg Cu ha-1 reduce the uptake of copper by corn at all rates of lime. The results also indicate that peat soil containing less than 8. 7flgg~ DTP A extractable copperrequires copperfertilization. The minimum peat soil pHthat gives themaxium accumulated corn dry matter yield is 4.40. This study suggests that tropical peat requires liming and copperfertilization and tha these inputs have synergistic effects on thegroxvth ofsxveet corn. INTRODUCTION About 32 million ha in the rain forest regions of Southeast Asia, South America and Africa are covered by peat (Driessen and Sudewo 1977. Malaysia, accounts for more than 2.3 millions ha of peat covering 7% of total land area (Joseph et al 1974). Copper (Cu) has been recognised asoneof the most important limiting micronutrients in many crops grown on peat. Availability of Cu to plants is closely associated with total Cu content in the soil. It is thus possible to predict Cu sufficiency based on

the total Cu in soils (Lucas and Knezek 1972). Plants grown on mineral soils that contain less than 6 jUg g~ or organic soils having less than 30 jj.g g~ of total Cu might show deficiency of this element (KatyalandRandhawa 1983). It has been shown that peat is capable of binding Cu ions more strongly than other metals. The release of the ion into the soil solution in peat is slower compared to Cu adsorbed to mineral clays (McLaren. 1972). This is the result of complex formation or specific adsorption involving the

SYED OMAR S.R., M.R AHMAD HUSNI, A.R. ANUAR AND M.A. ROZII AN

numerous functional groups (carboxyl, carbonyl, phenol, hydroxyl etc.) found in peat (Stevenson 1982). Research on Malaysian peat has indicated that Cu content is often less than 5/ig g"1 in the soil (Lee etal. 1988; Kueh 1990), which is low enough to cause copper deficiency in crop growth. Work on Cu is so limited that none of the published local literature have established a critical level of Cu for plantgrowth both in peatand mineral soils. This is important for interpreting Cu status in soil for plant growth based on soil analysis. Kanapathy (1976) did some work on fertilizer requirement on peat soils, but did not rate the Cu status in this soil. Through liming, it was possible to grow many annual crops on peat (Kanapathy 1967;Joseph et al 1974). Therefore, it is generally agreed among these researchers that liming is essential for crop production on peat. However, the amount of lime required to raise the soil pH often varies, probably due to the initial pH and heterogenity of peat. Therefore, it would be more meaningful to express the critical soil pH rather than amount of lime in reporting crop performance from lime application on peat. The objectives of this experiment were to determine suitable levels of Cu and lime applications on peat and the critical levels that promote the optimum growth of sweet corn.

sowing the seedlings were thinned to two uniform plants per pot. After 40 days from planting, plant tops were harvested and washed with distilled water before drying in an oven for 72 h at 65°C. The dried plants were weighed and then ground using a stainless steel grinder. The plant tissue was digested in a mixture of concentrated nitric and perchloric acids following a wet ashing method (John 1972) and analysed for copper content using atomic absorption spectroscopy. After harvest, 20 mL of diethylenetriaminepentaaceticacid (DTPA) extracting solution was added to moist peat samples weighing 15g (58% of moisture content) from each pot in a 125 mL conical flask to extract available copper following the method of Baker and Amacher* (1982). DTPA was chosen because it offered the most favourable combination of stability constants for the simultaneous complexingof Fe, Cu, Mn andZn (Lindsay andNorvell 1978). The flask was then covered with stretchable parafilm and shaken for 2 h at 120 rpm. After shaking, the mixture was filtered through Whatman No. 42 filter paper. The filtrate was then analysed for copper content using atomic absorption spectroscopy. The analysis for chemical content of untreated peatand lime material used for the experiment are shown in Table 1. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Undisturbed peat soil (TypicThopohemists) was taken from Banting, Selangor at a depth of 0 to 20 cm. The samples were thoroughly mixed and placed in a plastic pot containing 2.6 kg of moist peat. The pots were treated with 5 levels of copper sulphate (at equivalentratesofO,5,10,15and20kg Cu ha~ ) and 4 levels of lime (at equivalent rates of 0,2,4 and lOt lime ha"1) in the form ofdolomitic limestone in a factorial experiment. Each treatment was replicated three times. All pots were uniformly fertilized. This involved an equivalent rate of 390 kg urea (46% N), 195 kg triple superphosphate (46%PgO 5 ), 150 kg muriate of potash (60% K^O), 150kgMgSO4.7H2O, 13.7 kg MnSO 4 .7H 2 O, 20 kg ZnSO 4 .5H 2 O, 0.5kg CoSO 4 .7H 2 O,0.21kgNa 2 MoO 4 .2H 2 O,andl5kg Four sweet corn (Zea mays L.vzr. Thai Supersweet) seeds were sown in each pot and watered to field capacity with distilled water daily. Aweek after 32

Data in Tables 2 and 3 show the effects of copper and lime, respectively, on the dry matter yield of sweet corn. Application of copper at all levels, significantly (P<0.05) increased corn dry matter yield compared to control. However no significant difference was observed with the application of more than 5 kg Cu ha"1 (Table 2). Liming the peat soil significantly increased the corn dry matter yield compared to control (Table 3). The highest accumulation of dry matter yield was found in soil treated with 41 lime ha"1 and this was also sigificantly higher than 2 t lime ha" 1 and control. Analysis of variance indicated that there was an interaction (P<0.05) between copper and lime treatments. The surface response curve showed the effects of interaction of copper and lime on the dry matter yield (Fig. 1). Applications at 10 kg.Cu ha" 1 and 4 t lime ha~ gave the highest dry matter yield of sweet corn (34.6 g pot" 1 ), which is about a 10-fold increase in yield compared to control (3.56g pot" 1 ). This indicates the synergistic effects of copper and lime applications on peat soil.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

COPPER AND LIME INTERACTION ON THE GROWTH OF CORN ON TROPICAL PEAT

TABLE 1 The chemical con tent of peat and lime used in the experiment. +Peat

•lime

N P K Ca Mg

-

1.40 0.05 0.53 0.44 0.09

26.35 11.60

'pot)

%

* o

e

Mgg Cu FE Mn Zn

5.52 2223.7 42.9 22.3

pH

3.66

traces 1129.2 97.8 61.3

+-

Total analysis was done using dry ashing technique (Cottenie^a^ 1982). * - Total analysis was done by aquaregia method (Cottenierfa/. 1982). TABLE 2 Effects of copper application on dry matter yield of sweet corn and DTPAextractable copper (values are means across 4 levels of lime). Treatment (kgCuha- 1 )

Dry mater yield (gpof1)

SoilCu (/ig Cug" 1 )

0

9.77 23.9 24.4 22.6 23.5 5.6

8.7 21.3 36.7 41.5 4.35

5

10 15 20

*HSD0(B

0.3

* Multiple means comparison was conducted usingTukey's Studentized Range Test, highest significant difference (HSD)wasatP<0.05. TABLE 3. Effects of lime on dry matter yield of sweet corn and soil pH (values are means across 5 levels of copper). Treatment (tlimeha" 1 ) 0

2 4 10 HSD

0.05

Dry matter yield

Soil pH

1

(gpot" ) 7.82 21.97 27.03 26.48

3.67 4.12 4.44 5.03

4.66

0.19

Fig.l: Interactions of copper and lime on dry matter yield of corn

The significant increase in dry matter yield with the application of copper to an organic soil (peat soil) was due to the low Cu content in this soil. The initial total Cu content in this peat soil was only 5.52 jig g~ (Table 1). Organic soils having less than 30 fig g~l of total Cu are likely to have Cu deficiency (Katyal and Randhawa 1983). The behaviour of soil organic matter in binding Cu ions very strongly would exacerbate the low availability of Cu in peat soil (McLaren 1972andTisdale etal 1985). This is the result of a specific adsorption of Cu with the numerous functional groups found in soil organic matter (Stevenson. 1982; Tisdale et at 1985). Copper is also known to bind the soil organic matter more strongly compared to other micronutrients, with the relative binding strength being Cu>Zn>Co>Mn (KerndoffandSchnitzer 1980). The results in Table 3 show that application of lime to a peat soil is of paramount importance in increasing the dry matter yield of sweet corn. Besides Cu deficiency, limitation of growth is also due to low pH (initial pH, 3.66, Table 1). Therefore, application of lime will overcome this limitation. Liming peat soil in Malaysia has also been shown to increase the yield of tapioca, groundnut, sweet potato, corn, chilli and sorghum (Joseph et al 1974;Kanapathy 1967). The beneficial effect of liming peat soil could also been attributed to pH and calcium effects (Chew 1973; Chew etal. 1976). However, no specific study was carried out to confirm these effects. Liming an organic soil above pH 5.8 was not possible because of reduced availa-

SYED OMAR S.R., M.H. AHMAD HUSNI, A.R. ANUAR AND M.A. ROZILAN

bilitiesofP,Mn,BandZn (LucasandDavis 1961). Peat soil limed with more than 7 t ha"1 has been shown to reduce the yield of tapioca and groundnut (Joseph et al. 1974). Fertilization of peat soil with copper at all levels of lime increased copper uptake by corn quadratically, after which the uptake declined with more than 16 kg Cu applied ha"1 {Fig. 2). The highest uptake of copper was observed when peat was treated with 11.8 and 15.9 kg Cu ha"1 (values deduced from regression equation) at liming rates of 4 and 10 t lime ha" , respectively. However, Kanapathy (1976) showed that application of copper between 5.6 and 11.2kgCuha~ l was sufficient to overcome copper deficiency in peat soil. The highest uptake of Cu by corn as was observed between 11.8 to 15.9 kg Cu ha" does not necessarily mean that it would give the highest dry matter yield, since it could be at excessive levels in plant. This was indicated in Table 2, where application of 5.0 kg Cu ha"1 gave a non significant dry matter yield increase over treatments of 10.0,15.0 and 20.0 kgCu ha"1. Hence, this study suggests that fertilization with 5 to lOkgCu ha"1 is sufficient to offset copper deficiency in corn grown on peat soil. This is within the range recommended by Kanapathy (1976). 200 O A

• 7

O LQ (Y - 8.58 + 8.59X - 0.31X2,

r2 - 0.61)

2

r2 - 0.98)

A L2 (V - 9.45 + 13.58X - 0.43X .



2

22 07

-

the extractable copper of 8.7 figg~ . Earlier work by local researchers (Joseph etal. 1974; Kanapathy 1976) did not show the critical level of extractable copper for corn grown on peat. The results obtained from this study could be used as a guideline for growing corn on peat/organic soils. Organic soils with less than 8.7/igg" 1 of DTPA extractable copper should be considered for*copper fertilization. Liming peat soil increased soil pH significantly compared to control (Table 3). Application of lime at 10 t ha"1 gave the highest soil pH (5.03) compared to all other treatments. Using boundary line approach (Webb 1972; Walworth et al 1986), minimum pH of the peat required to bring maximum growth of sweet corn was 4.40 (Fig. 3). This pH was slightly higher than the pH range of peat (4.0-4.2) recommended by Kanapthy (1976). Research done by Joseph etal. (1974) and Kanapathy 40

r 2 = 0.90)

(Y - 31.86 + 18.15X - 0.77X .

— V ^ o
Application of copper and lime at all rates on peat soil significantly increased extractable copper and soil pH compared to control (Tables 2 and 3). Peat treated with copper at 20 kg ha" 1 gave the highest value of extractable copper, 41.5 fig g~' (Table 2). It was previously demonstrated that the optimum production of dry matter yield of corn occurred when the application of copper to a peat soil at 5 kg Cu ha" , and this rate corresponded to

+ 15-57X - 0.49X2,

Boundary line \

r 2 - 0.95)

150 -

Applied Cu (kg ha

3.50

)

Fig.2: Effects of different levels of copper and lime on rapper uptake by corn 34

4.00

4.50 Soil pH

Fig. 3: Effect ofsoil pH on dry matter yield

PERTAXIKA VO1 id \ ; n i mm

5.00

5.50

COPPER AND LIME INTERACTION ON THE GROWTH OF CORN ON TROPICAL PEAT

(1967) indicated that liming peat soils at about 14 t ha" 1 increased soil p H to 5.75 and 4.3, respectively. Differences observed on the soil pH values despite the same rate of lime added by these researchers could be due to heterogeneity of initial soil pH and various stages of peat decomposition. Nevertheless, the results imply that liming peat soil to obtain pH of about 4.40 could result in better growth of sweet corn.

JOSEPH, K.T., W.Y.CHKW andT.H.TAY 1974. Potential

CONCLUSION

KATYAL, J.C. and N.S. RANDHAWA. 1983. Micronutrients.

In this study, the application of copper in the form of copper sulphate and lime at the rates of 5 kg Cu ha" 1 and 4 t lime ha" 1 to a peat soil gave optimum dry matter yield of sweet corn. Application of more than 16 kg Cu ha~ reduces the uptake of Cu by corn at all liming rates. The study indicates that peat soil containing less than 8.7,ug g~ DTPA extractable copper should be recommended for copper fertilizaton. It is also suggested that for maximum growth of corn, the pH of peat should be at least 4.40. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors wish to express their gratitude to UniversitiPertanian Malaysia for financial support of this research. They would also like to thank Prof.Othman YaacobandDr. Y.M. Khanif for their valuable comments on this manuscript. The authors also wish to thank Mr. Mohd Fuzi Shariff for his assistance in soil analysis. REFERENCES BAKER, D.E.andM.C.AMACHKR. 1982. Nickel, Copper, Zinc and Cadmium. In Methods of Soil Analysis Part 2. No.9 (Part 2). Soil Science Society of America, Inc. Madison, Wisconsin, USA. CHEW, W.Y. 1973.Effectsof Lime and Fertilizers on the Plant Availability of Soil Nitrogen in a Malaysian peat, M. Agr Sc. Thesis. Univ. Malaya. CHKW,W.Y., C.N. WILLIAMS , K. T.JOSEPH and K. RAMLI

1976. Studies on the Availability to Plants of Soil Nitrogen in Malaysian Tropical Oligotrophic Peat. I. Effect of Liming and pH. Trop. Agric. (Trinidad) 53:69-77. COTTENIE, A., M. VERLOO, L. KIEKENS

and

R.

CAMERLYNCK. 1982. Chemical Analysisof Plants and Soils, p.42-43. Laboratory of Analytical and Agrochemistry, State University Ghent-Belgium,

ofPeat for Agriculture. MARDI ReportNo. 16:1-16. KANAPATHY, K. 1967. Progress of Peat Research. Division of Agriculture, Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives. Dept. Conference. Information Paper No. 13. p 1-5, Mimeograph. KANAPATHY, K. 1976. Guide to Fertilizer Use in Peninsular Malaysia. Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development Malaysia. Bulletin No. 143. P . 7. FAO, Fertilizer and Plant Nutrition Bulletin No. 7. p.51.

KERNDORFF, H. and M. SCHNITZER. 1980. Sorption of Metals on Humic Acid. Geochim. Cosmochim. Ada 44: 1701-1708. KuEH, S.H. 1990. Copper Requirement of Cassava (Manihot esculenta crantz) and its Residual Effects on a Peat Soil in Sarawak. Seminar and 10th Meeting on Standardisation of Soil, Plant, and Fertilizer Analysis and their Interpretation, 6-7 March, 1990. Kuching, Sarawak, p. 132-140. LEE S.CJ.S. LIM and W. OMAR. 1988. Micronutrient Status in Major Soils in Peninsualr Malaysia. Papaer presented at the National Seminar on Secondry and Micronutrients in Malaysian Agriculture, Kuala Lumpur. (Proceedings in press). LINDSAY, W.L., and W.A. NORVELL. 1978. Development

of a DTPA Soil Test for Zinc, Iron, Manganese and Copper. Soil Sci Soc. Am.]. 42: 421-428. LUCAS, R.E.andJ.F. DAVIS. 1961. Relationships between the pH Values of Organic Soils and Availabilities of 12 Plant Nutrients. Soil Sci. 92:177-182. LUCAS, R.E. and B.D. KNEZEK. 1972. Climatic and Soil

Conditions Promoting Micronutrient Deficiencies in Plants. In Micronutrients in Agriculture. Soil Sci. Soc. of America, p. 268. Inc. Madison, Wisconsin. MCLAREN, R.G. 1972. The Chemistry of Soil Copper and its Availability to Plants. Ph. D Thesis. University of Nottingham. STEVENSON, FJ. 1982. Humus Chemistry, Genesis, Composition Reactions. New York: John Wiley & Sons. TISDALE, S.L., W.L. NELSON andJ.D. BEATON. 1985. Soil

Fertility and Fertilizers, p. 361-363. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company. WALWORTH, J.L., W.S. LETZSCH and M.E. SUMNER.

1986. Use of Boundary Lines in Establishing Diagnostic Norms. Soil Sc. Soc. Am.]. 50: 123-128. WEBB, R.A. 1972. Use of the Boundary Line in the Analysis of Biological Data./ Hort. Sci. 47: 309-319.

JOHN, M X 1972. Automated Digestion System for Safe Use of Perchloric Acid. Anal Chem. 44(2):429430. PFRTANIKA VOr 1 4 NO 1 1QQ1

(Received 16 November, 1990

Pertanika 1 4 ( 1 ) , 37-41 ( 1 9 9 1 )

COMMUNICATION I Zooplankton Abundance and Composition in Catfish {Clarias macrocephalus) Ponds. ABSTRAK

Kelimpahan dan komposisipopulasizooplankton di dalam kolam than keli (Clarias macrocephalus]_ telah dikaji. Kopepod dan rotifer adalah dominan, manakala kladosera hanya merupakan komponenyang minor sahaja. Larva kopepod adalah dominan, te/fl/^a^'ro/z/^, BrachionusquadridentatadanLecanelunam^^ bilangannyayangpalingbanyak. Di antarakladosera, Macrothrix spinosa merupakan spesiesyangpalingdominan. ABSTRACT

Zooplankton population abundance and composition in catfish (Clarias macrocephalus) ponds were studied, Copeponds and rotifers were dominant with dadocerans being a minor component. Copepod larvae (nauplii) wa dominant, but for rotifers, Brachionus quadridentata andLecane luna were abundant. Among dadocerans, Macrothrix spinosa was the dominant species. INTRODUCTION Fish fry, including the catfish, Clarias macrocephalus, (Arumugam and Cheah 1987) feed on live zooplankton shortly following yolk sac resorption (Dabrowski^fl/. 1978). In catfish seed production, live zooplankton (Moina micrura) is used as initial food for fry in hatcheries, prior to subsequent stocking in ponds, to ensure better survival (Arumugam and Cheah 1987; Wembiao et al 1988). This not only incurs extra production costs in terms of maintaining a large number of fry indoor, but also results in unpredictable seed production due to poor and unreliable zooplankton availability. Even in Penang, where a thriving Moina micruracuhure industry exists, shortages still occur as catfish farmers have to compete against tropical fish aquarists for the limited supply of Moina. The method of raising fish fry in ponds by utilising naturally occurringzooplankton has been practised and perfected for species such as carp (Cyprinus carpio) and striped bass (Moronesaxatiles) (Tames 1979; Geiger 1983). This technique essentially by passes the need for intensive Moinaculture for feeding fry indoor . This paper discusses zooplankton population dynamics in catfish ponds and the potential for using these plankton for commercial catfish fry production . MATERIALS AND METHODS Five (6 x 6 x 0.8 m) earthen ponds, situated in

Seberang Perai Tengah (longitude 100° 20'E; latitude 5° 25' N), were prepared for catfish culture bydrainingand limingwith quicklime-CaO, (7kg/ pond) to remove unwanted parasites, predators and competitors and fertilizing with barn-yard manure (2 x20-kg bags/pond) to promote plankton growth. Two weeks, after the zooplankton population had been established (Marian 1987), the ponds were stocked with catfish fry (mean size of 2.00 cm total length, 0.15 g body weight) at the rate of 1,000 to 1,200 fry per pond. The fry were initiallyfedwith Moinabut consequently trained to accept prepared diets prior to stocking in ponds. Throughout the study, the fry were fed with commercial feed (32% protein) at the rate of 3 to 5% body weight. Duringeach sampling period, 10 to 15 fry were caught (about 1/2 before and after feeding) for stomach content analysis.The contents were examined under a dissecting microscope and the types of food materials ingested were noted. Zooplankters were sampled from June 25 to October 15,1987 by randomly filtering 401 of pond water through an 80fi mesh plankton net. Samples were preserved in 10% buffered formalin and later indentified and enumerated using a SedgewickRafter counting cell and standard references (Idris 1983; Karunakaran andjohnson 1975; Fernando and Zankai 1981; Lim and Fernando 1985). Selected water quality parameters (dissolved oxygen (DO), temperature, pH and conductivity) were measured between 1100 to 1300 h using a Yellow

AHYAUDINB.ALI

Spring 57 DO meter with thermistor, a H a n n a HI 8424 p H and HI 8633 conductivity meter, respectively. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Mean water temperature (°C), p H and DO ( m g / 1 ) during the studies were 29.7 ± 0.9,5.59 ± 0.54 a n d 6.42 ± 2.5, respectively. T h e water qualities measured were within the tolerable range for catfish (Srisuwantach et al 1981). Furthermore, low pH is important in reducing the formation of toxic unionized ammonia, acommon problem in intensively cultured catfish fish ponds (Srisuwantach et al 1981). T h e fairly high conductivity values (204.3 + 67.2 m s / c m ) was probably d u e to ions leaching from the uneaten feeds. T h e effects of water quality parameters on catfish harvest is further discussed by Ali (1988). Fifteen zooplankton taxa were indentified (Table 1). Both calanoid and cyclopoid copepods were abundant, whereas copepod nauplii, an important larval fish food (Lemly a n d Dimmick 1982; Boonsom 1984) was also d o m i n a n t . Eight rotifer species were indentified with the dominant

species being Branchionus quadridentataand Lecane luna followed by Anureopsis fissa, Platyias patulus, and Trichocercaopoliensis. The percentage of occurrences for copepod and rotifer were high (>50%). For cladocerans, Macrothrixspinosa was dominant and occurred 60% of the times in the samples, whereas Moina micrura was present in a smaller proportion (40%). The zooplankton community dynamics in fish ponds, dominated primarily by copepods, rotifers, and cladocerans, have also been observed by others (Geiger 1983; Ludwig 1989). A close antagonistic cycle between copepods and rotifers indicates possible predator-prey relationship (Fig. 1). Cladocerans abundance was also low throughout the culture period. Catfish fry did not predate on zoo-plankton before or after feeding with pelleted feeds. Stomach content analysis indicated that fry at the size stocked in this study, fed on commercial pellets only, ignoring the zooplankton which were probably too small to be energetically useful. However, invertebrate predators such as copepods can influence the dynamics of zooplankton communities in the absence of intensive predation by vertebrate predators such as fish (Lane 1979). Three major zooplankton peaks were observed (Fig. 2). The maximum peak (2,484 ind./l) occurred in July, followed by the other peaks in midAugust (1,038 ind./l) and October (932 ind./l). Except for the declines in late August and early 38

September, the expansion ratio (nauplii: cope pod) for the c o p e p o d p o p u l a t i o n indicated tha the group was expanding a n d showing good growtf t h r o u g h o u t the growing season (Fig. 2). T h e en riched a n d fertile p o n d s enabled the filter feeding rotifers and calanoid copepods as well as the preda tory cyclopoid c o p e p o d s to b e c o m e a b u n d a n t . 1800 -I 1600 -



Copepod*



Rotifer*

Cladocerans

1400 12001000800600r>400

.4

200-

rfl

25 Jun 1 Jul 16 Jul 31 Jul 15 Aug24 Aug31 Augi5 Sep 1 Oct is C:

Sampling intervals

Fig. 1: Temporal abundance (ind./l) of the rotifers am microcrustacean zooplankton groups sampled from calftik

(Clariasmacrocephalus) ponds. 3000 i -B- Total zooplankton

CD Nauplii : Copepod

25Jun 1Jul 16JUI 31Jul 15Aug24Aug31Aug15Sep 10ct i50ct

Sampling intervals

Fig. 2: Temporal abundance (indiv./l) of the rotifers am microcrustacean zooplankton populations and tht expansion ratiofor the copepod populations sampled fro*

catfish (Clarias macrocephalus) ponds.

Use of nursery ponds for fry and fingerlings production have been succesfully developed for kissinggourami, Helostoma temminckii (Cheah etai 1985,), striped bass, Morone saxatilis (Geiger 1983), golden shiners, Notemigonus crysoleucas (Ludwig 1989) and carps (Tamas 1979). I m m e d i a t e availability of zooplankton for first feeding is important

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO. 1, 1991

ZOOPIANKTON ABUNDANCE AND COMPOSITION IN CATFISH (CIARIAS MACROCEPHALUS) PONDS

TABLE 1 Zooplankton population (individuals/liter) in catfish (Clariasmacrocephalus) ponds given commercial feeds. Sampling dates Total occurrencc

Tax a Jun.

Jul.

25

1

16

Calanoidea Cyclopoidea Nauplii

25 8 33

185 142 536

14 15 61

Total

66

863

20 -

Aug. 31

Oct.

Sep.

15

24

101 129 265

99 40 181

97 41 140*

105 13

90

495

320

95 83

12 23

10 -

-

30

37

3

776

27

luna Platyias patulus Inchocerca

31

15

1

14

( %)

COPEPODA 19

300

19

2 7

175 263

18 45 189

963 610 1694

278

137

28

738

252

3267

30

4 99

1 -

-

10

14 -

156 245

70 50

-

1

16

-

-

2

-

86

50

2

-

76

487

1

2

20

12

1409

90

87

-

-

-

16

-

-

4

6

140

50

14

216

64

188

36

12

8

80

3

-

621

90

4

34

29

10

58

-

-

42

17

194

70

35

217

-

-

6

36

120

-

6

24

444

70

103

L538

138

227

159

728

130

82

87

103

3295

_

_

_

_

_

_

1

_

_

_

1

1

45

_

_

_

17



_

19

12

93

40

_

8 30

3 10

12 _

_ _

10 5

3 -

_ -

74 8

— 7

110 60

60 50

-

-

-

-

-

-

46

-

6

-

52

20

-

83

13

12

-

32

50

-

107

19

316

100 100 100

ROTIFERA .A ti u reopsis

fissa Asplanchnasp. Ascomorpha salt an Brachionus guudrideniata Filinia longiseta I.eanie

o pollcrisis

Total



C1ADOCERA Alona karua Moina micrura Macroihrix spinosa Chydorussp. Diaphanosoma sarsi

Total

for larval survival (Lemly and Dimmick 1982). For catfish, the critical period is the first four days after hatching when suitable zooplankton such as Moina micrurashould be made available (Arumugam and Cheah 1987). Larger size nauplii have also been found to be suitable (Boonsom 1984; Lemly and Dimmick 1982). Currently, seed producers are producing fry between two to three cm indoors before selling

them to farmers. The small size inevitably results in high pre- and post-stocking mortalities. Thus rearing these fry to larger pre-stocking size should increase survival and reduce losses. Besides irregular supply, our inability to keep Moina alive for a longer period has also constrained fry production. Although frozen Momacan be used as food, the leaching of essential nutrients during freezing and subsequent thawing makes the frozen zooplank-

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

AHYAUDINB.ALI

ton unsuitable as larval food (Hashim a n d Ali 1989). This essentially restricts catfish seed production to areas close to Momafarms to ensure availability of fresh zooplankton. However, by utilizing production ponds to raise fish fry to suitable stocking size, we should be able to solve zooplankton availability problem and optimize pond use through integration. Catfish larvae which require live zooplankton as initial exogenous food, can be held over in suitable mesh-size hapas in p r o d u c t i o n ponds to take advantage of the zooplankton population. Larger fry can be grown to marketable size with commercial food, whereas excess and uneaten food provides nutrient for zooplankton populationswhichcan then be utilized by smaller-size fry. Thus by utilizing the different feeding habits between the recently hatched a n d larger fry, a n d intergrating the same p o n d s for both seed a n d maket-size fish production, farmers can optimise pond use and obtain extra money through the sale of catfish seed. However, this production technique requires proper pond m a n a g e m e n t as well as the understanding of the dynamics of zooplankton communities in ponds. T h e dynamics observed in this study, resulted from the competition a n d p r e dation among the zooplankton, other invertebrates such as insects, and fish. Management of zooplankton communities by eradicating potential competitors a n d predators such as insects by using dylox (masoten),dipterexordiesel fuel-motor oil could result in greater a b u n d a n c e of the more desired zooplankton species such as rotifers and cladocerans (McCraren and Phillips 1977; Opuszynski etal. 1984). Thus further studiesare needed on this type of catfish farming integration, especially on p o n d m a n a g e m e n t to produce desirable zooplankton for catfish fry.

REFERENCES

ALI, A.B. 1988. Backyard Aquaculture: Towards a Mo Efficient Utilization of Aquatic Resources. Pap presented at the 3rd Nat. Biol Symp., 22-24 No 1988, Subangjaya, Selangor, Malaysia.

ARUMUGAM, P.T. and S. CHEAH . 1987. Feeding ar Behavioral Ecology of the Early Fry Stages i Clarias macrocephalus. Paper presented at the A BioL-IFSDay Symp., Oct. 14-17 1987, Kuala Lump Malaysia.

BOONSOM, J. 1984. Zooplankton Feeding in the fi TrichogasterpectoralisRegan. Hydrobiologia 113:21 22L

CHEAH, S.H., H.A. SHARRI, KJ. ANGand A. KABIR. 198!

An Evaluation of the Use of Egg Yolk, Artemi; microworms and Moina as diets in Larval Rearin of Helosloma lemmincki (C 8c V). Pertanika 8:43-5 DABROWSKI, K., H. DABROWSKJ

and C. GRUDIEWSK

1978. A Study of the Feeding of Common Car larvae with Artificial Food. Aquaculture 13: 25 264.

FERNANDO, C.H. and N.P. ZANKAI. 1981. The Rotifersc

Malaysia and Singapore with Remarks on Som Species. Hydrobiologia 78:205-219.

GEIGER, J.S. 1983. Zooplankton Production am Manipulation in striped Bass Rearing Ponds Aquaculture 55:331-351.

HASHIM,R, and A.B. ALI. 1989. Practical Diets iron Local Resources for Catfish (Clarias macrocephalu Fry and its Effect on Growth, p. 246-250. / Modernization in Tropical Livestock and Poultr Production, ed. E.A Ahmad etal Proc. 12thAm Con}. Malaysian Soc. Anim. Prod., Univ. Pertaniai Malaysia, Serdang, Selangor, Malaysia.

IDRIS, B.A.G. 1983. Freshwater Zooplankton of Malays!; (Crustacea:Cladocera). Univ. Pertanian Malays!; Press, Serdang, Selangor, Malaysia.

KARUNAKARAN L. and A.JOHNSON. 1975. A Contribute

to the Rotifer Fauna of Singapore and Malays Malayan NaLj. 32:173-208.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This study was supported by a Universiti Sains Malaysia Short Term Research Grant and research facilities were provided by the School of Biological Sciences. The help and cooperation of pond owner, En. Ahmad Idrus is gratefully acknowledged.

AHYAUDIN B. ALI School of Biological Sciences Universiti Sains Malaysia 11800Minden, Penang, Malaysia 40

LANE, P.a. 1979. Vertebrate and Invertebrate Predatioi Intensity on Freshwater Zooplanktoi Communities. Nature 280:391-393.

LEMLY, A.D. andJ.F. DIMMICK. 1982. Growth of Young of-the-Year and Yearling Centrarchids in Relatior to Zooplankton in the Littoral Zone of Lakes 1982(2):305-321.

LIM, R.P. and C.H. FERNANDO. 1985. A Review I

Freshwater Copepoda with Notes on new Record and Little Known Species. Hydrobiologia 128:71-89 PERTANIKA VOL. 14 NO.l, 1991

ZOOPLANKTON ABUNDANCE AND COMPOSITION IN CATFISH (ClARIAS MACROCJIPHAIDS) PONDS

G.M. 1989. Effects of Golden Shiners on Plankton and Water Quality in Ponds Managed for Intensive Production./ World Aqua. Sac. 20:4652.

LUDWIG,

1

M.P. 1987. Utilization of Organic Wastes for the Culture of Fish Feed Organisms. Paper

MARIAN,

presented at the Regional Symposium of on Waste Utilization in Asia and the Pacific, 14-17 October

1987, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.

SRISUWANTAGH, S.,R. SOUNGCHOMPHAN and P. SAA- ENG.

198 L Water Quality Conditions as Disease Related Stressors in Clarias Pond Culture. Report THA/ 75/021/wp7, Nat. Inland Fish .Inst., Bangkok , Thailand. G. 1979. Rearing of Common Carp Fry and Mass Cultivation of its Food Organisms in Ponds, p. 281-316. In Cultivation of Fish Fry and its Live Food, ed. E. Styczynska:jurewicz, T. Backiel, E. Jaspers and G. Persoone. European Maricul. Soc, Spec. Pub., Bredene, Belgium.

TAMAS,

i MCCRAREN, J.P. and T.R. PHILLIPS. 1977. Effects of Masoten (dylox) on Plankton in Earthen Ponds. Proc. Southeast. Assoc. Fish & WildL Agen. 31:441-WEMBIO, Z., P. JIONGHUA and L. WENSHENG. 1988. 445. Culture of Catfish in China. Aquaculture 75:35-44. OPUSZYNSKI, K., J.V. SHIREMAEN, FJ. ALDRIDGE and

R.W. ROTTMAN. 1984. Environmental Manipulation to Stimulate Rotifers in Fish Rearing Ponds. Aquaculture 42:343-350.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

(Received? 29 A ugusl, 1990)

41

Section II Physical Sciences

P e r t a n i k a 1 4 ( 1 ) , 43-51 ( 1 9 9 1 )

Mineralogy, Morphology and Classification of Acid Sulfate Soils in Pulau Lumut, Selangor EDGARDO A.AUXTEROJ. SHAMSHUDDIN AND S. PARAMANANTHAN Department of Soil Science, Faculty of Agriculture Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPM, Serdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia. Keywords: Acid sulfate soils, aluminium, jarosite, Sulfaquept, Tropaquept. ABSTRAK Tanah asidsulfat, yangsangat meluas di kawasanpantai dipantai barat SemenanjungMalaysia, dicirikan oleh pH yangrendah danAlyangboleh diekstrakyangtinggi. Satu kajian telah dijalankan untuk menciridan mengelas tanah asid sulfat di Pulau Lumut, Selangor, Malaysia. Keputusan kajian menunjukkan tanah-tanah ini mempunyai sifat morfologi yang berbeza. Motel kuningjarosit ialah satu sifat lazim didapati di dalam lapisan tanah yang teroksid. Bahagian lempungtanah ini dipenuhi oleh kaolinit, smektit dan mika, dengan sejumlah kecil lapisan bercampur-mika, jarosit, haloisit dangibsit. Bergantungkepada kedalaman lapisanjarosit, tanah ini boleh dikelaskan kepada Sulfik Tropakuept atau Tipik Sulfakuept. ABSTRACT Acid sulfate soils, which are very xoidespread in the coastal plains of the west coast of Peninsular Malaysia, are characterized by low pH and high extractable AL A study was carried out to characterize and classify acid sulfate soils in Pulau Lumut, Selangor, Malaysia. The study showed that these soils were morphologically variable in nature. Yellowish jarosite mottles were a common feature in the oxidized layer of the soils. The clay fraction of the soils was dominated by kaolinite, smectite and mica, with minor amounts of mica-mixed layers, jarosite, halloysite andgibbsite. Depending on the depth of the jarosite layer, the soils can be classified as Sulfic Tropaquepts or Typic Sulfaquepts . INTRODUCTION Acid sulfate soils are those soils with a pH < 3.5 and with a water-soluble sulfate content of > 0.1 %. Acid sulfate soils in Malaysia are developed by oxidation of pyrite (FcS2) in the soils when the soils are drained for agricultural production. There are approximately 110,000 ha of these soils in the coastal plains of Peninsular Malaysia (Kanapathy 1973) .In Selangor, these soils occur in the coastal plains especially in Pulau Carey and in the nearby island of Pulau Lumut. Acid sulfate soils are characterized by low pH ( < 3.5) and very high extractable Al, with distinct yellowish jarosite (KFe3 \ i . . . . , ! / C A N /r\u\ (SO 4 ) 2 (OH) 6 ) mottles,occurr.nge.ther mtheA or B horizon. According to Van Breemen (1982) th,s jaros.te ,s usually found under conditions of (Eh>400n! 3 n d S t r ° n g l y o x i d i s i n § environments m ^ ' * In some acid sulfate soils in Peninsular Malaysia, jarosite mottles are found near the surface. These

acid sulfate soils are classified as Typic Sulfaquepts (Paramananthan and Noordin 1986). Others where jarosite mottles are found below 50 cm depth are classified as Sulfic Tropaquepts. Preliminary investigation shows that the two soil types occur in Pulau Lumut, Selangor; the depositsforming the soils are of Holoceneage. Some acid sulfate soils in Peninsular Malaysia have been reclaimed for oil palm (Poon 1977; Poon and Bloomfield 1977), cocoa and coconut (Chew et al., 1984) cultivation by proper water management practices (Toh and Poon, 1982). Reclamation procedures also include application ofappropriate organic and inorganic amendments ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ g[ ^ b u n c h a s h (YeowrtaU977) . Detailed changes in soilchemic a l p r O pe r tie* resulting from these reclamation p r o C edures

are not available. Thus, there is a need to further study and classify these soils so that their agricultural potential is known. A study was conducted with the following specific objectives:

EDGARDO A. AUXTERO, J. SHAMSHUDDIN AND S.PARAMANANTHAN

1. To characterize acid sulfate soils in Pulau Lumut morphologically, chemically and mineralogically 2. To classify the soils according to Soil Taxonomy (Soil Survey Staff 1987) .

area were regarded as true acid sulfate soils at defined by the Malaysian Soil Classification System (ParamananthanandNoordin 1986)./%. 2shovvi soil distribution in the island, while Table 1 give; the relevant physico-chemical data of the soils identified.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Acid sulfate soils for this study were sampled from Pulau Lumut, which is an island with an approximate size of 6000 ha, situated off Port Kelang, Selangor, Malaysia (Fig. 1) .The drained part of the island was divided into two parts: 1. 2.

Cultivated areas (drained > 25 yr) Newly reclaimed areas (drained in 1982)

Chemical and Mineralogical Analyses

Soils were sampled according to genetic horizons. The samples were air-dried, ground and sieved through a 2 mm sieve. Some analyses were carried out on fresh samples. Soil pH was measured on the fresh and air-dried samples on suspension of 1 pan soil in 2.5 parts water and 0.01 M CaCL solution

PulOu Ttngoh

Pulau Cht Mot Z

Fig. 1: A Map of Peninsular Malaysia showing the position of Pulau Lumut

A detailed soil survey was carried out by the Departmentof Agriculture, Malaysia (in collaboration with the Department of Soil Science, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia) in order to map soil distribution in the island. The survey was carried out using an auger. Twenty soil profiles were dug for detailed investigation. Horizon designation of Soil Taxonomy (Soil Survey Staff 1987) was adopted. Four soils (Tongkang, Sedu Jawa and Parit Botak Series) were identified in the cultivated areas and another (Sedu silty) was identified in the newly reclaimed areas. Water table level in the study area fluctuates around a mean of 50 cm below the surface in the drymonth of July. All the soils identified in the study 44

after 1 h of intermittent shaking and an overnight stand. Electrical conductivity of the air-dried samples was measured in a suspension of soil in water at 1:5 ratio after 1 h of intermittent shaking and an overnight stand. CEC was determined by the NH4OAc method buffered at pH 7 (Chapman 1965). Basic cations were determined from the NH4OAc extracts; Ca and Mg were determined bv atomic absorption spectrophotometry, while Na and K were determined by flame photometry. Al was extracted by 1 M KC1 and determined colorimetrically(BarnhiselandBertsch 1982) .Free iron wasdetermined by the method of Mehraand Jackson (1960). Particle size distribution was

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

pH(H 2 0, 1:2.5) SFRIFS

1 IV

CFC

/I\1/JV/1I

Ap Bj

. '

:., B Jg :1 A P

Sedu

••

o

Jawa

:

,

f

Sedu * (siltya)" r )

Sedu (siltyb)

'

-.

Mg cmol(+)/kg

Ca

Al

Fe

(%)

Water-sol cmol(-)/kg

0.08 0.09 0.09

0.05 0.06 0.13

0.31 0.20 0.28

0.17 0.29 1.30

0.16 0.14 0.41

2.59 2.26 1.31

1.25 1.95 3,06

19.24 18.77 19.66

35.1 56.5 54.4

0.01 0.14 0.25

0.08 0.23 0.93

3.9 3.4 3.1

2.9 2.8

0.05 0.12 0.45 1.77 3.93

0.06 0.11 0.11 0.04 0.07

0.08 0.10 0.08 0.04 0.05

0.08 0.20 0.24 0.59 5.13

0.28 2.03 0.26 1.59 0.18 2.98 0.21 \ 27.10 1.35 26.80

1.24 2.05 1.89 1.18 1.67

9.99 12.55 24.23 26.10 33.12

27.1 2.0 37.2 48.7 19.1

0.04 0.01 0.33 ' 6.54 11.78

0.14 0.52 0.64 0.87 9.64

Cg

2.9

Ap Bw Bjg Cg

3.4 3.4 3.2 3.1

3.2 3.1 3.0 2.9

0.18 0.19 0.59 1.72

0.06 0.08 0.10 0.04

0.11 0.21 0.16 0.05

0.13 0.31 0.57 5.87

0.18 0.20 0.29 1.53

1.80 2.78 31.50 16.50

.38 .16 .45 .40

25.48 21.32 27.30 24.02

27.2 36.0 30.8 51.8

0.01 0.22 1.13 6.61

0.18 0.11 1.08 7.61

Ap Bw Bjg

5.3 4.1 3.9 3.0

5.2 4.0 3.8 2.9

0.03 0.07 0.09 1.36

0.10 0.13 0.09 0.02

0.23 0.44 0..20 0.03

5.55 3.22 1.58 2.53

3.75 2.92 1.11 1.80

0,36 1.12 5.48 9.20

.06

.37 .22 0.99

18.88 26.00 23.97 11.18

35.9 55.6 26.3 21.3

0,08 0.09 0.15 1.13

0.05 0.07 0.13 0.49

Ap

3.6 3.3 2.4

3.5 3.0 2.2

0.63 0.91 1.83

0.08 0.15 1.13

0.10 0,12 1.22

0.10 0.25 1.45

0.30 0.28 0.90

2.20 1.90 4.91

1.50 2.20 3.06

12.00 15.20 25.25

31.9 37,4 42.5

0.28 0.71 2.11

0.08 0.21 7.92

3.5 3.3 3.2 2.9

0.30 0.94 1.00 3.88

0.16 0.20 0.31 1.07

0.15 0.20 0.24 0.35

0.18 ! -0.28 0.34 2.13

0.35 0.38 0.43 1.35

3.03 2,58 3.98 16.50

2.26 3.05 3.89 ¥4.70

19.99 15.00 24.20 28.00

17.3 18.9 21.3 42.5

0.26 0.76 3.22 5.09

0.03 0.09 0.55 1.17

Bj

••

3.6 3.5 , Bjg - 3.4 c g ' 3.0 '*'

Ap .'..-.

* j denotesjarosite mottles

50 Gj

(%)

3.9 3.4 3.3



C

Total

X w ;>

o

% 0 -"

c Q

5

2 c J LUMU

-

K

4.0 3.7 3.6 3.3

Bw Jl._

.

3.7 3.4

Na

Bj Bjg Bjg



'')*'

4.0

(1:5) dS/m

r<

Clay

JLPHATE SOU

Tongkang • •

Sulfur

Cations

HORI7ON* Fresh Air-dried

Parit Botak

E.C

2

[ NERALOG

TABLE 1 Chemical properties of at id sulfate soils from Pulau Aimiu,SeL. igor, Malaysia

TABLE 2 Morphological properties of acid sulfate soils located at Pulau Lumut, Kelang Soil series -

Sedu

w 70 H

Jawa

IKA A

0

p

Tongkang

silty clay loam

Sub-soil silty clay

sandy clay loam

silt loam

silty clay loam

silty loam loam

silty clay loam

clay

Ap

Sub-soil

10YR

2.5 Y

4/3

6/2

(dark brown)

g^y)

(light

10YR

10YR

5/3

4/2

(brown)

(dark grayish

10YR

10YR

4/2

5/3

dark grayish brown) 2.5 Y 5/2 (grayish brown)

(brown) 2.5 Y 6/2

(light gray)

p Sedu (a)

silty clay loam

silty clay loam

variegated I0YR 6/3

(pale brown) l1 nVj vr? I Ix 8/2 (white) 5YR4/4 (reddish brown) Sedu (b)

Depth to pvi

Ap

Parit Botak

Structure

Color

Texture

silt loam

silty clay loam

variegated IOYR 6/3, SYR 4/4

weak to moderate subangular blocky weak to moderate subangular blocky weak to moderate subangular blocky weak to moderate subangular blocky strong subangular blocky

ILIL i d y c i

Subsoil moderate sub-angular blocky

> 100

>110

Color of Cg Consistency hori/c Ap Sub-soil

2.5Y6/2

(light

moderate sub-angular blocky

> 92

moderate sub-angular blocky

> 100

moderate sub-angular blocky

> 92

> 127

friable to firm gra> )

Rooting depth (cm)

Jarosite layer (cm)

Mottle colour

slightly plastic to slightly firm

60

within

7.5 YR 5/8 SB 2.5 Y 8/6(y)

friable

92

5G5/1 (greenish) (gray)

friable

5G5/1

friable sticky (greenish ) (wet) (gray)

50

within 50

2.5Y 8/6(y)

pi

D

gC > > y

> 100

100

50-100

2.5Y 8/6 (y)

PJ X — y.

moderate sub-angular blocky

>100

>92

> 110

firm 5G5/1 (greenish) (gray)

5Y4/1 (dark) (gray)

very friable

sticky (wet)

92

50-100

7.5YR 4/4 (red) 2.5 Y

8/6 (y) friable

100

within 50

2.4Y 8/8 to 5Y8/6 (yellow) 10YR82 (white)

>

z 3

D V

s.

-z > >

10YR

IOYR

3/3

3/6

(dark brown)

(dark yellowish

* y (yellow), SB (strong Brown)

Ap

Depth of water table (cm)

strong subangular blocky

moderate sub-angular blocky

> 85

>85

5B5/1 (bluish) (gray)

friable

friable

85

within 50

10YR 8/2 (white) 5Y 8/6 (yellow)

MINERALOGY, MORPHOLOGY AND CLASSIFICATION OF ACID SULPHATE SOILS IN PULAU LUMUT

pH in the horizon containingjarosite mottleswas< 4.0 in all the soils under study. The pH values decrease with depth indicating higher acidity in the subsoils. The pH values are lower for soils in the newly drained areas than those of the cultivated areas. EC, basic cations, Al and total S are high in the Cg horizon of all soils, reflecting their marine origin. An EC of > 4 dS/m is regarded as detrimental to crop growth (Wong 1986) .It was noted that Sedu and Jawa Series soils contained very high values of extractable Al in the B horizon. Mineralogical Properties

PBK

Pant Botak Tongnang

SOU

Sedu

Fig. 2: A Map ofPulau Lumut showing soil distribution

determined by the pipette method (Gee and Bauder 1982). Water-soluble sulfate was extracted by shaking 10 g soil with 50 ml water for 30 minutes followed by centrifugation at a speed of 1500 RPM. Total sulfur was extracted by a nitric-perchloric acid method (Tabatabai 1982). Sulfur in both extracts were determined by the method of Freeney (1986) . Chloride free clay from the particle size analysis was dispersed ultrasonically and used for X-ray diffraction analysis and transmission electron microscopy (TEM). Yellowish jarosite crystals were handpicked from air-dried soil sampled, dispersed ultrasonicallyandstudiedunderTEM. Undisturbed soil samples were taken to study soil minerals and biorelics using scanning electron microscopy (SEM)

Kaolinite, mica and smectite are the dominant minerals in the clay fraction of Parit Botak and Sedu (silty a) Series (Fig. 3). Other minerals, occurring in minor amounts, include mica-mixed layers and gibbsite. There seems to be no real mineralogical difference in the soils with depth. The mineralogy of other soils in the island is similar to those of Parit Botak and Sedu (silty a) Series. Studies on acid sulfate soils conducted elsewhere in the country showed a similar mineralogical composition (Shamshuddin et al 1986). Mg Tr«flrTm«nT

Mg • O l y c *

it

K + &OQ C

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Chemical Properties

The central part of the island which has been cultivated about 25 years ago is occupied by soils of Jawa (JWA),ParitBotak (PBK) ,Tongkang (TKG) and Sedu (SDU) Series. This covers an area of approximately 1800 ha (Fig. 2). The southern part where soils of Sedu series (silty) occur is about 729 ha. As the two areas are subjected to two different periods of drainage, soil chemical properties are bound to be different. Table 1 summarises chemical properties of soils found in Pulau Lumut. Generally, the soils are very acid, with pH (air-dried) values of 4.0 or less except in the Ap horizon of Tongkang Series. Soil

Fig 3: X-ray diffractograms of the clay fraction from Parit Botak Series (A) and Sedu (silty a) Series (B).

TEM micrograph (Plate 1A) shows the presence of some tubular halloysites in the clay fraction. These halloysites are of size of about 1 /jm. Jarosite cubes was also observed on TEM micrograph (Plate IB). Thisjarosite, which is also of size of about 1 //m mm, was found in voids and/or root channels. They are probably formed via chemical precipitation in soil solution containing sufficient

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

47

EDGARDO A. AUXTERO, J. SHAMSHUDDIN AND S.PARAMANANTHAN

Plate 2: SEM micrographs showing biorelics in acid sulfal soils of Pulaii l.unun.

Plate 1: TEM micrographs showing kaolinite (hexagonal), halloysite (tubular) and jarosite (cubic).

activities of K\ Fe' U and SO 2 ' 4 (Mermut ei al 1985). Plates 2 A and B show the presence of biorelics of various shapes and sizes in the soils. These are the remnants of organisms living in the deposits of the sea bed. The presence of such biorelics provide evidence for the marine origin of the underlying deposits. Morphological Propeiiies Texturally, the soils van from silt loam to clay, with silty clay loam the dominant textural class (Table 2). Ap horizons of the soils in the reclaimed areas have weak to moderate, subangular blocky structures, while those in the newly drained have strong subangular blocky. (lolour of Cg horizon of ParitBotak Series is light brownish gray (2.5Y6/2), 48

while that of Sedu, Jawa and Tongkang Series an greenish gray (5G 5 / 1 ) . TheCg horizon < >f the so in the newly drained area is either dark gray (5Y4/ 1) or bluish gray (5B 5/1) , reflecting the ma rim influence of the substratum. Drainage on the island is generally poor. In the rainy month of November, the soils arc flooded These conditions influence the oxido-reductioii process in the soils, contributing to the variation in the depth at which jarosite occurs. In Parit Botak. Sedu and Sedu (silty) Series soils, jarosite mottli occur within 50 cm depth, while in theTongkan and Jawa Series, these occur at 50 - 100 cm depth (Fig. 4). The variable morphological properties are the results of various processes being subjects onto the soils upon drainage. These differences in morphological properties can be used to classify the soils. Classification

Based on morphological features observed in the field (Table 2, Fig 4) and chemical properties (Table 1) the soils at Pulau Lumut were classified according to Soil Taxonomy (Soil Survey Stafl

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

MINERALOGY, MORPHOLOGY AND GIASSIFICATION OF AGID SULPHATE SOILS IN PUIAU LUMUT

PAR IT BOTAK

TONGKANG

0 -

Ii in

40 60 -

*2

eo -

2

IOO

JCL uJ Q

|20

_j

Ap

Ap

20 -



Bw Bj

BJ5 Bjg . * " * •'•'*} 1 H

x

Cg

0 20 -

Ap .'••,*,•

i ' : *"• .•*•*•

mm.

O

Ap

Ap

Ap

••.'•.••

40 • 60 80 100 -

m

B,-g

Bw

Bjg

Bjg

Cg

Cg

$M

B

Bw

j

V.

•• • • ;

,i r -*

Bg

Cg

120 SEDU

Area reclaimed years ago

JAWA

SEDU (o)

25

SEDUlb)

Area reclaimed years ago

6

§21 jarosite Fig 4: Diagrumatif representation oj the presence of jarosite in the add sulfate soils ofPulau Lumut

1987). The pH is < 3.5 and jarosite mottles are present in all the profiles, suggesting that the soils contain a sulfuric horizon. As the sulfuric horizon in the soils of Parit Botak, Sedu and Sedu (silty) series soils occurs within 50 cm depth, they are classified as Typic Sulfaquepts (Table 3) . Others, where the sulfuric horizon occurs at 50-100 cm depth are classified as Sulfic Tropaquepts. The two soil classes differ in their agricultural potential, and thus need different management practices for maximum crop production. Implication on Soil Genesis

The formation of sulfide in the alluvial deposits is related to the sea level changes in the past. It is believed that sea level in Southeast Asia rose 3-4 m above the present in the Holocene (Pons et al 1982) .VanBreemenandHarmsen (1975) reported

that sulfide bearing deposits in Bangkok plains were 3000 years old. It was possible that at the time of deposition much of the lowlands in the coastal plains of the west coast of Peninsular Malaysia were under sea water, where conditions wtre conducive to pyritization. This is evidenced by the presence of biorelics in the deposits. In the soils of Pulau Lumut, pyrite was observed in the subsoils or sometimes in the surface horizon of the undrained areas (Fig. 2) , where potential acid sulfate soils are found. When part of the island was drained and the land given to farmers, this pyrite was exposed and oxidized, producing a large amount of acidity, thereby lowering soil pH: In the voids and/or root channels, where oxido-reduction often took place jarosite or natrojarosite appeared, formed via precipitation in the solution. According to Eswaran (pers. comm),

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

49

EDGARDO A. AUXTERO, J. SHAMSHUDDIN AND S.PARAMANANTHAN

TABLES Taxonomic classification of acid sulfate soils at Pulau Lumut, Kelang Location

Subgroup

Reclaimed Typic Areas Sulfaquepts Typic Sulfaquepts

Newly drained areas

Family

Series

Fine, mixed, Parit isohyperthermic Botak Fine loamy, Sedu mixed, isohyperthermic

Sulfic Tropaquepts

Fine loamy, Jawa mixed, isohyperthermic

Sulfic Tropaquepts

Fine, mixed, Tongkang isohyperthermic

Typic Sulfaquepts

Fine loamy, mixed,

Sedu silty variant isohyperthermic (aandb)

most of the yellowish mottles in acid sulfate soils in Malaysia were natrojarosite. Once formed, the jarosite (pS = 98.6) is stable (VleketaL 1974) .The depth at which jarosite appears in the profile is an important criterion for the classification of acid sulfate soils. In thejarosite layer, soil pH is very low, usually below 4.0.

REFERENCES BARNHISEL, R. andP.M.BERTSCH. 1982. Aluminium.h

Methods of Soil Analysis. Part 2. 2nd edn., ed. A.L Page etaL, Agronomy Monog. 9. p. 375-300. AS} and SSSA, Madison, Wl. CHAPMAN,

H.D.

1965. Determination

of

Catioi

Exchange Capacity. In Methods of Soil Analysis Part 2.1st edn., ed. C. A Black, Agronomy Monog 9. p.891-900. ASA and SSSA, Madison, WI. CHEW, P.S., K.K. KEE and L,H. Ooi. 1984. Managemen:

of Coconut and Cocoa on Acid Sulfate Soils. PlanU 60 : 483-498.

FREENEYj.R. 1986. Analytical Methods for Determining Sulfur in Soils and Plants. In Proc. Int. Symp. oi Sulfur in Agric. Soils, ed. Sam Portek and Ghulair Hussain,p.67-80. Bangladesh Agricultural Researd Council and Sulfur Institute, , G.W. andJ.W. BAUDER. 1982. Particle-size Analysis In Methods of Soil Analysis. Part 1. 2nd edn., ed A.L Page ei al Agronomy Monog. 9, p.383-412. AS; and SSSA, Madison, WL

KANAPATHY, K. 1973. Reclamation and Improvement of Acid Sulfate Soils in West Malaysia. In Prot Symposium on Acid Sulfate Soils, ed.H.Dosu p.383-39( ILRI 18, Vol. 2, Wageningen. MEHRA, O P . and M.L. JACKSON. 1960. Iron Oxide Removal from Soils and Clays by Dithionite-citratt System with Bicarbonate Buffer. Clays and Minerals 7 : 3H'-327. MERMUT, A.R., D. CURTIN and H.D. ROSTAD. 1985

CONCLUSION Acid sulfate soils in Pulau Lumut, Kelang can be classified either as Typic Sulfaquepts (Parit Botak, Sedu and Sedu Silty) or Sulfic Tropaquepts (Tongkang andjawa) based on the depth at which the sulfuric horizon occurs. The soils are developed as a result of oxidation of pyrite after the soils are drained for agricultural production. The soils are characterized by low pH, high Al and the presence of jarosite in voids a n d / o r root channels. The size of thisjarosite is about 1 //m. Other minerals in the soils include kaolinite, mica and smectite, with minoramountsofgibbsiteandhalloysite. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

PARAMANANTHAN, S. and

W.D. NOORDIN. 1986.

Classification of Acid Sulfate Soils of Peninsulai Malaysia. Pertanika 9 : 323-330. PONS, L.J., Van BREEMEN, N. and P.M. DRIESEN. 1982

Physiography of Coastal S e d i m e n t s and Development of Potential Acidity. In Acid Sulfate Weathering, ed V.A.Kittrick, p. 1-18. SSSA Specisf Publication No. 10, Madison, WI. POON, Y.C. 1977. The Management of Acid Sulfatf Soils and its Effect on the Growth of Oil Palm Malays. Agric J. 51 : 124-141. POON, Y.C, and C. BLOOMFIELD. 1977. The Amelioration

The authors wish to record their appreciation to Uniyersiti Pertanian Malaysia, Department of Agriculture, Peninsular Malaysia, and National Council for Research and Science Development for technical and financial support during the conduct of the research. 50

Micromorphological a n d Submicroscopica Features Related to Pyrite Oxidation in an Inlaid Marine Shale from East Central Saskatchewan. Soi Sri. Soc. Am.]. 49: 256-261.

of Acid Sulfate Soils with Respect to Oil Palm. Tropi Agric. (Tranidad) 54 : 289-305. SHAMSHUDDIN , J. , S . PARAMANANTHAN , and W . Nrt

MOKHTAR . 1986 . Mineralogy and Surface Charge Properties of Two Acid Sulfate Soils from Peninsular Malaysia. Pertanika 9 : 167-176. '

PERTANIKA VOL. 14NO.1, 1991

MINERALOGY, MORPHOLOGY AND CLASSIFICATION OF ACID SULPHATE SOILS IN PUIAU LUMUT

SOIL SURVEY STAFF. 1987. Keys to Soil Taxonomy. SMSS

Technical Monograph No. 6. Cornell University, USA. TABATABAI, M.A. 1982. Sulfur. In Methods of Soil Analysis. Part 2, 2ndedn., ed.A.L Page, p 501-539. Agronomy Monog. 9. ASA and SSSA, Madison, WI.

[

TOH, P.Y., and Y. C. POON. 1982. Effect of Water Management on Field Performance of Oil Palm in Peninsular Malaysia. In Proc. of Bangkok Symposium on Acid Sulfate Soils,, ed. Dost and N. Van Breemen, p.260-212H. ILRI Publication 31, Wageningen. VAN BREEMEN, N, and K. HARMSEN. 1975 Translocation

In Acid Sulfate Weathering, ed. J.A Kittrick el al p. 95-108. SSSA Special Publication No. 10, Madison, WI. VLEK, P.L.G., J.M. BLOM, J. BEER, and W.L. LINDSAY.

1974. Determination of Solubility Product of"Various Iron Hydroxides and Jarosite by Chelation Method. Proc. SoilSci. Soc. Am. 38 : 429-432. YEOW, K.H. , Y.C. POON, and P.Y. T o n . 1977. Effect of

Bunch Ash on Oil Palm Performance and Soil Properties of Acid Sulfate Soils. Proc. Conference on Classification and Management of Tropical Soils, ed. K.T.Joseph, p. 536-544. Malays. Soc. Soil Sci. Kuala Lumpur.

of Iron in Acid Sulfate Soil : 1. Soil Morphology, and the Chemistry and Mineralogy of Iron in a Chronosequence of Acid Sulfate Soils. SoilSci. Soc. Am.J. 3 9 : 1140-1148.

WONG, I.F.T. 1986. Soil-Crop Suitability Classification for Peninsular Malaysia. Ministry of Agriculture Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur, p. 70.

VAN BREEMEN, N. 1982. Genesis, Morphology and Classification of Acid Sulfate Soils in Coastal Plains.

(Received 20 September, 1990)

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

51

Pcrtanika 14(1), 53-57 (1991)

Effects ofAscorbyl Palmitate and Silicone on Frying Performance of Palm Olein KAMSIAH IBRAHIM1, M. A. AUGUSTIN 1 and A.S.H. ONG 2 1

Faculty of Food Science and Biotechnology , Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPM Serdang, Selangor Darul F2hsan} Malaysia 2

Palm Oil Research Institute of Malaysia P.O. Box 10620, 50720 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Keywords: Frying performance, palm olein, banana slices, silicone, ascorbyl palmitate.

ABSTRAK Perubahan kualiti dalam minyak kelapa sawit olein yangdigunakan untuk penggorengan tak berterusan kerepek pisangselama 5jamsehariuntuk4hariberturutandikaji. Penilaian % komponenpolar, nilaiiodin, nilaiasid, nisbah Cl 8:2/Cl'6:0 dan % C18:2 teriinggal menunjukkan bahawa penambahan 2 mgkg~j silikon secara persendirian dan penambahan 200 mgkg~! askorbilpalmitat (AP) bersama dengan 2 mg kg~{ silikon kepada minyak kelapa saioit merendahkan dengan bererti (p < 0.05) kadarkerosakan minyak semasapenggorengan. Penambahan 200 mgkg~ AP sera rapersendirian kepada minyak tidak ada kesan bererti (P > 0.05) ke atas kerosakan minyak tetapi didapati bahaxu nilai untuk perubahan dalam % komponen polar, nilai iodin, nilaiasid, nisbah, nisbah Cl8:2/Cl6:0dan % C18:2 teriinggaladalah secara umum lebih rendahjika dibandingkan dengan minyak tanpa bahan penambah. Perhubu nga n !i near didapati diantara % komponenpolar dan nilai iodin dan diantara nilai iodin dan nisbah Cl 8:2/C 16:0 dalam s i stem penggorenga n yang dikaji. ABSTRACT

The quality changes in palm olein used for the intermittent frying of banana slices over a 5 h interval per day for 4 consecutive days was studied. Assessment of % polar components, iodine value, acid value, Cl 8:2/Cl 6:0 ratio and % C18:2 remaining indicated that the addition of 2 mgkg1 silicone alone and that of 200 mgkg'1 ascorbyl palmitate (AP) plus 2 mg kg~l silicone to palm olein significantly reduced (p < 0.05) the rate of oil deterioration during frying. The addition of 200 mgkg'l AP alone to palm olein did not have a significant effect (p > 0.05) on oil deterioration although it was evident that the values for changesin % polar components, iodinevalue, acidvalue, C18:2/C16:0ratio and % C18:2 remainingin the oil were generally less than those in oiliuithout additives. Linear relationships werefound between % polar components and iodine value and between iodine value and C18:2/C 16:0 in thefrying systems studied INTRODUCTION The deterioration of fats under frying conditions has been studied by many workers (Krishnamurthy, 1965; Roth and Rock 1972, Chang et ai 1978; Fritsch 1981; Stevenson et al 1984). Deterioration of the frying oil results in the accumulation of numerous decomposition products which affect the functional, sensoVy and nutritional quality of the oil. The quality of the fried food is also affected. There is interest in the use of various methods for extending the frying life of an oil. The impetus has been the economic gains that would be realized with extension of the useful frying life of the

oil. Various workers have studied the effects of a variety of additives and treatments for extending fry-life. Martin (1953) and Babayan (1961) have patents on the use of menthyl silicone for protecting oil against oxidative deterioration and raising the smoke point of the oil. Freeman et al (1973) showed that silicones could greatly increase the oxidative stability of oils at high temperatures. Frankel etal (1985) found that addition of methyl silicone significantly improved cooking oil performance. Ascorbyl palmitate (AP) which was listed as a substance Generally Regarded as Safe (GRAS) in 1982 was found to be effective for retarding de-

KAMSIAH IBRAHIM, M.A. AUGUSTIN AND A.S.H. ONG

terioration of oil during frying (Gwo et al 1985). However, Mancini-Filho etal (1986) reported that the addition of 200 ppm AP after each day's frying of french fries during a 6 - day period retarded the development of free fatty acids but increased the colour and magnitude of change in dielectric constant of the oil as compared to the untreated oil sample. Augustin et al (1987b) reported that the rate of deterioration of oil used for frying of prawn crackers in the presence of AP was comparable to that of oil without additives. Different conditions of frying and different methods of assessment have been used to assess frying performance. However, the frying performance is complex and no single indicator of deterioration is appropriate under all conditions (Fritsch 1981). In this work, the effects of ascorbyl palmitate and silicone on the rate of deteriorative changes in palm olein during the frying of banana chips were monitored. A variety of assessment procedures were used to assess frying performance. MATERIALS AND METHODS Materials

Refined, bleached and deodorized palm olein was obtained from a local refinery. Ascorbyl palmitate was from Merck. The silicone fluid used was Dow Corning 200 fluid, food grade, 350 S. The fluid is a clear water white dimethyl polysiloxane fluid. A local variety of bananas, ("pisang tandok") which was at the matured but unripe stage, was obtained from a local market. Frying Experiments

Bananas were peeled and cut to a thickness of 2mm. The banana slices were soaked in 2% NaCl for 30 min before use. The banana chips were fried in 4 differentsystems. These were (a) palm olein without additives(control), (b) palm olein with 200 mg kg"*AP, (c) palm olein with 2 mg kg"1 silicone and (d) palm olein with 200 mg kg"1 AP and 2 mg kg"1 silicone. Palm olein (4 kg) was put into a Valentine Fryer. The temperature of the oil was raised to 60°C and the additives were added at this stage. APwas added directly to the oil and the oil was stirred to disperse the additive. The method of Freeman et al (1973) was used for addition of silicone. Silicone was dissolved in 30 ml hexane and poured over the surface of the oil. The temperature of the oil was then raised to 180°C. Fryings were started 1/2 h after the oil reached 180°C and frying of banana 54

slices was carried out at 1 / 2 h intervals over a t( of 5 h at 180°C. For the frying, banana slices (] g) were fried for 3 min. The fryer was left unc ered between fryings. Ten fryings over a I interval were done per day for 4 consecutive d; At the end of each frying day, the fryer was switch off, an oil sample (100 g) was removed and the of the fryer was replaced. Analyses of Oil

Peroxide and iodine values were determin according to the AOCS(1974) Official Metho The IUPAC(1979) method was used for evaluti of acid value. The % total polar components \ determined using the method of Billek et al (197 Fatty acid profiles were determined by [ chromatography on a SP 2330 column af preparation of fatty acid methyl esters by a ba catalysed t ransester if i cation procedui (Christopherson and Glass 1967; Timms 197 The C18:2/C 16:0 ratio gives the ratio of the glyceri bound fatty acids. %C18:2 remaining was taken (C18:2/C16:0)ofusedoil x 100% (C18:2/C16:0) of fresh oil RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The quality characteristics and fatty ac composition of the palm olein used are given Table 1. The low oxidation values and acid val indicate that the oil used was of good quality.

Effect of Ascorbyl Palmitate and Silicone on OilDeteric tion during Frying

The changes in % polar components, iodine val acid value, C18:2/C16:0 ratio and % C18:2 rema ing over 4 days of frying are shown in Figs. 1-5 All indicators of frying oil deterioration us in this study showed that the addition of 2 mg kj silicone alone and the addition of 200 mg kg"1 plus 2 mg kg"1 silicone significantly reduced (f 0.05) the rate of oil deterioration during fryir The addition of 200 mg kg"1 AP to palm olein i not have a significant effect (p > 0.05) on deterioration although it was evident that values! changes in % polar components, iodine value, a< value,C18:2/C16:0 ratio and %C18:2 remaining oil containing AP were generally less than those oil without additives. Similarly, the quality chang in oil containing 2 mg kg"1 silicone alone ando with 200 mg kg"1 AP plus 2 mg kg"1 silicone show that the rate of oil deterioration in systems with 2

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

EFFECTS OF ASCORBYL PALMITATE AND SILIOONE ON FRYING PERFORMANCE OF PALM OLEIN

TABLE 1 (Characteristics of fresh palm olein

Changes In % polar components during

Characteristics of palm olein 1 t 1

1.1

Peroxide value (meq/kg) />Anisidine value Acid value (mg KOH/g) Iodine value

1.6 0.17 56.6

Fatty acid composition (%) 1 ( 1 \ L

I 1 ' :

C12:0 C14:0 C16:0 C18:0 C18:l C18:2 Others

0.23 1.02 39.76 3.83 44.42 10.61 0.13

Fig. 1:

Changes in % polar components during

(•— • —•

TABLE 2 Relationships between indicators of frying oil deterioration

frying

Palm olein without additives (Control); Palm olein with 200 mgkg~! AP Palm olein with 2 mgkg'1 silicone, Palm olein with 200 mgkg'1 AP plus 2mg kg" silicone)

Changes In ,odlne value during frying 11

System

No. of values

Equation

Correlation coefficient

% polar compt >nents versus iodine value y = -3.571x y = -4.092x y - -3.890x y = -4.058x

,

+ 210.273 + 239.553 + 227.036 + 236.721

-0.99 -0.99 -0.99 -0.97

Iodine value versus C18:2/C 16:0 ratio y = 60.260x + 40.730 y = 51.020x + 43.085 y = 44.166x + 44.705 y = 42.328x +45.196 System I: Bystem 2 : Astern 3 : Bystem 4 :

0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98

Palm olein without additives (Control) Palm olein with 200 mg kg"1 AP Palm olein with 2 mg kg"1 silicone Palm olein with 200 mg kg l AP plus 2 mg kg" slicone

AP plus 2 mg kg

]

silicone was slightly less

jhan that in systems containing 2 mg kg-1' silicone ^lone. These results indicate that the major proteo jve effect is due to the presence of silicone. In this pspect, these results corraborate with those obrjjined during the frying of prawn crackers (Augustin .lal. 1987b). In systems used for frying of banana ices, the results of a number of quality parameters howed that there was a slight, though not signifi-

Fig. 2:

Changes in % iodine value during frying Palm olein without additives (Control); + — Palm olein with 200 tngkg'1 AP • • Palm olein with 2 mgkg~} silicone A Palm olein with 200 mgkg'1 AP plus 2 mgkg'1 silicone)

(•-

cant, improvement in oil quality with the addition of AP. However, during the frying of prawn crackers, the rate of quality deterioration in the presence of AP was comparable to that of oil without additive (Augustin etal 1987b). There are many indicators which have been used to monitor frying oil deterioration. Fritsch (1981) considers that % polar components is one of the more reliable indicators and Billek et al (1978) suggests that a level of 27% polar components should be taken as the end of frying life of a frying fat. Based on this level, palm olein with-

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

55

KAMSIAH IBRAHIM, M.A. AUGUSTIN AND A.S.H. ONG Changes In acid value during frying

Changes In vo C18:2 remaining curing

1.5 1.4 1.3

i -

J

1.8 1.1 1 -

0.9 -

|

I

1

0.8 0.7 0.6 0,5 0.4 0.3 0.8 -

Fig. 3:

Changes in % acid value during frying (I — I : Palm olein without additives (Control); + _ •

+

—•

A —A

:

Fig. 5;

Changes in % C18:2 remaining during fry ing Palm olein without additives (Control);

(•-

Palm olein with 200 mgkg'1 AP

Palm olein with 200 mgkg'1 A\

; Palm olein with 2 mgkg'1 silicone :

• —• A—A

Palm olein with 200 mgkg'1 AP plus 2 mg kg'1 silicone)

Palm olein with 2 mgkg'1 silicon Palm olein with 200 mg kg1 A\ plus 2 mgkg'1 silicone)

Changes In C1&2/C16:0 ratio during fryinj

major benefit of addition of AP to the frying mt dium is the carry-through stability inferred by APl the fried product. With the addition of silicont however , there are significant effects on retard; tion of oil deterioration of the frying medium a well as on the shelf-life of the fried product. Th usefulness of silicones in preventing hydrolysis an oxidative deterioration of frying oils was also show by Sakata *>/a/. (1985). Relationships between Indicators of Frying Oil Deiierim ion

Fig. 4:

Changes in % Cl8:2/Cl6:0 ratio during frying Palm olein without additives (•-I (Control); Palm olein with 200 mg kg'1 AP

• A

• A

Palm olein with 2 mgkg'1 silicone Palm olein with 200 mgkg'1 AP plus 2 mgkg1 silicone)

out additives and palm olein with 200 mg kg"1 AP alone had reached the end of frying life after 4 days under the conditions used. Howover, palm olein systems with added silocone were still suitable for frying. The effect of addition of ascorbyl palmitate and silicone to the frying medium on the storage life of fried banana chips were evaluated in a related study (Kamsiah Ibrahim el al 1988). The results indicated that the addition of 200 mg kg"1 AP alone to the frying medium lengthened the shelf-life of the fried product. It appears that the 56

There were significant linear relationships betwee % polar components versus iodine value an iodine value versus C18:2/C 16:0 ratio in each of th frying systems although the equations which de cribe the relationship were different in differer systems (Table 2). Linear relationships betwee these indicators of frying have also been found! other frying systems (Augustin etal. 1987a) where was also similarly found that equations whic describe the relationships between indicators < frying are affected by the presence of additives! the system. CONCLUSION

This study has indicated the effectiveness of addin silicone to the frying medium for extension I frying life of palm olein. The addition of AP « comparatively less effective in protectin deterioration of palm olein during frying of banafl crisps than silicone.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

EFFECTS OF ASCORBYL PALMITATE AND SILICONE ON FRYING PERFORMANCE OF PALM OLEIN

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

GWO, Y.Y., G.J. FLICK and H.P. DUPAY. 1985, Effect of

The research was sponsored by the Palm Oil Research Institute of Malaysia. REFERENCES AOCS. 1974. Official and Tentative Methods of the American Oil Chemists Society, 3rd edn., Champaign, IL, USA.

Ascorbyl Palmitate on the Quality of Frying Fats for Deep-frying Operations. / Amer. Oil Chem. Soc. 62: 1666-1671. [UPAC 1979. Standard Methods for Analysis of Oils, Fats and Derivatives, IUPAC, App. Chem. Div., Commission on Oils, Fats and Derivatives, KAMSIAH IBRAHIM, M.A,,AI;GLSTIN and A.S.H. ONG.

AUGUSTIN,M.A.,T. AsAPandL.K. HKNG. 1987a. Relationships between Measurements of Fat Deterioration during Heating and Frying in RBD Olein. /. Amer. Oil Ghent. Soc. 1670 - 1675. \i (,i s n \ , M V c . |. ).( in A and L.K. HKNC;. 1987b.

Effects of Silicone and Ascorbyl Palmitate on the Quality of Palm Olein Used for Frying of Prawn Crackers. / Sd. Food Agric. 40: 87-93. BABAYAN. V. K. 1961 U.S. Patent 2, 998, 319.

BlLLEK, G., G. GUHR and J. WAIBKL. 1978. Quality Assessment of Used Prying Fats. J. Amer. OilChem. Soc 55:728 -733. CHANG, S.S. R.J. PETERSON andC.T. Ho. 1978. Chemical Reactions Involved in the Deep-frying of Foods. / Amer. Oil Chem. Soc, 55: 718 - 727.

1988. Eftectof Ascorbyl Palmitate and Silicone on Oil Oxidation in Fried Banana Chips. In Proceeding of the Seminar on Advances in Food Research in Malaysia, - II; 3 - 4 February 1988, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, Serdang, Selangor, Malaysia, ed. JinapSelamatandJamilah Bakar, p.249-251. KRISHNA MURTHY, R.G., T. KAWADA and S.S. CHANG.

1965. Chemical Reactions Involved in the Deepfrying of Foods. I, A Laboratory Apparatus under Simulated Restaurant Conditions. / Amer. Oil Chem. Soc 42: 878-882. MANCINI-FILHO, J., L.M. SMITH, R.K. CREVELING

and

H.F.AL-SHAIKH. 1986. Effects of Selected Chemical Treatments on the Quality of Fats Used for Deep-frying. J.Amer. OilChem. SOG, 63: 1452-1456.

CHRISTOPHERSON, S.W. and R.L. GLASS. 1969. Preparation of Milk Fat Esters by Alcoholysis in an Essentially Non-alcoholic Solution./. Dairy Sd. 52:12891290.

MARTIN, J.B. 1953. U.S. Patent 2, 634, 213.

FRANKEL, E. N., K.WARNER and KJ. MOULTON SR. 1985.

SAKATA, M., Y. TAKAHASHI and M. SONEHARA 1985.

Effects of Hydrogenation and Additives on Cooking Oil Performance of Soyabean Oil. / Amer. OilChem. Soc 62: 1354-1358.

ROTH, H. and S.P. ROCK. 1972, The Chemistry and

Techonology of Frying Fat. I. Chemistry. The Bakers'Digest46: 38-67.

Quality of Fried Foods with Palm Oil. / . Amer. Oil Chem. Soc 62: 449-454. STKVENSON, G.G., M. GENSER-VAISEYand N.A.M. ESKIN.

FREEMAN, I, P., F.B. PADLEYand W. L SHEPPARD 1973.

Use of Silicones in Frying Oils. J. Amer. Oil Chem. Soc 50: 101-103. FRITSCH, C.W. 1981. Measurements of Frying Fat Deterioration: A Brief Review./ Amer. OilChem. Soc. 58: 272-274.

1984. Quality (Control in the Use of Deep-frying Oils. J.Amer. Oil Chem. Soc 61: 1102-1108. TIMMS, R.E. 1978. Artefact Peaks in the Preparation and Gas Liquid Chromatography of Methyl Esters. Aust.J. Dairy Tech. 33: 4-6. (Received 16 July, 1988)

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

57

Pertanikal4(l), 59-64(1991)

Effects of Gamma-Irradiation on Peroxide Formation in Palm Olein K.ENDINKEAU1 and T.W. WOODWARD 2 Department of Chemistry Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPM SerdangSelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia Deparment of Chemistry and Applied Chemistry University ofSalford SalfordM5 4WT, England Keywords: palm olein, gamma-irradiation, hydroperoxides. ABSTRAK

Sampel olein saxuit didedahkan pada sinar- y sehingga dos l2kGy dala m keadaan beroksigen. Pern ben tuka n pero diukurdengan nilaiperoksida (NP), nilai asid tiobarbiturik (A TB) dan dien terkonjugat. Hasilkajian men u njukkan peroksida bertambah dengan pertambahan dos penyinaran dan berubah dengan cepat dalam tempoh penyitnpana selepaspenyinaran. Setelah mencapai maksimum, dua haripertama, peroksida menurun kepada nilai yangrendah dalam kedua-dua sampel tersinar pada 4 dan 12kGy. Walau bagaimanapun, nilai ATBbagi sampel tersinar dengan dos rendah (4 kGy) adalah lebih tinggi daripada sampel tersinar dengan dos besar (12 kGy). Peroksida berlaku pada O°Ctetapi nilainya rendah daripada nilaisuhu bilik. Kepekatan bahan antioksida (BHT) pada 200 hp] merencatka peroksidaanxoalaupunsebahagiandaripadanya rosakketikapenyinaran. ABSTRACT Samples of palm olein xvere irradiated xoith y -rays up to 12 kGy in the presence of oxygen. The extent of per oxidation was determined Iry peroxide value (PV), t hio barbituric acid (TBA) value and conjugated diene. Peroxide formation increased xoith increasing irradiation dose and changed rapidly during post-irradiation storage. After reaching maxima, during the first two days, the peroxide declined to relatively loxv values in both samples irradiated xoith 4 and 12 kGy. However, the TBA values of samples irradiated xoith loxo dose (4 kGy), xoere higher than that of samples irradiated xoith high dose (12 kGy), after four days storage. Peroxide formation occurred at 0°C but the yields were lower thaii that of room temperature. Concentration ofantioxidant (BHT) at 200ppm significantly inhibits per oxidation although it xoas partially destroyed by gamma-irradiation. INTRODUCTION One of the most important tasks of palm oil producers is to produce high quality oil. Much work has been done recently to improve its quality which depends on the state of the oil palm fruits. Deteriorated fruits will produce a low quality oil due to high free fatty acid (FFA) content as a result of action of a lipase enzyme from microorganisms and fungi during post-harvest. This problem has

spoilage and losses, besides extending shelf-life (Loaharanu 1985). However, the technique may cause problems since unsaturated fats are easily induced by radiation to form hydroperoxides. Oxidised oils and fats produce offensive odours an d flavours, and more importantly, oxidation decreases the nutritional quality and safety of food, Hydroproxides have been shown to be very toxic when injected into animals. (Horgon etal. 1957).

been given greater emphasis recently. An alternative means of improving palm oil quality is by using gamma-irradiation. This technology has been shown to be a promising means of preventing food

Palm olein contains substantial amounts of unsaturated acids which is about 54% of all acids, Therefore, it is likely that radiation, within the range of preservation doses (less than 1 OkGy) (Webb

K. ENDINKEAU AND T. W. WOODWARD

1985,Diehl 1977) will cause changes in the chemical and phy-sical properties of the oil to some extent. This paper reports the effects of gammairradiation on peroxide formation in palm olein. MATERIALS AND METHOD Materials

Palm olein was prepared from crude palm oil as previously described (Endinkeau and Woodward. 1989). Potassium iodide (AR), glacial acetic acid (AR) and sodium thiosulphate were obtained from BDH Ltd. Sodium dodecyl sulphate (SDS), 2thiobarbituric acid (TBA), 1,1,3,3-tetramethoxypropane (TMP) and an antioxidant 2, 6-di-tbutyl-4-methoxyphenol (BHT) were purchased from Sigma Chem. Co. An aqueous solution of TBA reagent (0.8%) was prepared according to WaravdekarandSaslow, (1959). Astandardsolution ofmalonaldehyde (MA) for calibration of TBA test was obtained by hydrolysis of TMP according to the method of Kwon and Watts, (1963). All other solvents were of reagent grade and were used without further purification. Method

Samples of palm olein ( 2 x 40 g) were irradiated with y-rays in glass tubes (5.5 x 3.0 cm) at a dose rate 65 Gy/min using a b Co-gamma source at the University of Salford, England. The dose rate was determined by Fricke Dosimetry using ferrous sulphate solution (Jayson^/a/. 1975). Samples were irradiated at room temperature (21 ± 3°C) in the presence of oxygen. Portions of irradiated sample were withdrawn at various time intervals to give total doses between 2 to 12 kGy. The extent of peroxidation in irradiated samples was then determined and analysed immediately after irradiation. The peroxide value (PV) was determined according to IUPAC (IUPAC 1979), whilst the thiobarbituric acid (TBA) test was carried out based on the method described by Pikul et al. (1983). Essentially, the method involved the reaction of TBA reagent with the MA formed in the irradiated sample. After heating in a water bath (60 min), the aqueous layer was separated and the absorbance of the pink pigment was measured at 532 nm. The method was calibrated using pure malonaldehyde and the results were expressed as /igm malonaldehyde/goil. The conjugated diene formation was measured at 232 nm in isooctane solvent. The concentration of dienes was then calculated using a molar extinction coefficient (e) 60

ofSx 104 M^cm" 1 (Mead 1952) and reported a molarity per gram oil (M/g). To investigate the post-irradiation effect, tht irradiated samples were kept in the dark at roon temperature and at 0°G, and periodically mon toredforTBA values after 2, 4, 7,9 and 11 daysc storage. The tubes were loosely stoppered so tha the air could diffuse into the samples during stor age. Unirradiated samples serving as control wen treated in the same way as the irradiated ones. Samples were also irradiated in the presence of an antioxidant, BHT. The required amounto: the BHT (prepared in acetone) was injected inl the oil sample using a microsyringe. The sample were then stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 10 mir under nitrogen atmosphere to dissolve and to di& perse the antioxidant. The concentration of anti oxidant added ranged from 50 to 300 ppm (w/w and the extent of peroxidation was determined to PV and TBA methods.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Gamma-irradiation of unsaturated fats or oils (RH produces free radicals (R°) which reacts with oxygen and subsequent abstraction of a hydroger atom forming a hydroperoxide (ROOH). The compound is unstable anddecomposesintovariou un-desirable oxidation products, particularly shod chain aldehydes and ketones that are responsible for the change of flavours and odours of deteriorate oils and fats. Furthermore, oxidised oils are difficuj to bleach and products made from them an potentially capable of degrading further since < >\idation is a self propagating, irreversible reaction Palm olein is more prone to oxidativt deterioration compared to palm oil. The mosi labile component is the unsaturated fatty acid1 which comprise about 42% oleic (C 18:1), 111 linoleic (C18:2) and 0.3% linolenic (C18:3) acids Gamma-irradiation of these acids in the presence of oxygen would lead to the formation of hydroper oxides. The extent of peroxidation as measured b the oxidation indices is shown in Figs 1, 2and 3. V was observed that all indices (conjugated diene, FV and TBA values) showed the same general trend i.e. at a constant dose rate (65 Gy/min), the value* increased with increasing irradiation doses. These results suggest that as the dose increases, more radicals are formed, increasing the rate of peroxi dation and thus, more hydroperoxides are pro duced. However, the conjugated diene (M/g) anc peroxide values (mEg/kg) increased slightly slowei at low irradiation doses (< 4 kGy) but slightly morf

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

EFFECTS OF GAMMA-IRRADIATION ON PEROXIDE FORMATION IN PALM OLEIN

10

Fig. I:

12

14

Yields ofconjugated dienes in gamma-irradiated palm olein. Dose rate 65 Gy/min.

10

12

14

•VMGKTED DOSE (taOy)

Fig. 2:

Peroxides formation in gamma-iiradiated Dose rate 65 Gy/min,

palm olein

MMOWTED 0 0 * (K>,)

/• ig. 3:

TBA values of gamma-irradiated palm olein. Dose rate 65 Gy/min.

rapidly at high closes ( > 4 kGy) (Figs. 1 and 2). Irradiation at doses greater than 10 kGy significantly reduces the quality of the oil, as shown by the PV which is greater than 68 mEq/ kg. A fresh and good qualityoil usually hasa PVwellbelow 1.0mEq/kg. A rancid taste often begins to be noticeable when

the PV are between 20 to 40 mEq/kg (Pearson 1976). From this point of view, gamma-irradiation at 10 kG/y or above, where peroxidation occurred extensively, greatly changed the quality of irradiated palm olein. Conjugated dienes and PV are commonly used to measure hydroperoxides which occur in the early stage of deterioration. A linear relationship between these two indices (r = 0.9918) indicates that hydroperoxides accumulate in direct proportion to conjugated dienes. This observation is in agreement with the fact that for each hydroperoxide formed, this is accompanied by a shift in the double bonds to yield one conjugated diene. Similarly, the TBA values (jUgMA/g) increased significantly with increasing irradiation dose (Fig. 3). These indices measured the secondary oxidation products, particularly the carbonly compounds from the decomposition of hydroperoxides. In contrast to PV and conjugated diene values, the TBA values increased more rapidly at low doses and then more gradually at doses above 8 kGy. The rapid increase ofTBA values at low doses indicated that the decomposition of hydroperoxides occurred faster at these dosages. £t high doses, there is a possibility that some of the short-chain carbonly compounds, particularly the volatile components were evaporated dtiring the irradiation. This is because a longer irradiation time was needed to obtain higher doses. In some cases, it took more than two hours. Therefore, this fat tor may account for the slow increase of TBA values at high irradiation doses. Despite the disappearance of some carbonly compounds at high doses, a good correlation between TBA and peroxide values was obtained (r = 0.9827) for samples irradiated up to 12 kGy. This indicates that the yield of malonaldehydes which gives ,a positive TBA test, corresponds to the amount of hydroperoxides present in the system. During prolonged storage at room temperature, the TBA values changed significantly. Fig. 4 shows the variation of TBA values in samples irradiated with 4 and 12 kGy during post-irradiation storage. The values increased rapidly at early stages, and eventually maximised (about 130 mg MA/g oil) after 2.5 and 3.5-days for samples irradiated with 12 and 4 kGy respectively. The TBA values then declined to a relatively low value after 11 days. A significant change was seen in samples irradiated with a low dose (4 kGy) where the TBA values increased rapidly and became greater than that of samples irradiated with a high dose (12 kGy) after

PERT ANIKA VOL. 14NO.1, 1991

K. ENDINKKAU AND T. W. WOODWARD

1. 2. 3.

12 kGy 8 kCy 4 kGy

i -

Of MfTIOXCMfT (pfm)

Fig. 4:

Post-irradiation effect of irradiated palm olein. Doserate 65 (iy/min.

3 days. It appears that most of the hydroperoxides decompose during the first few days of storage. There is also a possibility that degradation products of hydroperoxides remaining in the oil, such as non-volatile components may cause further oxidation leading to an increase in TBA values during early stages of storage (Chin 1983). After a long period of storage, short chain aldehydes disappeared by slow evaporation as these compounds arevolatile (Wills 1980(b)). Therefore, this factor may account for the low TBA values after 11 days of storage. However, it was noticed that the TBA values of samples which were kept at 0°C increased slowly with storage time. This is mainly due to the action of diffuse oxygen which generates further peroxidation.

Fig. 5:

Peroxide values of irradiated palm olein versus antioxidant concentrations.

/rzg$.5and6show the changes of peroxide and TBA values following irradiation of palm olein in the presence of an antioxidant (BHT). Radicals produced during irradiation, principally R° and 62

Fig. 6:

THA values of irradiated palm olein versus antioxidanl concentrations

R0° will react with the antioxidant rather than propagate and thus suppress the peroxidation. It was observed that the PV and TBA values were lower in all samples treated with the antioxidant compared with the untreated ones. Regardless of irradiation doses, both indices showed a reducing trend with increasing antioxidant concentrations. At 100 ppm of BHT, the PV and TBA values were sharply reduced in all samples irradiated with 4,8 and 12 kGy. Above 200 ppm, these values became almost constant. Therefore, at these concentrations (above 200 ppm), the BHT which prevents peroxidation effectively in frying palm ojein (Augustin and Berry 1983; 1984) and in irradiated synthetic diets (Wills 1980 a) is also effective in protecting peroxidation in irradiated palm olein. The effectiveness of BHT is dependent on irradiation dose and its concentration. It was noticed that concentration of BHT less than 200 ppm did not give complete protection against peroxidation in samples irradiated with doses greater than 8 kGy. This could possibly be due to a partial destruction of antioxidant as shown by the higher peroxide and TBA values in samples irradiated with 8 and 12 kGy. The destruction of antioxidants in gamma-irradiated fats has also been reported by Chipault el at (1957) andKnappandTappel, (1961),andChipault (1962) also showed that destruction enchanced in the presence of oxygen. Wills (1980 a) has shown that the antioxidant was destroyed by gamma-irradiation with doses as low as 1 kGy. Despite its destruction, present results appear to show that the presence of more than 200 ppm BHT is enough to inhibit peroxidation in irradiated palm olein even at doses up to 12 kGy. Palm oil, like other vegetable oils, contains substantial amounts of tocopherol,a naturally occurring antioxidant. However, this compound has been reported as the least resistant

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

EFFECTS OF GAM MA-IRRADIATION ON PEROXIDE FORMATION IN PALM OLEIN

to radiation a m o n g t h e c o m m o n l y used antioxi-

dants in food (Wills 1980a). Therefore, the inhibiting effects of an tioxidants on radiation-induced peroxidation in palm olein is most probably due to the action of BHT. At present, the mechanism of destruction is not exactly known. Presumably, the destruction occurred due to direct interactions with gamma-radiation or, due to reactions with radicals of minor components in palm olein or with free radicals from unsaturated fatty acids produced during irradiation. In measuring the extent of peroxidation in deteriorated oils and fats, one should bear in mind the suitability and accuracy of the methods used. Conjugated diene and peroxide values are used to measure primary oxidation. A low PV or conjugated diene value does not always indicate a good oil. In fact, the oil could already have a high secondary oxidation value due to degradation of hydroperoxides. Conjugated diene indices may also give erroneous results at high doses because not all fatty acid radicals produced during irradiation form conjugated dienes. Under high irradiation doses, given at a high dose rate (65 Gy/min), free radical formation is likely to be very extensive, and due to high viscosity of palm oil, the oxygen cannot diffuse rapidly enough to form conjugated dienes. But instead, the radicals may react with each other or with compounds other than oxygen to form polymer (Howton 1963) or non-conjugated systems (Swern 1961). These reactions will give low conjugated diene values and thus lead to errors in the analysis. On the other hand, the TBA value measures the rancid flavours or odours but does not indicate the state of oxidation. Therefore, no single test is adequate to fully describe the extent of peroxidation. A combination of PV, conjugated diene and TBA values would indeed give the best indication of the degree of oxidation of oils or fats. In addition, most irradiated foods used for human or animal consumption are likely to be stored for different periods of time and under different conditions after irradiation. In view of this the nature of the radicals which promote peroxidation during storage should be investigated and identified in order to overcome the problem. CONCLUSION

Irradiation of palm olein within the range of doses recommended for food preservation and in the presence of oxygen, formed hydroperoxide, readily measured by conjugated diene, peroxide value and thiobarbituric acid value. Peroxide formation increased with increasing irradiation doses and

changed rapidly during post-irradiation storage. Peroxidation occurred at 0°C but the extent was less that that at room temperature. Concentration of antioxidant (BHT) at acceptable level (200 ppm) significantly inhibits peroxidation despite its partial destruction during irradiation. REFERENCES AI.LKN, D.W., D.A. LKATHARD, C.SMITH and J.D. Me

GUINKSS. 1978. Effects of Gamma-irradiation on Hindered Phenol An tioxidants in Poly (vinyl chloride) and Polyolefins. Chem. and Industry (London) :198. AUGUSTlN, M.A. and S.K. BKRRY. 1983. Effectivenes of

An tioxidants in Refined, Bleached ang Deodorized Palm Olein./i4m*r. Oil Chem. Hoc. 60: 105-108. AUGUSTlN, M.A. and S.K. BKRRY. 1984. Stability of Tapioca Chips Fried in RBD Palm Olein Treated with Antioxidants. /. Amer. Oil Chem. Soc 61: 873877. CHIN, A.H.G. 1983. Palm Oil Quality, Refining and End Uses. The Incorporated Society of Planters, p. 10. CHIPAULT, J.R., O.S. PRIVETT, G.R.

M I / I NO, E.G.

NlCKl-I.I and W.O. LUNDBKRG. 1957. Effect of Ioni/ing Radiation on Fatty Acid Ester. Ind. Eng. Chem. 49: 1713-1720. CHIPAULT, JR. 1962. High Energy Irradiation. In Symposium on Food. [Jpidsand Their Oxidation, ed H.W. Schultz, K.A. Day and R.O. Sinnhuber. Avi Publisher, Westport p 151. CHIPAULT, J.R. and G.R. MI/UNO. (1966): Effect of

lonozing Radiation on Antioxidants in Fats. fAgric. Fd. Chem. 14:221-224. DlKH, J.F. 1977. Preservation of Food. Radial. Phys. 9: 193-206. ENDINKKAU, K andT.W. WOODWARD. 1989. Preservation

of Oil Palm Fruits: Nonoxidative Effects of Ionozing Radiation on Palm Olein and Crude Palm Oil. Ptrtanika 12($): 377-385. HORC;AN, VJ..JJL PHII.POT, B.YV. PORTKR and D.B.

ROODYN. 1957. Toxicity of Autoxidized Squalene and Linoleic Acid and of Simple Peroxides in Relation to Toxicity of Radiation. Biochem,]. 65: 551-558. HOWTON, D.R. 1963. Nature of the Products Formed by /Irradiation of Deaerated Aqueous Potassium Oleate. Radial. Res. 20: 161-186. IUPAC. 1979. Standard Methods for the Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Derivatives, ed. Paquot, C . Iupac, App. Chem. Div., Commission on Oils, Fats and Derivatives, 6th edn.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

K. ENDINKEAU AND T. W. WOODWARD

JAYSON, G.G., BJ. PARSONS and AJ. SWALLOW. 1975.

Mechanism of Fricke Dosimeter. Int. Radial. Phys. Chem., 7: 363-370. KNAPP, F.W. and A.L. TAPPEL. (1961): Some Effects of y -irradiation or Linoleate Peroxidation on a-tocopherol./ Amer. Oil. Chem. Soc. 38: 151-156. KWON, T.W. and B.M. WATTS. 1963. Determination of

Malonaldehyde by Ultraviolet Spectrophotometry. J.Food ScLt 28:627-650. LOAHARANU, P. 1985. Food Irradiation - A Viable Technology for Reducing Post Harvest Losses of Food. Proceedings of Workshop on the Applications of Ionizing Technology in Food Preservation. April 1985,

Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, p 77-85. MKAD,J.F. 1952. Irradiation-induced Autoxidation of

Linoleic acid. Science 115:470-472. P I K U L J . , D.E. LESZCZYNSKland F.A. KUMMEROW. 1983.

SWERN, D. 1961. Fats and Oils, part 2, ed Markley, K.S. New York: Interscience, p 1403. WARAVDEKAR, V.S. andL.D. SASLOW. 1959. A Sensitive

Calorimetric Method for Estimation of 2-Deoxy Sugars with the Use of the Malonaldehydethiobarbifuric Acid Reaction. /. Biol. Cheyn. 234: 1945-1950. WhBB, T. 1985. Food Irradiation in Britain?. London Food Commission Promotion Ltd., London, p. 11. WILLS, E.D. 1980a. Effects of Antioxidants on Lipid Peroxide Formation in Irradiated Synthetic Diets. inLj. Radial Biol. 37: 403-414. WILLS, E.D. 1980b. Studies of Lipid Peroxide Formation in Irradiated Synthetic Diets and the effects of Storage after Irradiation. InLj. Radial Biol. 37:383-401.

Elimination of Sample Autoxidation by Butylated Hydroxytoluene Additions before Thiobarbituric Acid Assay for Malonaldehyde in Fat from Chicken Meat. / Agric. Food Chem. 31: 1338-1342.

64

PERTANIKA VOL. 14 NO.l, 1991

(Received 18 December, 1989

PertanikaH(l),65-67 (1991)

Determination of Dry Rubber Content (DRC) of Hevea Rubber Latex by Microwave Drying KAIDA BIN KHALID Department of Physics Faculty of Science and Environmental Studies Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPMf Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia. Key words: Microwave drying; Hevea rubber latex, Dry Rubber Content (DRC). ABSTRAK Kaedah piawai bagi menentukan kandungan getah kering (KGK) adalah melibatkan pengeringan kepingan getah beku dalam ketuhar biasa pada suhu 70°C selama 12 jam. Prosedur pengeringan yang lama ini boleh digantikan dengan pengeringan mikrogelombangyang lebih cepat, seragam dan pada kejituanyangsetara. Dalam kertas iniprestasi teknik ini akan ditunjukkan menerusi aspek kesan kuasa mikrogelombang dan jisim awal latex he atas jumlah masa pengeringan. Menggunakan kaedah beban air bagi menentukan paras tenaga mikrogelombang, masa pengeringan optimum bagi jisim awal tertentu adalah dicadangkan. Keputusan eksperimen menunjukkan bahawa jumlah masa pengeringan untuk sampel berjisim aival 10gpada paras kuasa 743 watt adalah kurang daripada 10 minit. Tidak banyak perbezaan bagi jumlah masa pengeringan untuk sampel bagi jisim awal antara 5 - 30 g. ABSTRACT The standard method for DRC determination involves drying of the sheeted coagulum in a conventional oven at 70°C for about 12 hours. This lengthy drying procedure can be replaced by microwave drying which is fast, uniform and with comparable accuracy. In this paper the performance of this technique will be shown particulary the effect of microwave power and initial mass of the latex to the final drying time. By using the water load technique for microwave power level determination, the optimum drying time is proposed for a specific mass of latex. The experimental results show that the final drying time for 10 g of initial mass of fresh latex and at a power level of about 743 watt is less than 10 minutes. There is not much difference in final drying time for samples with initial mass between 5-30g.

INTRODUCTION The standard method for the determination of DRC of latex is based on the British Standard (1972). Briefly, the m e t h o d involves acid coagulation of a known weight of latex and heating over a steam bath until a clear serum is obtained. The coagulum is thoroughly washed and placed in an oven at 70°C overnight before reweighing. The method gives good reproducibility of results and is accurate. This technique, however, is not suitable for field use as the test results cannot be obtained on the day of operation. Therefore transaction with the tapper cannot be made on the day of tapping. A possible way to solve this problem is by reducing the time of drying by using a microwave oven. The use of microwave power for total solid Key to author's name : K B . Khalid

content (TSC) of Hevea rubber latex, has been successfully carried out (Khalid et al 1988). The experimental results showed that the final drying time for 5 to 15 g latex with a TSC of 39.2% was approximately 4 minutes. In this paper the impact of microwave drying on sheeted coagulum is studied including the effect of level of microwave power and initial mass of the latex. Optimization in the efficiency of the drying process is also discussed. MATERIALS AND METHODS The fresh Hevea latex used in the investigation was obtained from the university farm (RRIM - 600 clone). Microwave drying was carried out in a Sharp Model R 8580 microwave oven, operating at a fre-

KAIDA BIN KHALID

quency of 2450 MHz. T h e oven was provided with five different power settings designated as high, medium high, medium, medium low and low. Weight measurements were made with a gibertini Model E415 electronic balance with sensitivity up to 0.001 g. A simple method to determine tha power level of microwave oven is by using the water load method (Mac Larchy 1980). In this method, a known mass m of water with specific heat c is heated for a given period At and the average temperature rise of the mass, AT is measured. The average microwave power absorption P is given by P =

mcAT

(1)

At

In the measuring of this quantity, certain parameters must be taken into account, such as size, heat capacity a n d electrical properties of the container, position of the container in the oven, duty cycle of the magnetron source a n d cooling effects during the mea-surements. T h e average power delivered to the load calculated from e q u a t i o n ( l ) is also d e p e n d e n t on t h e volume of t h e load. This is d u e to the reflection of the microwave radiation at the surface of the load. In order to standardize this m e a s u r e m e n t , Copson (1975) r e c o m m e n d e d that the average power output of the microwave oven b e calculated using 1000 ml of distilled water placed in a pyrex beaker a n d heated for 120 seconds. Applying this r e c o m m e n d a t i o n , Table 1 shows the observed average microwave power of five different settings. These settings are at 100%, 70.7%, 55.8%, 32.2% and 13.9% of the maximum power of 743 ± 1 watts. Following the p r o c e d u r e of t h e s t a n d a r d m e t h o d as described in the introduction, the TABLE 1 Temperature rise for 1 litre of distilled water and heated for 120 seconds at various setting of microwave oven. Correspondingoutput power is calculated using the water load method. Indication High Med high Med Med Low lx>w

Temperature rise ( C)Output power (± 1W) 21.3 15.05 11.88 6.86 2.95

743(100%) 525(70.7%) 415(55.8%) 239(32.2%) 103(13.9%)

sheeted coagulum was placed in a petri dish a n d dried in the microwave oven. T h e sample was taken 66

TABLE 2 Optimum drying time of sheeted coagulum at varioi power levels with 10 g initial mass of latex. Output power (W) 743 (High) 525 (Med. High) 414 (Med.) 239 (Med. Low) 103(Low)

Final drying time (Min) 6.5 8.5 12.3 16.0 29.0

o u t a n d weighed every 30 seconds, until t h e lossi mass between successive weighings was less than mg. In the above DRC d e t e r m i n a t i o n , t h e initi; moisture c o n t e n t of the s h e e t e d c o a g u l u m befor drying was a b o u t 20 to 4 0 % . RESULTS AND DICUSSION Fig. 1 shows the microwave drying curves of sheete coagulum for different power levels with all initi; mass of latex of 10 g. It is evident from this figur that at the highest power level, the final drying tim takes less than 10 minutes and the average dryin rate is about 0.2 g/min. The overall drying rat increases with increasing power levei. The effect! more pronounced at the lower power level with a average drying rate of about 0.05 g/min. Th drying curvesshow rapid drying rate at the beginnin of the drying time as the moisture from the sampl is removed. The absorbed microwave power i decreased and the drying characteristics approac those of convective dryi-ng. The microwave powe level versus final drying time (for 10 g initial m* of sample) is shown in Fig. 2 and the data for th optimum drying time are shown in Table 2. Fig, 3 shows the drying curve for various initi; masses of latex ranging from 5 - 30 g with an aven ge microwave power of about 734 watts. There not much difference in final drying time for diffe ent values of initial mass of sheeted coagulum. Thi property due to the absorbing power of the sampk depends on the amount of moisture in the sheeta stated earlier. This is confirmed in Fig. 3 where tb initial drying rate increases with increasing amount of sample. The results show that the optimum drying tin; for sheeted coagulum is much longer than fresi latex as in the TSC determination. The different in the heating rate of the fresh latex and sheete coagulum depend on the dielectric properties o the two. At 2.45 GHz (microwave oven frequency the dielectric loss increases with the increase

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

DETERMINATION OF DRY RUBBER CONTENT (DRC) OF LATEX BY MICROWAVE DRYING

The accuracy of microwave drying is almost comparable with the conventional method and the average output of this method is > 60 determinations/operator/day. CONCLUSIONS

drying

tiraeCmin)

Fig. 1: Drying curves of sheeted coagulum (with Wginitial mass of latex) at various microwave power levels.

Comparison of the experimental results using microwave drying with those obtained by convection methods demonstrated the practicability of this drying method for fast determination of the DRC of Hevea rubber latex. This means that the Standard Laboratory Method by microwave drying can be used in the field where the tappers can witness the whole operation on their latices and get the results on the day of operation. Experimental results showed that the optimum time for drying of 5 to 30 g initial weight of samples is about 10 minutes at 743 watt microwave power. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The author is greatly indebted to the Physics Department, UPM for the facilities, and to research assistant, Mr. Hamid Abdullah and all members of the department especially En. Mr. Roslim Mohd and Mr. Nordin Ab"d. Kadir for their invaluable help. The author would also like to thank Farm Department, UPM for supplying hevea rubber latex. Fig. 2 : Final drying time of sheeted coagulum (with 10 g initial mass of latex) versus microwave power level.

REFERENCES BRITISH STANDARD. 1972. British Standard Methods of Testing Natural Rubber Latices, BS 1672: 8-9. COPSON, D.A. 1975. Nutritional, Microbiological, and other Experimental Aspects, Microivave Heating, ('hap. 2, 2nd edn. AVTI Publishing, Westport, CT. KHALID,

K.B,

Z.A

WAHAB,

and

A.R

KASMANI.

1980.Microwave Drying of Hevea Rubber Latex and Total Solid Content (TSC) Determination. Pertanika 11(2): 289-297. MACLATCHY, C.C. and CLEMENTS. Rm 1980.A Simple Technique for Measuring High Microwave Electric Field Strengths. / Microwave Power 15(1): 7 - 1 4 . Fig. 3: Drying curves of sheeted coagulum at various initial amounts of latex with average power level 743 watt.

KRASZEWSKJ,A. (1980) Microwave Aquametry- A Review. / Microwave Power 15: 209-220.

amount of moisture content in the materials (Kraszewski 1980). Therefore, the greater microwave power dissipation could be expected in the fresh latex with about 60% moisture content than in the sheeted coagulum with initial moisture content of about 20 to 40%. PERTANIKA VOL. 14NO.1,1991

(Received 21 ^September, 1989)

Pertanikal4(l), 69-75(1991)

Dwicabangan Penyelesaian Berkala Persamaan Van der Pol MAT ROFA BIN ISMAIL Jabatan Matematik, Fakulii Sains dan Pengajian Alam Sekitar, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, 43400 UPM Serdang, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia.

Kata kunci: set dwicabangan, persamaan terbitan biasa, penyelesaian berkala, parameter kecil. ABSTRAK Persamaan terbitan x + x = - A ( x J - l)x + fl kos (t) ialah kes khusus bagi persamaan-persamaan dalam bentuk umum x + x = h ( x , x, t, fl, X). Tujuan utama kami ialah untuk mendapat persamaan dwicabangan penyelesaian berkala bagi persamaan pertama di atas dalam sukuan pertama satah - (X, fl). Kami akan rnenunjukkan bilangan penyeksaiannya yang berkala berubah dari satu kepada tiga apabila parameter fl dan X menyeberangi persamaan dwicabangan fl =

9

ABSTRACT The differential equation x + x = - A ( x 2 - l)x + fl kos (t) is a special case of equations of the general type x + x = h(x, x, t, fl, A). Our main aim is to derive the bifurcation equation of periodic solutions of the former equation, in the first quadrant of (X, jl) -plane. We show that the number of periodic solutions change from one to three as parameters fl and X cross the bifurcation equation fl =

PENDAHULUAN Rene Thorn memperkenalkan Teori Malapetaka padaawal tahun 7()-an. Asas teori iniboleh didapati di dalam Arnold (1968), Zeernan (1975), Brocker

dan Lander (1975) dan Thorn (1975). Perkembangan teori ini mcndorong pengkajian Teori Singularan dan Bifurkasi dalam bentuk baru. Gahungan dan hubungan kedua-dua bidang ini telah dilakukan oleh Chow dan Hale (1982), serta Golubitsky dan Shaefer (1984). Mercu tanda pergabungan Teori Singularan dan Bifurkasi, harm dikiiitkan kepada penyeledikan Golubitsky dan Shaeier (1979). Pengaruh teori ini di dalam fizik boleh diperhatikan di dalam Golubitsky dan Keyfiz (1980) dan Steward (1981). Dalam bidang kejuruteraan pula, teori ini dikembangkan oleh Thompson dan Hunt (1973) dan Golubitsky dan Shaefer (1981). Teori Singularan menitikberatkan perubahanperubahan mengejut dari satu fasa kepada fasa yang lain. Hal ini berhubung rapat dengan modelmodel Malapetaka Thorn dan Persamaan dwicabangan dalam satah parameter-parameter tertentu. Hale dan Taboas (1978) telah menghubungkan

— A.

peruhahan bilangan penyelesaian herkala bagi persamaan terbitan peringkat kedua dengan daya serta lembahan terhadap fungsi parameter daya dan lembabannya. Ini mendorong pengkajian mengenai dwicabangan penyelesaian berkala bagi persamaan terbitan biasa. Ban yak kes khusus persamaan terbitan biasa dibincangkan oleh Guckenheimerdan Holmes (1983). Kertas ini cuba mengkaji persamaan terbitan peringkat kedua

dfx + x = h(t, x, x, ft, X) dr

(1.1)

jl dan X, ialah parameter kecil positif. Persamaan khusus berbentuk d2x dt 2

+ x = fl kos (t) - A(x 2 - 1)— dt

(1.2)

akan diberi perhatian khusus. Persamaan (1.2) dikenalijuga sebagai persamaan Van der Pol dengan daya/J kos(/) dan fungsi lembaban X(x - 1). Kita menjangkakan terdapatnya perlawanan antara daya

MAT ROFA BIN ISMAIL

luar yang harmonik dengan lembaban yang positif apabila Ixl > 1 dan negatif apabila Ixl < 1. Keadaan ini dijangka menimbulkan fenomenon dwicabangan. Levinson (1943) menunjukkan bahawa sistem (1.2) sekurang-kurangnya ada satu penyelesaian berkala dengan kalaan 2/runtuk semua nilai A dan fj. positif. Lloyd (1972) pula membuktikan adanya penyelesaian berkala yang unik bagi sistem (1.2), 'u 2 A > 3 Di sini kami akan menunjukkan bahawa sukuan pertamasatah (/*, A) dipisahkankepadaduarantau

4V3 .

.

oleh persamaan jl = A, yang merupakan persamaan dwicabangan bagi parameter fj dan A bagi sistem (1.2). Bilangan penyelesaian berkala dengan kalaan 2/r akan berubah daripada 1 kepada 3 apabila menyeberangi 4^3 . persamaan dwicabangan ji = A. TATATANDA DAN TAKRIF 2

(2.1) Ruang H ditakrifkan sebagai H = £2 (0,2;r) (

(2.2) Subset H2jr dari H ditakrifkan sebagai H2ff ={x e H I x(0) -

X(2K), X(0) = X(2/T)};

tandaan x menunjukkan terbitan x terhadap t. (2.3) Hasil darab terkedalam untuk setiap u dan v di dalam H ditakrifkan sebagai = .— }{f u(T)v(T)dr. (2.4) Misalkan A c H, A 1 mewakili set ortogon dengan A, dan ditakrifkan sebagai A 1 = {y

G

H I < y, x> = 0, Vx e A}.

(2.5) Misalkan g(r,//,A) sebagai suatu fungsi nyata tiga pembolehubah. Set (r,jU, A) yang memenuhi persamaan g(r,/i,A)=0 dinamai set penyelesaian g. Jika b(jU, A) menunjukkan bilangan penyelesaian r bagi persamaan g = 0, dan

maka titik (fiQ1 A()) dirujuk titik dwicabangan jika b(^ f A) berubah apabila (//, A) berubah dalam kejiranan (/i(), Af)). Set semua titik 70

dwicabangan dikenali sebagai set dwi cabangan atau persamaan dwicabangan. IDEA DWICABANGAN PERSAMAAN VAN DER POL

Kewujudan penyelesaian berkala persamaan Var: der Pol memang menjadi pengetahuan umum lihat misalnya Jordan dan Smith (1977) tetap bilangan penyelesaian berkenaan masih menjad perbincangan. Guckenheimerdan Holmes (1983 memperlihatkan secara berangka bahawa bilangar penyelesaian tersebut bertukar daripada 1 kepack 3 bergantung kepada nilai parameter jj. dan I Harapan kami ialah untuk menjustifikasikan hasi berangka ini melaluianalisispenghampiranmelalu teorem yang dikemukakan oleh Hale dan Rodrigue; (1977) seperti yang dinyatakan di dalam bahagiar 3.1. Untuk tujuan ini, kami mengikut conto} proses gangguan mencari penyelesaian berkala bag sistem tak linear daripada sistem linear seperti yang dilakukan oleh Jordan dan Smith (op. at). Hal in; mungkin dilakukan berdasarkan sifat umum yang sudah dikenali iaitu sistem tak linear berkelakuan hampir serupa dengan sistem linear sekirani sebutan tak linear kecil dan terbatas di persekitarar titik keseimbangan tertentu, lihat Lefschez (1977) Kaedah Jordan dan Smith tidak memberikar fenomenon dwicabangan sepenuhnya di sekitar parameter (fd, A) = (0, 0) tetapi dalam bentul parameternya bersandar linear antara satu dengar yang lainnya. Untuk mengatasi masalah ini karni menggabungkan teori-teori di atas yang dibincangkan secara langsung di dalam ruang vektor H ^ . Idea dwicabangan penyelesaian berkala persamaan Van der Pol secara kasarnya seperti berikut:

Ruang H2^. dipecahkan melalui pengoperasiL (ditakrifkan oleh persamaan 3.1) kepada inti L dan pelengkapnya, yakni julat L. Inti L ialah penyelesaian persamaan Van der Pol dengan fi = A = 0. Inti L diberi oleh a kos (t +
PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

DWICABANGAN PENYELESAIAN BERKAIA PERSAMAAN VAN DER POL

oleh sistem linear. Hal ini sangat munasabah sebab dalam keadaan parameter tersebut cukup kecil, penyelesaian sistem bukan lineat menghampiri x (t) = r kos(t +
Lx = ^-f dt

+ x = h, L : H -> H,

(3.1)

, kos ( ) C2x* , , , , v , sin ( 1 Uh = — L h(s)kos(s)ds +

n u \l* h(s)si(s)ds,

Untuk suatu unsur u dan In (L) wujud a, /JEN sedemikian

(3.4)

Untuk menunjukkan bahawa U yang ditakrifkan di atas ialah suatu unjuran, cukup bagi kita untuk menunjukkan bahawa U h = Uh, setiap heHq . Perhatikan bahawa U2h = U(U(h))

Jfu(h(s))kos(s)ds

dengan h suatu fungsi dari pembolehubah tsahaja. Boleh diperhatikan bahawa Inti L (ditulis: In L) diberi oleh ungkapan yang dijana dalam medan set nombor nyata N oleh set merdeka linear |kos(t),sin(t)|.

n

n

n J(fU(h(s))sin (s)ds.

(3.4a) Dengan menggantikan U(h(s)) di dalam takrif (3.4) ke dalam (3.4a), dan mempermudahkan bentuk kamiran-kamiran yang terlibat, boleh ditunjukkan bahawa

u = akos(t) + j3 sin (t) = r kos (t +
dengan r = 4az + /J2 > 0,


^

<
2

z l 2

Boleh ditunjukkan bahawajul L (iaituJulat L) dalam H ialah In (L)"K Ini berdasarkan kepada fakta bahawa Jul (L) + In (L) = H. (Lihat umpamanya Morris 1978). Oleh sebab itu, Jul (L) ialah pelengkap (secara ortogon) terhadapIn(L) dalam H. KatakanVeJul (L), makaVsaling berortogon dengan kos ( ) dan sin ( ). Oleh sebab itu 2

= - { *V(t)kos(t)dt = 0 dan m - i } 2 / r V ( t ) s i n ( t ) d t = 0 K

Si/at I Jika U suatu unjuran seperti dalam takrifan (3.4) maka untuk sebarang h dan H« . yang memenuhi sistem persamaan (3.2), persamaan terbitan "x + x = h mempunyai penyelesaian dalam H ^ . jika dan hanya jika Uh = 0. Bukti Katakan x(t) suatu penyelesaian dalam H ^ . bagi persamaan terbitan "x + x = h. Perhatikan bahawa, Uh = U(x + x) = Ux + Ux kos ( ) r2x", v i

^ ft

Persamaan (3.2) d i p e n u h i j u g a o l e h V e H 2ff (3.3)

sin K

-> H tl

Kita takrifkan satu unjuran U : H 2 bagai

se

sin ( )

— K

}(fx(s)sin(s)ds

UnjuranU : H t)

/ x i

U x(s) kos(s) ds +

JrSbr (, x(s) kos(s)ds

n sin(s) ds

= kos( )< x( ), kos( ) >+ sin( ) + sin( )
PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

71

MAT ROFA BIN ISMAIL

r = 0 menggambarkan titik keseimbangan (0, 0) manakala r = 2 menggambarkan kitaran had dengan jejari 2. Penyelesaian ini sudah dikenali umum (lihat umpamanya Jordan dan Smith op.cit). JikajU # Odan0 = —, persamaan (3.17) menjadi As u - Xx + — r 4

M

x - r kos(t) + w*(r, A) (t) £ H2K bagi persamaan Van der Pol (3.6). Ini bermakn; set dwicabangan ialah

s 4/z A = 0 atau r - 4r + —- = U A

Jika ditakrifkan fj (r) = r 3 - 4r + 4^-; maka boleh ditunjukkan bahawa

2 fj (0) > 0 dan r = -S»

ialah titik minimum f, dan 16

8

Kita pertimbangkan 3 kes berikut: (i) JTika - —T= + 4— > 0

3V3

Kewujudan penyelesaian positif r bermakn; kewujudan penyelesaian (3.10), iaitu

A

makaf tidak mem-

punyai pensifar positif.

oj. Perlu disebutkan bahawa keputusan melalui analisi ringkas ini selari dengan keputusan yang diperoM oleh Levinson (1943) dan Lloyd (1972), keram kedua-duanyamenunjukkan terdapatnya sekurang kurangnya satu penyelesaian berkala bagi sisten (1.2), manakala Lloyd (ibid) menunjukkar terdapatnya penyelesaian berkala yang unik bag suatu rantau dalam satah (ft, A). Dalam analisis in kami telah menunjukkan bahawa satah (/i, \ terbahagi kepada dua bahagian oleh persamaar 4 / H « - ^ 3 A , / i , A > 0 sedemikian hingga dibaha

(ii) Jika - —-?= + 4— < 0 maka f mempunyai 3V3 A 2 pensifar positif

gian bawah garis lurus tersebut terdapat penyelesaian berkala, manakala di atasnya terdapa penyelesaian berkala unik.

(iii) Jika - —m + 4— = 0 maka f mempunyai

KESIMPULAN Untuk semua nilai positif ji dan A, persamaar Van der Pol

1 pensifar positif. Kes ketiga memberikan persaman diwicabangan bagi fungsi fj (r) sebagai (3.18)

x + A(x2 - \)\

+ x = J2 kos(t);

fU, A keti

ada penyelesaian berkala dengan kalaan 2* Bilangan penyelesaian berkalanya berubaf daripada 1 kepada 3 bila parameter jj. dan A

Jika 0 a - —, maka persamaan (3.17) menjadi memotong set dwicabangan fu = -/i - Ar + — 4 Jika ditakrifkan

= 0 atau r3 - 4r f2(r) = r 3 - 4 r -

4— , A

= 0.

j

boleh ditunjukkan bahawa f 2(°) < 0 dan r = -T=, ialah titik minimum f2. Mudah ditunjukkan bahawa f

2 "7= < 0 untuk semua fi dan A positif. Ini mem-

bawa kepada natijah bahawa L(r) - 0 ada satu dan hanya satu punca positif. Oleh yang demikian, sistem persamaan (3.16) dan (3.17) ada 3 penyelesaian positif r, 4 jika ji < — V3 A, dan 1 penyelesaian positif r, jika

74

9

PENGHARGAAN

maka

Penulis merakamkan ucapan terima kasih kepad; Dr. David Chillingworth dari University i Southampton, United Kingdom kerana men cadangkan masalah yang dibincangkan dalam ker# ini kepada penulis. Beliaujuga memberi beberap cadangan terhadap kaedah penyelesaiannya. RUJUKAN ARNOLD, V.I. 1968. Singularities of Smooth Maps Russian Math. Surveys 23(l):3-44. BROCKER, T. and LANDER L 1975. Differential Germ and Catastrophes, LMS Lecture Notes Series, I Camb. Uni. Press. CHOW, S.N. and HALEJ.K 1982. Methods of Bifurcate

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

DWICABANGAN PENYELESAIAN BERKALA PERSAMAAN VAN DER POL

Theory, Springer Verlag.

D.W. and SMITH, P. 1977. Non-linear Ordinay Differential Equation. Oxford University Press.

JORDAN,

GOLUBITSKY M. and SHAEFER, D.G. 1979. A Theory for

Imperfect Bifurcation Theory via Singularaty Theory, Comm. PureAppL Maths32:21 - 9 8 .

LEFSCHEZ, S. 1979. Differential Equations, Geometric

1981. Bifurcation Analysis Near a Double Eigenvalue of a Model Chemical Reator. Arch, Rat. Meek Anal 75: 315 -348.

LEVINSON,

1984. Singularities and Groups in Bifurcation Theory

Vol. I, Springer Verlag.

Theory, New York: Dover Pub. N 1943. On the Existence of Periodic Solutions for Second Order Differential Equations with a Forcing Term. JournalMath. Physics, M.I.T. 22:41-48.

LLOYD, N.G. 1972. On the Non-autonomous Van der

GOLUBITSKY, M. and KEYFITZ, B.L.

1980. A Qualitative Study of the Steady State Solutions for Continuous Flow Stirred Tank Chemical Reactor. Siam J. Maths. Anal. 11:316-339.

Pol Equation with Large Parameters. Proc. Camb. Philos.Soc. 72: 213-227. A.O 1978. Linear Algebra, an Introduction, VNR.

MORRIS,

and HOLMES, P. 1983. Non-Linear Oscillations, Dynamical Systems and Bifurcations of Vector Fields, Applied Mathematical Science, 42, Springer Verlag, New York.

STEWARD, I.N.

Kand RODRIGUES, H. M. 1977. Bifurcation in the Duffing Equation with Independent

THOM, R. 1975. Structural Stability and Morphogenesis, Benjamin Reading, Mass

GUCKENHEIMER,J.

HALEJ.

Parameters II, Proceedings of the Royal Society of

1981. Bifurcation and Hysteresis Varieties for the Thermal Chain Branching Model with a Negative Model Parameter. Math. Proc. Camb. Philos. Society9ft, 127-139.

Edinburg, 79A,317-326.

THOMPSON,].

J.K. and TABOAZ, P.Z. 1978. Intraction of Damping and ForcinginaSecond Order Equation,

ZEEMAN, E.C.

M. T. and

HUNT

G.W. 1973. General

Theory of Elastic Stability. New York: Wiley.

HALE,

Journal Non-Linear Analysis Theory, Methods and Applications 2: 77-84.

1975. Catastrophe Theory, University of Warwick.

ISMAIL, MAT ROFA. 1988. The Behavior of the Solutions

of the Forced Van der Pol Equation with Small Parameters. Pertanika 11 (2): 305 - 309.

L

PERTANIKA VOL. 14NO.1,1991

(Diterima22Jun, 1989)

75

PertanikaHU), 77-81(1991)

COMMUNICATION II Determination of Best Straight Line Graphs in the Undergraduate Science Laboratory ABSTRAK Satu huraian diberikan tentang kaedah penentuan kecerunan m dan penggalan c bagi satu garis lurus, apabila satu daripada pembolehubah adalah bebas ralat dan satu lagi mempunyai ralat. Berdasarkan teori ini, satu program komputer ditulis untuk mengira parameter-parameter garis ini, iaitu m dan c, dengan ralat mereka dan %2cat untuk kes-kes data masukan yang diketahui ralatnya. Data yang diperoleh daripada ujikaji fizik nuklear (di mana data mempunyai ralat yang tidak tetap) digunakan untuk menguji kaedah ini, dan ia didapati berguna dalam penentuan parameter-pan meter garis lurus terbaik, serta ralat piawai mereka. Kegunaan kaedah ini untuk ujikaji fizik bukan nuklear di peringkat prasiszvazah (atau untuk data yang mempunyai ralat tetap) juga dibincangkan. ABSTRACT A description is given of the method of determining the gradient m and intercept c of a straight line when one variable is error-free, while the other is subject to error. Based on this theory, a computer program was written to compute the parameters of the line, i.e.mandc, with their standard errors, andx cai for those cases where the errors of the input data are known. Data obtained from nuclear physics experiments (where data have non-constant errors) ivere used to test this method, which was found useful in determining the parameters of the best straight line, and their standard errors. The usefulness of this method for non-nuclear physics undergraduate experiments (or for data with constant errors) is also discussed. INTRODUCTION

The increased availability of computers in undergraduate science laboratories has made it more desirable to use a rigorous procedure for computing the parameters of a straight line, preferably in conjuction with a plot done "by hand". In most cases, the gradient of the line will not differ appreciably between the machine computation and the manual plot. The computed value, however, can more easily be given a standard error estimate, which is more reliable than that determined from a manual plot. In addition, the consistency of the data - specifically, whether the deviations of the data points from the straight line are consistent with the estimated errors can be assessed using the X2 test. The mathematical principles underlying the method should be readily understood by science students.

that the relationship between x and 31. is a straight line, and that there is no error in x. Since only the y. are liable to error, corresponding to each y., there must be a "theoretical" value, K, which is the value which would have been measured in a perfect experiment (one without error). The relationship between Y and x. is i

1

Y. = mx+c,i= 1

1

1 , 2 , ...rz,

(1) v

'

'

where values of the constants m and c are to be found for which the theoretical values Y. will be as close as possible to the experimental data y.. A good general assumption is that the each experimental value belongs to a Gaussian distribution centred on the theoretical value. The probability that a particular experimental value, e.g. y., should lie in a small interval dy. in the neighbourhood of K. is

MATHEMATICAL METHODS AND DATA

Consider an experiment which produces data in the form of n pairs of readings (x, ;y.), i- 1, 2, ...n . In this experiment, two things are known, namely

P(y]) dy-, = const x exp

-

d*, (2)

-^ 22

or

where a. is the standard error in the value >\. The

SUPIAN BIN SAMAT AND CJ. EVANS

probability of obtaining the whole set of n data points y., JL, ... y is proportional to the product of n expressions of the form (2), and the best fit will be that which maximises this total probability. On replacing the product of exponentials by the exponential of the sum, we find (Samat and Evans 1989) that the condition for the best fit is that the expression

(3) should be a minimum, where w. is the statistical weight of the observation JJ., and is defined to be a."2. The minimum value of 5must be obtained by adjusting the two parameters mand c We therefore differentiate the function Swith respect to wand c, and equate the derivatives to zero, to obtain

41 and

= 0

dm

(4)

i

as

The Rutherford Scattering Experiment

\y\ = 0.

dc These are two linear equations which may be solved for wand c. In a more general case, with more than two coefficients, the equations (4) would be best solved by an elimination technique. In the present case, the solution can be written down explicitly in terms of matrix inversion:

[ml

J_ | Ew,y, |

(

where A is the determinant, Xw. £w.x.2 - (Xw.x which can be shown to be a non zero quantity. Equation (5) gives

while the diagonal elements of the matrix on the RHSof (5) yield the errors in the parameters: Am = V Q > j / A ) Ar = Substituting the best values of the parameters into equatian (3) gives j 2 cai = 2S = X^i(mxi

+c~yif.

The calculations were carried out on a micro processor system (a Dragon 32 computer connecte( to a Radio-shack Trs-80 computer cassette recorder NEC PC- 8023 BE-N printer and Philips TX B&V monitor), using a program written in BASIC. Tht order of calculation follows that of the equation derived above. There are some extra facilities in this program As was mentioned earlier, if O. is the error in y., ther w = G.~2. To input these values of a. into thi> program, there are options for O., namely (i)o. = constant (a given value), (ii) O. = constant (un known), (iii) O. =a constant percentage (given) ot y. (iv)a. = a constant percentage (unknown) of) (v) a. = "\/ C, and (vi) the value of O. is supplied foi each point. In (i) and (iii) we only need to inpw one value of o. (or % a.) while in (ii), (iv) and (v) no input is needed in order to specify a.. Options (ii) and (iv) do not permit the calculation of %2 Two sets of data from nuclear physics experi ments were obtained and applied to test the pro gram.

The first setofdata was obtained from an experimeni set up to verify the angular dependence of Rutherford scattering. Alpha-particles emitted from a radio-nuclide source ( A m , activity 50 juCi. energy 5.48 MeV, half-life 458 years) were passed through a gold foil (of thickness 2.5jUm), and the resulting scattered cc-particles were detected al scattering angle (varied between 10° and 52°) b a semiconductor device. The source, the gold foil and the detector were in a vacuum enclosure, through the base-plate of which the output pulses were brought out and fed into the counter/timer unit. If the observed number of a-particles expressed as counts/sec is /, then / decreases as 0 increases, as given by the equation / = const x sin ~ 4 (0/2). For the full derivation of this equation, see for example Evans (1982). Attenuation of/5-rays The second set of experimental data was obtained by counting /J-rays (from a radioactive source of Sr, activity 100 jUCi) which had been attenuated by different numbers of sheets of alumunium foil, using a GM-tube detector (connected to a sealertimer type ST6 m a n u f a c t u r e d by Nuclear Enterprises). If the number of sheets is x and the observed number of /J-rays expressed as counts/ sec is /, then /decreases when x increases, as given

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO. 1,1991

DETERMINATION OEBEST STRAIGHT LINE GRAPHS IN THE UNDERGRADUATE SCIENCE LABORATORY a V

Y = (-3.911

• ln[siii(rf/2)]

± 0.093>x



(-7.499

*

«

l n ( / >

0.124)

\

1

Fig.l: The observed count-rate of a-partictes as a function of scattering angle 01 for a gold foil of constant thickness 2.5 fim.

input. The assoiated probability that yj should be > X2cal was obtained by interpolation in table x (e-gSpiegel, 1972). It can be seen from Fig. 1 that, although all the 21 data points look as if they lie on a straight line, their resulting %2cal (28.75) is large and the associated probability (0.06 for n- 2 = 19 d.f.) is very low, showing that the 21 data do not fit very well to a straight line. When the number of data is reduced to 18 (by excluding the three smallest angles), the probability increases to 0.77. Further reduction to 17, 16 or 15 data points also gave good probabilities (0.73, 0.67 and 0.62 respectively) but were not significantly better. The gradient and its error obtained for all these reduced numbers of data defined confidence intervals which included the theoretical value (Evans. 1982) of -4 (while the confidence interval obtained with 21 points did not include the value-4). The line plotted in Fig.l is the best straight line obtained with 18 points, the gradient being -3.911 ± 0.093 and the intercept -7.499 ± 0.124. The reason for getting a higher probability (% cal) when the small-angle data were excluded can be explained by the physical properties of the systems, namely that at small angles the result may be unreliable because the angular size of the detector is not negligible compared with the angle of scattering.

The results for the attenuation of ^3-rays are shown in Fig. 2. At first glance, it looks as if there by the equation / = / exp(-//sx), where / is the is a non-linear relationship between the two initial number of/J-rays (counts/sec), jl the linear variables. The central part of the data, however, is atenuation coefficient of aluminimum, and s (here in good agreement with a straight line, and the deassumed constant) is the thickness of one sheet. viation occurs for large and small absorber thickFor both experiments, let A/ be the error in /. nesses. Significant bending at small x may be For observations in the form of numbers of counts, explained by the broad energy distribution of the A/ may be estimated by taking the square root of the /J-particles. The low-energy particles are absorbed number of counts observed (before dividing by the easily in the first few layers of foil, and the more time of counting). In order to use a straight-line energetic ones are then absorbed more slowly. For fitting program to analyse the data, we must define large x, the bending (levelling out) is probably due new variables: x (= In sin (0/2) for the Rutherford to the /3-rays stopping in the foils and generating scattering experiment; and equal to xfor the jS-ray attenuation experiment),)). (=lnZ), . (=Ay. = A In )*-rays, which have a much greater penetrating power (but a smaller chance of detection). / = A///.). Since the errors in y. are not all equal, With this argument in mind, the straight-line the program was run using the error option (vi). fitting procedure was first applied to the central The u were corrected for background. region only, then the other points were included one at a time and the values of x2cal were recorded RESULTS AND DISCUSSION for each number of pints included. The straight For the Rutherford scattering experiment, Fig.l line in Fig 2 (with gradient (-5.427 ±0.284) x 10"2 shows the plot of y= In (I) versus x for all the 21 and intercept 1.290 ± 0.031) is the best straight line data, with the experimental errors as indicated. obtained with between 1 and 19 foils. It has X cal = Table 1 shows the variation / 2 cal , the gradient of the straight line and its error (all output from the 13.1, for n - 2 = 15 d.f., which represents a highly computer program) for different numbers of data satisfactory goodnessof-fit. Table 2 shows the variPERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

79

SUPIAN BIN SAMAT AND CJ. EVANS

V = ln(/)

(1.290 *

0.031)

0.5.

Number o f

foils,

I

Fig. 2: The observed count-rate of ^articles as a function of number of absorbing foils (0-24). The best straight line has been computed using 1-19foils only.

TABLE 1 X2cal obtained by the computer program for different angles of scattering in the Rutherford experiment. Scattering angles Number Description included 21 18 17 16 15

*P

Gradient (TO ± Am)

28.75 11.23

0.03 0.77

-4.299 ± 0.028 -3.911 ±0.093

11.22

0.73

-3.914 ±0.102

10.91

0.67

-3.937 ±0.112

10.68

0.62

-3.962 ±0.121

real

all data all data except 3 smallest angles all data except 4 smallest angles all data except 5 smallest angles all data except 6 smallest angles

* Probability that a value of x2 > X2c a l should have arisen due to statistical errors only. Note: the probability has* expected value of 0.5. ation of ^ 2 cal , and its significance level, when different numbers of points are included. It can be seen that when the first point (x = 0) or when the last few points (large x) are included, then %2cal increases and the significance level of the fit becomes distinctly worse. Therefore, the deviations from the straight line at small and large x are statistically significant, and likely to have arisen from physical 80

proceses, such as those suggested. Although d point x = 1 may also appear to deviate from it straight line, this difference is not statistically si nificant; likewise, the X2 test gives n o justificatk for rejecting the points x= 18 and 19. T h e assumption of a Gaussian distribution errors in equation (2) will be valid for b o t h of the experiments since, although the underlying stat

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

DETERMINATION OF BEST STRAIGHT LINE GRAPHS IN THE UNDERGRADUATE SCIENCE LABORATORY

TABLE 2 X2cal obtained by the computer program for different numbers of foil thicknesses in the p-ray absorption experiment. No. of foils included 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0

-> 17 -» 18 -> 19 -* 20 -> 21 -> 22 ->23 -» 24 -> 19 -> 24

X2cal 13.1 14.5 15.0 20.5 25.6 30.9 31.5 33.9 33.6 63.5

0.60 0.57 0.60 0.31 0.15 0.06 0.07 0.05 0.05 1.0 x 10--'

CONCLUSION For pairs of experimental data which are expected to satisfy a straight-line relationship, besides yielding the gradient and intercept of the line, with their standard errors, this method is most useful in determining the extent of validity of the linear theory, by calculating each time the value of % cal and the probability that a value of x >% cal should occur. In the experiments illustrated, this procedure yielded the best straight line with a highly satisfactory goodness-of-fit. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS One of us (SBS) is grateful to The British Council, Kuala Lumpur and Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, for the award of Research Grant, which made possible sabbatical leave at Swansea for nine months (29.3.90-31.12.90).

tics satisfies a Poisson distribution, the two distributions become indistinguishable for c o u n t n u m b e r s exceeding about 20. T h e curve-fitting t e c h n i q u e used in this work is particularly well suited to nuclear counting experiments, where errors (which are generally not constant) can easily be assigned to the data. Many versions of this technique have b e e n written, a n d some are available commercialy, b u t often they d o not offer the facility of presenting the errors as part of the data, and therefore c a n n o t give a value of X2cal. T h e present p r o g r a m can, of course, be used for situations in which the errors are constant, a n d can be used for experiments n o t c o n n e c t e d with nuclear counting. In such cases, however, it is much more difficult to estimate e x p e r i m e n t a l errors reliably. A s a result, a large value of %2 does not necessarily m e a n that the apparatus is faulty or that the theory is inapplicable; a m o r e likely reason would be that the errors have been under-estimated. Similarly, a small value of X2cal often indicates that the errors have been over- estimated.

*SUPIAN BIN SAMAT and CJ. EVANS Department of Physics, University College of Swansea, Singleton Park, Swansea SA2 8PP, Wales, UK *On sabbatical leave from UKM and attached as a visiting research worker at this address for nine months. REFERENCES SAMAT, S.B. and C J.EVANS. 1989. Nuclear Spectroscopy-

Maximum Attainable Accuracy in the Calculation of Peak AreaJ.Ftzi* Mai, 10: 5. EVANS, R.D.

1982. The Atomic Nucleus. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill, p.11-18. M.R. 1972. Statistics. New York: McGraw-Hill, p.345.

SPIEGEL,

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO.l, 1991

(Received 21 August, 1990)

81

Pertanika 14(1), 83-86( 1991)

COMMUNICATION III Effect of Organic Matter on the Immobilization of Cadmium in Four Malaysian Cocoa Growing Soils ABSTRAK Kesan bahan organik atas penjerapart kadmium dalam empat jenis tanah koko Malaysia telah dikaji. Isoterma Langmuirmenunjukkan bahawa untuk siri Rengam, Bernam dan Selangor muatanpenjerapan kadmium meningkat dengan pemusnahan kandungan organik. Sebaliknya kesan terbalik didapati pada siri tanah Malaka. Perbezaan mungkin disebabkan oleh kesan penkelatanyangberlainan antara tanah dengan kadmium.

ABSTRACT The effect of soil organic matter on cadmium adsorption in four Malaysian cocoa soils was investigated, Langmuir isotherms for the metal show that for Rengam, Bernam and Selangor series soils, sorption capacities increase with the destruction of organic matter. The reverse is obtainedfor Malacca series soil. The difference could be due to the different chelatingeffectiveness of soil organic matter to cadmium. INTRODUCTION Cadmium is a non-essential trace element in plants and animals. Its hazardous effects on human beings are well documented. It is emitted to the environment from industrial activities and products. Its presence in Malaysian cocoa estates is probably due to its geochemical origin a n d / o r as a contaminant from application of phosphate fertilizer. Depending on its source of origin, a range of less than 1 to 75

MATERIALS AND METHODS Four different soils from cocoa estates in Peninsula Malaysia were collected from a surface horizon of 0-15 cm and some of their characteristics were deter-mined by standard procedures. The soils investigated were Rengam (Merlimau), Bernam (Sungei Buluh), Selangor (Flemington) and Malacca (Selbourne). •

cadmium in phosphate fertilizers has been reported (Sauerbeck 1984). Various studies have shown that cadmium from the soil can be taken up by the plants, through which it enters the food chain. Cadmium availability to plants depends on many factors. They include soil pH, clay mineralogy, competing anions, abundance, type of sorption sites and complexing agents (organic and inorganic). Ram and Verloo (1985) found that high sorption capacity and the formation of stable organo-metallic complexes led to a relatively lower mobility of cadmium, amongst other heavy metals, in soil. However, Petruzzelli etal (1978) reported that organic matter reduction produced a small decrease or even a slight increase in cadmium sorption in four Italian soils. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effect of organic matter on the immobilization of cadmium in four Malaysian cocoa growing soils. This was accomplished by studying the Langmuir isotherms for cadmium with and without the presence of organic matter in the soils.

Contact Time Experiments In all the contact time experiments, 0.5g of soil was shaken in 40 ml of 50/ig ml" 1 Cd solution at room temperature. Aliquots of 2 ml were withdrawn at various intervals for analysis of cadmium using a Labtest (710-2000) inductively coupled plasmaatomic emission spectrometer (ICP-AES). Adsorption Isotherms Adsorption isotherms were obtained by shaking 0.25 g of soil with 20 ml of Cd solution for 24 h at room temperature. In order to prevent precipitation of Cd(OH)^, a concentration range of 0-150/igmg ml" for Cd was used. The suspension was centrifugedat4500rpmfor 10 min and the supernatant was analysed for Cd using the method as described. The amount of Cd adsorped was calculated as the difference between the initial concentration and that remaining after equilibration. Data reported are the means of three replicates. Controls without soils were similarly carried out to ascertain

LOW, K.S. ANDC. K. LEE,

adsorption on vessel wall. Organic Matter Content Organic matter was determined by the H^ 02 peroxidation method in the presence of 0.1 M pyrophosphateSequiandAringhiei 1977). After destruction of organic matter, cation exchange capacity (CEC) was determined again (Chhabra, Pleysier and Cremer 1975) and the adsorption process was repeated. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Some of the analytical characteristics for the soils are shown in Table 1. All the soils are acidic. Bernam series is most acidic while the rest are comparable. Kabata (1986) reported that the backgrounded levels in soils should not exceed 0.5 /Jg g~ and all higher values reflect the anthropogenic activities on the Cd in top soils. Thus it would appear that the Malaysian cocoa growing soils are contaminated with Cd. A likely source of contamination would be through the use of Cd contaminated phosphate. TABLE1 Analytical characteristics of some Malaysian cocoa growing soils. Location

Mcilimau Sungei Remington Selbourne Buloh Classification Rengam Bernam Selangor Malacca

The results of contact time experiment are shown in Table 2. A contact time of 4 h was sufficient for attaining equilibrium. However, for all subsequent experiments, a contact time of 24 h was adopted. The data obtained from cadmium adsorption or four different types of soils were applied to the Langmuir isotherms in the form C/x/m

where x/m is the amount of metal adsorbed per unit weight of soil (jUg mg ! ) , C is the equilibrium concentration of Cd solution (jUg mg" 1 ) b tht maximum adsorption capacity (/igmg~ ) andl the Langmuir bonding energy coefficient (ml jdg~\ Adsorption isotherm for the four soils are shown in Figs. /, 2, Jand 4. The linearity of such plots show* that the Langmuir isotherm can be appliec successfully. The maximum adsorption capacities for the various soils before arid after destruction of organic matter are shown in Table 3. In the original soils, the maximum adsorption capacity for cadmium was found to be highest for Selangor soil while the Rengam soil shows the lowest. i'ABLE 3 Maximum adsorption capacities b (fug mg- L ) of some Malaysian cocoa soils as calculated from Langmuir isotherms. Cadmium Soil

pH 5.68 Organic matter 12.2

4.52 20.6

5.32 26.8

6.6

CEC (me

13.9

25.2

32.3

13.6

/lOOg) CEC (me /lOOg)

10.7

16.9

22.4

8.4

Cd tot {m%

2.23

1.95

3.34

€*) (IEC = Cation exchange capacity CEC* = Cation exchange capacity after destruction of organic matter

TABLE2 Percentage adsorption of cadmium as a function of time

si

Soil

1h

Rengam Bernam Selangor Malacca

18.2 45.2 68.6 27.8

4h

24 h

17.4 46.0 70.6

18.8 47.0 74.2 34.4

29.8

WithOM

5.73

2.10

= l/kb + C/b

Rengam Bernam Selangor Malacca

1.03 2.77 4.65 2.26

With* »ut OKI 1.49 4 ,11 7 .22 1.80

OM = Organic Matter

Upon destruction of organic matter, theordl of adsorption capacity remained the same. F
PERTANIKAVOL HNO.1,1991

EFFECT OF ORGANIC MATTER ON IMMOBILIZATION OF CD IN FOUR COCOA GROWING SOILS

If b's are expressed as percentages of CEC, the values are always higher with organic substances removed (Table 4) TABLE4 Maximum adsorption capacities, b, as percentages of CEC for some Malaysian cocoa growing soils with andwithoutOM.

-.

O

with organic matter

0

without organic matter



Cd

b*(%)

Soil Rengam Bernam Selangor Malacca

13.2 19.6

24.8 46.8 57.4 38.6

25.6 29.6

Note: b dan b* are calculated with respect to CEC and CEC* respectively. C

The bonding energy coefficients for the soils are shown in Table 5. There is no correlation between k values and organic matter in the four soil samples.

Fig. 2:

x 10 {u R ml' 1 )

Langmuir isothermforcadmium adsorption on Bernam Soil

TABLES Bonding energy coefficient, k, (ml {ig~ ) as calculated from Langmuir equation for some Malaysian cocoa growing soils. Cd

Soil Rengam Bernam Selangor Malacca

WithOM 4.34 0.96 4.65 0.69

Without OM 0.44 0.03 0.03 3.44

C_ x 10 (ug ml"1)

Fig. I:

Langmuir isothermfor cadmium adsorption on Rengam Soil.

Fig.3:

Langmuir isothermfor cadmium adsorption on Selangor soil

PERTANIKA VOL. 14 NO.l, 1991

85

LOW, K.S. ANDC. K. LEE,

REFERENCES CHHABRA,R.,J.PLE\SIER andA.CREMKR. 1975. Catior Exchange Capacity and Exchangeable Cations ir Soils. A New Method. Proc. Int. Clay Con/., p. 439. 449. PKTRA/ZKLLI, G., G. GUIDI and L. LUBRANO. 197a

Organic Matter as an Influencing Factor on Coppei and Cadmium Adsorption by Soils. Water, Air, &jj Pollut. 9:253-9. RAM, N and M. VERLOO. 1985. Effect of Various Organic Materials on the Mobility of Heavy Metal; in Soils. Environ. Pollut. Ser. B. 10: 241 - 248 Fig. 4: Langmuir isotherm for cadmium adsorption on Malacca soil. From this study it can be inferred that while organic matter correlates well for copper (Petruzzelli etal 1977), it may not be so for cadmium. Otherfactors suchaspHofthesoilscould influence ion mobility more than the interaction of cadmium with organic matter.

SAUERBECK, D. 1984. The Environmental Significance of the Cadmim Content in Phosphorus Fertilizers Plant Research & Development 19:24-34. S£QUI,P.andARINGHIEI. 1977. Destruction of Organic Matter by Hydrogen Peroxide in the Presence of Pyrophosphate and its Effect on Soil Specific Surface Area. SoilSci. Soc. Am.]. 41:340-342.

CONCLUSION Data with four soil samples showed that cadmium adsorption on soils does not correlate with organic matter. It would imply that chelation reaction between the metal and the organic material in soils is of little importance in the adsorption process. LOW,K.SandC.K LEE, C hemistry Department, Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, 43400 UPMSerdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia. (Received 7July, 1990}

86

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

Section III Social Sciences

Pertanika 1 4 ( 1 ) , 87-91 ( 1 9 9 1 )

Self-esteem and Initial Drug Use: a Comparative Study between Users and Non-users among Malay Adolescents in Peninsular Malaysia H.M. ABDULLAH AL-HADI and M.T. MOHD NASIR Department of Human Development Studies Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPMSerdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia Keywords: self-esteem, initial drug use, adolescents. ABSTRACT Kajian ini menelitipenghargaan kendiri pengguna dadah dan bukan pengguna dadah sebelum mana-mana responden terlibat dengan tingkah laku permulaanpenggunaan dadah. Sampel terdiri daripada 183pengguna dadahyang sedang menerima rawatan pemulihan di lima buah Pusat Pemulihan Dadah Kerajaan, dan 200 bukan pengguna dadah yang sedang menuntut di sebuah universiti. Kajian mendapati pembentukan tingkah laku permulaan penggunaan dadah mempunyai kaitan dengan penghargaan kendiri responden. Hasil kajian ini mempunyai implikasi-implikasi tertentu dalam hubungannya dengan sebab-musabab permulaan tingkah laku permulaan penggunaan dadah, dan kaedah-kaedah rawatanpermulihannya. ABSTRACT This study examined self-esteem ofdrugusers and non-users before any of the subjects engaged in initial drug use. Subjects were 183 drugusers receiving treatment atfive Government Rehabilitation Centers, and 200 non-drugusers drawn from a universitiy. Development of initial drug use was found to be related to self-esteem of the subjects. The result may have certain implications both in relation to the etiology of drug use and to its treatment. INTRODUCTION

Many theorists have advanced that self-esteem is related to delinquency. Adler (1930), Dreikurs (1962), Kaplan (1975, 1980) and Reckless et a\. (1956) have all proposed that low self-esteem plays a significant role in the development of social behaviour. According to Adler, Dreikurs and Kaplan, avoiding low self-esteem is the major motive of human behaviour. Individuals seek to avoid future devaluing experiences and to compensate for feelings of low self-worth. Thus, delinquency is viewed as a compensatory means through which children with low self-esteem avoid devaluing social experiences and attempt to enhance self-worth. Reckless etal. (1956) have asserted that poor selfesteem makes a child vulnerable to environmental forces which then steer him to delinquency. Kaplan (1980) in a three-year longitudinal study observed that low self-esteem preceded delinquent behaviour. The findings of Rosenberg and Rosenberg (1978) from extensive longitudinal data concluded that low self-esteem influences the development of delinquent behaviour.

A number of studies deal directly with the concept of self-esteem as it relates to drug use. Kaplan (1975b) and Samuels and Samuels (1974) have found that low self-esteem is one of the significant factors associated with drug use. However, other studies present contradictory findings whereby self-esteem is not significantly associated with drug use (Jessor and Jessor 1977; Kandel 1978; Paton andKandel 1978;Schaeferrta/. 1976; Smith and Fogg 1978). The inconsistencies of findings from studies relating self-esteem with drug use suggest the need for more research in this area, especially in the Malaysian context. Thus, a detailed study utilising a psycho-social model was conducted to examine, among others, the selfesteem of drug and non-drug users before any of these subjects were engaged in drug use. The comparison of the self-esteem of drug and non-drug users is discussed in this paper. Other objectives of the study are to examine the relationship between social and psychological factors with the development of initial drug use behaviour, and to investigate the association between parenting styles and

H.M. ABDULLAH AL-HADI AND M X MOHD NASIR

the personality of drug-using children. The reports of the study in relation to the above-mentioned objectives are discussed elsewhere (Abdullah AlHadi and Mohd. Nasir, 1989; 1990; in press). MATERIALS AND METHODS

This study focused on the initiation of drug use, namely ganja(marijuana), and adolescents (12 to 22 years old). Focus on the initiation of drug use was thought appropriate because studies on drug abuse should start at the period when the user begins experimenting with drugs. How an individual comes to initially use a particular drug appears to be a logical focal point to begin explaining drug use. At the same time, focus on the useofganja (marijuana)is pertinent since findings from studies conducted locally (Choo and Navaratnam 1980) and internationally (Kandel 1975; O'Donnel and Clayton 1979) indicate that ganja (marijuana) was the initial and major drug experimented on by drug users. The adolescent group was the target of the study due to the facts that in Malaysia, the majority of drug users began using drugs during the period of 15to24years(PasukanPetugasAnti-Dadah 1988). This age group mainly comprised adolescents. Study Area

The drug users (case group) were selected from Government Drug Rehabilitation Centers at Tampoi, Tampin, Perlop, Bukit Mertajam, and Besut towns found throughout Peninsular Malaysia. These rehabilitation centers represented the southern, central, north central, northern and eastern regions of Peninsular Malaysia respectively. Universiti Pertanian Malaysia (UPM) waschosen as the study area for the non-drug user group (control group) because it is one of the universities in Malaysia, besides Universiti Teknologi Malaysia (UTM), offering both diploma and degree programmes. The entry requirement for the degree programme istheSijilTinggiPersekolahan (STP) while the entry level for the diploma programme of studies is the Sijil Pelajaran Malaysia (SPM).

Only Malay males 23 years or below in age w< selected for the study. Males were chosen for t study for the reason that inmates of the Govei ment Rehabilitation Centers comprised the m; sex only. Malay males were selected for the stu since the majority of drug users in Malaysia a overwhelmingly Malay (Pasukan Petugas An Dadah, 1988). The criterion of age at or below years old was chosen since the focus of the study M the adolescence age group (12 to 22 years). Tl upper age limit of 23 years old was used in the latt criterion so that adolescents who initiated drugu at the end of their adolescence were included in tl study. A report by the National Anti-Drug Fon (Pasukan Petugas Anti-Dadah 1988) asserted th the relevant authorities were only able to identi drug users one or more years after they had beeni volved with drugs. All the drug users of the five Government R habilitation Centers who fulfilled the selectionci teria were chosen for the study. This selection r suited in one hundred and eighty-three (183) dm users included in the case group. For the contn group, 200 students who never used drugs and wti fulfilled the selection criteria were selected; random from the UPM student population. One major disparity between the case andth control groups was in their current level of educ< tion. The control group had a higher current levt of education than their case group counterpart However, it was felt that this disparity would m affect the results of the study for the reason that th study was conducted retrospectively emphasizin on the past and not on the current level of educ tion. Other studies conducted locally (Marian and Mohd Rozali, 1986) and international! (Coopersmith, 1967;Jessor, 1979) have repeated shown that the level of education does not relat significantly not only with the individual's sei esteem but also with the development of initi* drug use. The case (drug users) and the contP groups (non drug users) in this study ranged in at from 18 to 23 years. For the case group, meanaj was 21.3 years, and for the control group, mean as was 20.6 years.

Study Sample

The study sample consisted of two groups of respondents namely the case and the control groups. The case group comprised drug addicts who were receiving treatment at five government Rehabilitation Centers throughout Peninsular Malaysia whereas the control group consisted of individuals who had never used drugs. 88

Procedure

This study utilized a structured questionnair which was administered to all subjects individual and privately. The subjects were requested nf to reveal their names on the questionnaire ar were told that their identity would rema anonymous.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

A COMPARATIVE STUDY ON SELF ESTEEM BETWEEN MAI AY MALE DRIX. AND NON-DRUG USERS

There were two sets of questionnaires: Set I h was administered to the drug users (case group) rr whereas Set II was for the non-drug users (control il group). Set I questionnaire was basically the c same as that of Set II except for the inclusion of a I few additional questions for the former. Set I I consisted of four sections which included I demographic information, exposure to illicit drugs, G drug experimentation and the Coopersmith \\ Self-Esteem Inventory (Coopersmith 1967). Setll f consisted of three sections namely, demo5 graphic information, exposure to illicit drugs, and the Coopersmith Self-Esteem Inventory. Both : sets of questionnaires were pretested in the study i areas. The actual study was conducted in theCovernf ment Rehabilitation Centres for a period of 3 months commencing in early December, 1987 and t ending in late February, 1988. For the control i group, the study was completed within the month ofMarch,1988. Instrument

This study involved the measurementof personality. The aspect of personality examined was in the dimension of self-esteem which was measured using the "Coopersmith Self-Esteem Inventory" instrument (Coopersmith 1967). The level of self' esteem measured was based on the perception of the respondent towards himself. For the case group, the level of self-esteem was the level before the drug user first experimented with drugs while the level of self-esteem measured for the control I group was the level during the period beginning in early adolescence (12 years) until the time of the interview. The difference in periods during which self-esteem was measured was related to the focus of the study on adolescents and also to the objective of the study which was to examine the self-esteem of drug users and non drug users before any of the subjects were engaged in drug use. Thus, the level of self-esteem of the drug user was measured before the initiation of drug use. The Coopersmith Self-Esteem Inventory instrument consisted of 50 items/statements which were categorized into four areas. These areas included peers (8 statements), parents (8 statements) , school (8 statements), and personal interests (26statements). These items were constructed in the form of statements as they related to the individual self. If a respondent felt that a certain statement described himself, then he would have to mark an "X" under the column "LIKE ME". Likewise, the respondent would have to mark

an "X" in the column "UNLIKE ME" if he felt that the particularstatementdid notdescribe himself. For positive statements, an "X" in the "LIKE ME" column carried 2 points and an "X" in the "UNLIKE ME" column carried 1 point each. The reverse was true for negative statements, where an "X" in the "LIKE ME" column carried 1 point whereas an "X" in the "UNLIKE ME" column carried 2 points each. The highest possible score for thisinstrumentwas 100 points. Respondents who scored 50 or less poin ts were categorized in the low self-esteem group, whereas those who scored 51 and above were included in the high self-esteem group. This instrument had been used widely by various investigators such as Bennet et al (1971), Burns (1979),Coopersmith (1967), Schaefer etal (1976), and Simon (1972). Bennet et al (1971), for example, utilized the instrument to measure self-esteem among adult prisoners. Schaefer et al (1976) employed the instrument in examining the relationship between self-esteem and drug use behaviour among university students. A test-retest reliability of the instrumen t at two time points 5 weeks apart was conducted by Burns (1979) resulting in a correlation of 0.88 for a sample of 30 respondents. Spatz and Johnson (1973) reported a test-retest reliability correlation of 0.70 for a sample of 56 respondents at two time points, 3 years apart. For this study, the test-retest reliability at time points 4 weeks apart on a subsample of 10 drug users interviewed during the pretesting period and later reinterviewed in the actual study resulted in a correlation of 0.85. Data Analysis Data were processed and analysed using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) computer programme. Among the statistical tests conducted were the mean, frequency distribution, and t-test. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Based on the Coopersmith Self-esteem Inventory instrument used in this study, 89.1 % of drug users were found to possess low self-esteem, and 10.9% of the drug users possessed high self-esteem. For the non-drug users, the figures were 35.0% and 65.0% respectively (Table 1). This finding clearly asserted an association between self-esteem and the development of initial drug use behaviour. Possession of low self-esteem was an attribute of a majority of the drug users

PERTANIKA VOL. 14 NO. 1, 1991

H.M.ABDUIAAHAL-HADI AND M.T. MOHD NASIR

TABLE 1 Frequency distribution of level of self-esteem

reported no association between self-esteem am drug use.

Level of self-esteem Drug-users Non-drug Total users

CONCLUSION

Low

163 (89,1%)

70 (35.0%)

233

High

20 130 (10.9%) ' (65.0%)

150

Total

183 (100%)

200 (100%)

N=383

Chi square - 116.634; p = 0.01; phi coefficient = 0.552

(89.1 %) whereas high self-esteem characterized a majority of the non-drug users (65%) as was shown in Table 1. A hypothesis that was related to the objective of the study was formulated to be tested. This hypothesis was. H : the level of the self-esteem of drug users equals that of non-drug users. The above hypothesis was tested using the t-test. The test resulted in the rejection of the null hypothesis above (Table 2). This showed that the level of the self-esteem of drug users before the initiation of drug use was significantly lower than the level of the self-esteem of non-drug users. TABLE 2 Self-esteem mean score by type of drug users Respondent

Self-esteem mean score

Standard deviation

Drug users (n=183)

37.825

5.037

Non-drug users (n=200)

57.550

24.384

t= 10.7326; p=0.05

The above finding provided some support for the suggestion forwarded by Brehm and Beck (1968) that individuals with low self-esteem may, under certain conditions, be predisposed to drug use. It was also consistent with studies carried out by Kaplan (1975b) and Samuels and Samuels (1974) who reported that low self-esteem was one of the major factors associated with drug use. However, results of the present study contradicted studies by Jessorandjessor( 1977) and Kandel (1978),which 90

The results reported in this study have certair implications on both the etiology of drug use am the treatment of drug-dependent individuals. Wit} respect to the etiology of drug use, individuals wht are lacking in self-esteem and exposed to drug constitute a high risk group. Preventive measure should be carried out by the relevant authorities t( plan and implement programmes that can develoj and augment the qualities of high self-esteem sucf as self-satisfaction, self-cofidence, and self-word for this high risk group. Examples of thest programmes include "Kemjayadiri" (Self-succe* Camps) and "Kem Membina Semangat programmes (Self-development Camps). The* programmes can provide positive challenges am self-growth through the development of sci discipline and self-awareness among thei participants. The programmes can be carried ou in schools and youth training centers throughou the country. Parents can also play a role in the developmen of high self-esteem of their children. Among tl measures that can be carried out by parents an effective communication, the provision of adequai love, affection, and discipline, and regular famil activities. The relevant authorities should also ir elude those individuals who are already endov ed with a high self-esteem in their preventive pn grammes. The high self-esteem among these ii dividuals should be maintained and furthc augmented. Measures can also be carried outl select these high self-esteem individuals as grou leaders or coordinators in the various progran mes. Their role as leaders can further enhanc their self-worth, self-discipline and sell confidence. The findings from this study also have implic tions on rehabilitation programmes for drug a diets. A form of therapy directed toward enhancii self-esteem may be implemented in the rehabilit tionofdrugaddicts. Co\eetaL (1969) utilisedth formof therapy on delinquent females with son success. This therapy can be adopted at the lotf level and should include training in leadership^ skillsan self-discipline. REFERENCES ABDULIAH AL-HADI HAJI MUHAMED and MOHD N

PERTANIKAVOL 14NO.1, 1991

\ ( ()MPARATIVE STUDY ON SELF ESTEEM BETWEEN MAI AY MALE DRUG AND NON-DRKi I SI RS

MOHD TAIB. 1991 Social Factors Associated with Development of Initial Drug Lse Behaviour among Adolescents: A Comparative Study Between Users and Non-Users. Akademikd (In press) ABDULLAH AL-HADI HAJI MI HAMKD dan MOHD NASIR MOHD TAIB. 1989 Pembentukan Tingkahlaku

Permulaan Penggunaan Dadah di Kalangan Remaja: Interaksi Pcrsonaliti dengan Sekitaran Sosial. Jurnal Antropologi dan Sosiologi 17: 73-94. ABOUUAH AL-HADI MUHAMKD, MOHD NASIR M O H D TAIB dan AHMAD HARIZAHASHIM. 1990. Mencegah

Remaja Daripada Menggunakan Dadah: Programprogram PencegahanAmalan Penggunaan Dadah di Peringkat Masyarakat. furnal Kebajikan Masyarakat 12(2): o-lf>. ADLER,A, 1930 The Pattern ofUfe.

N e w York: Little a n d

[ves, BENNKT, L.A

D.F SORINSON, and LL FORSHAY. 1971.

Trie Application of Self-esteem Measures in a Correctional Setting: Reliability of Scale and Relationship to other Measures. Journal of Research <>n Crime and Delinquency 8 : 1-9. BRKHM, M.,and K. Beck. 19(i8. Self-image and Attitudes toward Drugs, jou ma I ofPersonality 36: 296-314, BURNS, R.B. 1979. The Self-Concept. London: Longman.

Pacific Palisades, California: Goodyear Publishing. KAPLAN, H.B. 1975b. The Self-esteem Motive and Change in Self-attitudes, journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 161: 265-275. KAPLAN, H. B. 1980. Deviant Behaviour in Defense ofSelf New York: Academic Press. MARIANA M., and M.A. MOHDROZALI 1986. Kedudukan

Masai ah Dadah Semasa, Dasar dan Starategi Negara. Kertas kerja yang dibentangkan dalam Bengkel Pergerakan Ihu Bapa Dalam Pencegahan Dadah, anjuran Majlis Penasihat Integrasi Wanita Dalam Pembangunan (NACIWID) dan Majlis Keselamatan Negara, di Kuala Lumpur, pada 7-9 Julai. O ' D O W I I., J.A., and R.R. CIAYFON 1979. Determinants

of Early Marihuana Use. In Youth, Drug, Use: Problems, Issues, and Treatment, ed Beschner, and A.S. Friedman, Lexington, Mass: Lexington Books. PASUKAN PI it GAS ANTI-DADAH. 1988. (National AntiDrug Force). Perangkaan-perangkaan Semasa. Kuala Lumpur: Majlis Keselamatan Negara. PATON, S., and D.B. KANDEL. 1978.

Psychological

Factors and Adolescent Illicit Drug Use: Ethnicity and Sex Differences. Adolescence 13: 187-200.

CHOO, P.Y., and V. NAVARATNAM . 1980. An Overview

RECKLESS, W.C. S. DINITZ, and E. MURRAY. 1956. Self-

of Dadah Use in a High-Risk Area - Rifle Range Flats, Penang. National Drug Research Center, University of Science, Penang.

concept as an Insulator against Delinquency. American Sociological Review. 21: 744-746. ROSENBERG, F.R., and M. ROSENBERG 1978. Self-esteem

GOLE, C.W., K.R. OETTING, and R.W. MISKIMINS. 1969.

Self-concept Therapy in Adolescent Females. foumai of Abnormal Pscyhology. 74: 642-645.

and Delinquency. Journal of Youth and Adolescence. 7: 279-294. SAMUELS, DJ. and M. SAMIKI s 1974. Low Self-esteem

COOPKRSMITH, S. 1967.

Antecedents of Self-esteem. San

Francisco: Freeman. DRKIKURS, R. 1962. Prevention and Correction of Juvenile Delinquency. New York: Alfred Adler Institute. JKSSOR, R., and S LJessor. 1977 Problem Behaviour and Psychosocial Development: A Longitudinal Study of Youth. New York: Academic Press. JKSSOR, R. 1979. Marijuana: A Review of Recent Psychosocial Research. In Handbook on Drug Abuse, ed. Dupont, R.L Golstein, A. and O'DonnelJ.Washington D.C.: U.S. Govt. Printing Office. KANDEL, D. B. 1975. Stage in Adolescent Involvement in Drug Use. Science. 190: 912-914. KANDEL, D.B. 1978. Convergences in Prospective Longitudinal Surveys of Drug Use in Normal Populations. In Longitudinal Research on Drug Use, ed. Kandel, D.B. Washington, D.C. : Hemisphere Corporation.

as a Cause ofDrugAbsue.foiirnalofDrugEducation. 4(4): 421-438. SCHAEFER, Ci., M SCHUCKTT, a n d E. MORRISSEY 1976.

(Correlation between Two Measures of Self-esteem and Drug Use in a College Sample. Psychological Reports 39(3): 915-919. SIMON, W.E. 1972. Some Socioeconomic Evidence for Validity of Coopersmith's Self-esteem Inventor). Perceptual and Motor Skills 34: 93-94. SMITH, G. M., and C.P. FOGG, Psychological Predictors

of Early Use, Late Use and Non-use of Marijuana Among Teenage Students. In Longitudinal, Research on Drug Use: Empirical Findings and Methodological Issues, ed Kandel, D.B. Washington D.C: Hemisphere-Wilev. SPAT/, R.C., and J.D.JOHNSTON. Internal Consistency

of the Coopersmith Self-esteem Inventory. Education and Pscyhologicol Measurement 33: 875876.

AN, H.B. 1975. Self Attitudes and Deviant Behaviour. PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.L 1991

(Received 14 April, 1990) 91

Pertanika 14(1), 93-100(1991)

Means of Payment and Bidding Firms1 Stock Returns in the UK: a Test of 'Information Hypothesis' SHAMSHER MOHAMAD and ANNUAR MD. NASSIR Department of Accounting and Finance Faculty of Economics and Management Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPMSerdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia. Keywords: bidding firms, share offers, cash offers, abnormal returns, information hypothesis'. ABSTRAK Kertas ini mengkaji peranan bentuk pembayaran untuk menghuraikan pulangan terhadap firma-firma di United Kingdomyangmembeli/mengambilalih syarikat melalui tawaran saham dan tunaipada masapengumuman tawaran tersebut. Hasilpenyelidikanmenunjukkanfirma-firmayangmembeli/mengambilalih syarikat dengan menawarkan saham mengalamipulangan abnormalyuangnegatif dan signifikan semasapengumuman. Didapatijugaperbezaan di antara pulangan abnormal tawaran tunai dan tawaran saham adalah positifdan signifikan, Kedua-dua hasil penyelidikan adalah konsisten dengan saranan hipotesis maklumat.

ABSTRACT This paper explores the role of the means of payment in explaining the returns to UK. bidding firms in share and cash offers at the announcement of the offer. The findings reveal that bidder firms that made share offers experience significantly negative abnormal returns at the announcement period and that the difference in abnormal returns betw cash and share offers are positive and significant. Both findings are consistent with the 'information hypothesis \ INTRODUCTION Compared to the US, there is little published evidence in the U.K. on the announcement period returns of firms involved in takeovers. Earlier studies by Newbould (1970), Utton (1974), Singh (1971),Franks,BroylesandHecth (1977),Barnes (1974), Firth (1980) and Dodd and Quek (1985) centred on mergers rather than takeovers. There is a technical difference between a merger, which is a negotiated deal and a takeover which is a surprise attack on the target management through a direct appeal by bidder to the target shareholders to sell their shares at a premium to the market price. The lack of published evidence on takeovers could be due to the lack of a database on such activities and/ or the lack of demand for empirical studies on the subject as regulators in the U.K. do not depend on empirical evidence to guide regulatory policy formation (English 1987). This paper intends to explore the behaviour of announcement period returns of bidders involved in takeovers in the U.K. during the period 1985 to 1988. In particular, it examines the validity of the

'information hypothesis' as suggested by Myers and Majluf (1984) on bidder returns in cash and share offers. INFORMATION HYPOTHESIS In complete markets with symmetric information and in the absence of taxes, shareholders should be indifferent to the means of payments used in takeovers. The share price response should reflect any changes in the fundamental values induced by the takeover. However, the presence of a non-neutral tax system and the constraints imposed by the Takeover Code may encourage the use of particular types of payment in takeovers (Franks, Harris and Mayers 1988). In the US, Myers and Majluf (1984) have suggested that because of informational asymmetries, the form of payment offered.by bidders in takeovers provides a signal to investors of the estimated value of the bidder's shares. They postulate that a bidder is better informed about the true value of its shares and will tend to offer an exchange of shares

SHAMSHKR MOHAMAD AND ANNUAR MD. NASSIR

to the target shareholders when its shares are perceived to be overvalued. When shares are offered by the bidder, the ultimate gains to the shareholders of the target firm will depend on the value of the shares offered, which is partly determined by the expected success or failure of the acquisition attempt and if successful, the expected outcome in the post takeover period. It is assumed that the bidder signals information about its equity value through the form of payment it offers to the target shareholders at the announcement of the offer. The bidder will offer cash if it believes that its shares are undervalued thereby avoiding sharing of the potential increase in value with target shareholders. Hansen (1987) suggests that if a target is better informed about itsown value and expects this to be revealed only after the acquisition, it will prefer a share offer when it perceives its shares are undervalued. Fish man (1986) suggests that if the bidder is well informed about the potential contribution of the target, it will offer cash in acquisition to avoid sharing the benefits with the target. However, if the bidder is uncertain about the target'scontribution, the bidder will prefer to offer an exchange of shares to the target. These combined suggest ions of Myers and Majluf (1984), Fishman (1986) and Hansen (1987) relating to the above information effect resulting from information asymmetry between the bidder's management a n d the market constitute the 'information hypothesis'. In the US.Travtos (1987) provided evidence of significant differences in the abnormal returns of bidders offering shares and those offering cash. His findings confirmed the presence of the information effect. He reported that the two-day announcement cumulative abnormal return of share financing bidding firms is significantly negative (CAR = - L 4 % , Z = - 5 . 0 7 ) but for bidders offering i ash, it is not significantly different from zero (CAR = ().24%,Z=l.ll). Jensen and Ruback (1983), reviewing the evidence of takeover activity in the US, found that the returns to bidding firms'shareholders in takeovers were positive, whereas those of mergers were zero. None of the empirical work discussed investigated differences d u e to the exchange medium. However, the presence of the information effect is implied in the findings as most takeovers in the US are financed by cash and mergers by exchange of shares. Smith (1986) and Asquith, Brunnerand Mullins (1987) show that in takeovers financed by new 94

equity issues, the share price returns to bidder firm* are significantly lower than in offers financed byi cash. In the U.K., the only published evidence of thJ information effect on bidder returns in takeovers is I reported by Franks, Harris a n d Mayers (1988). Their study showed that n e i t h e r cash n o r equity considerations displayed significant a b n o r m a l re-j turns to bidders' shareholders in t h e announce-! ment month, but it is possible that information leakage before the a n n o u n c e m e n t a n d / o r the confounding effects of monthly r e t u r n s c o u l d have obscured the effect of the form of p a y m e n t s on bidder returns in their study. I f information effects are present, t h e change in the bidding firm's share price at t h e announcement of the offer will reflect both the gains (or losses) from the takeover and the information effects. It is not possible to separate the effect of the form of payment perseon the bidder's share price because the form of payment is always announced; with the offer. It is therefore assumed that t h e economic effects of the takeover are the same for cash and share offers. By segregating the sample with respect to the form of payment a n d by comparing the differences in the a n n o u n c e m e n t period returns, it will be possible to identify t h e effect of the form of payment on the bidder's share price. If the information hypothesis holds, the returns to shareholders in cash offers will be greater than those in share offers at the a n n o u n c e m e n t of t h e offer. Other things being equal, the r e t u r n s to bidding firms in cash offers are expected to be positive and in share offers to be negative at the announcement of the offer, due to the signalling effect. The information hypothesis suggested by Myers and Majluf is silent on the issue of combination offers. It is assumed that the net effect of the combination offer- on the bidder's share price depends on the weight of the (ash a n d share portion in the offer. If the share portion is greater thai the cash portion, a negative effect o n t h e bidder's share price can be expected. If t h e cash portion is greater than the share portion a positive effect I likely. If the combination offei consists of an equal portion of shares and cash, the n e t effect on the bidder's share price would not be significant d i ffe rent from zero. DATA AND METHODOLOGY Data The data analysed in this study is drawn from public announcements of takeover proposals. Thei

PERTANIKAVOL 14NO.1, 1991

MEANS OF PAYMENT AND BIDDING FIRMS' STOCK RETURNS IN THE UK

sample contains bidder firms engaged in successful takeovers for the period January 1985 to July 1988, for which daily share returns were calculated for eleven days surrounding the announcement day. The announcement day is the day the bidder makes its first offer for the target. The takeover offer is considered successful if the bidding firm acquires the required interest in the target firms common equity (i.e. equal to or more than 30 percent). The offers studied were not preceded by a merger attempt. The sample was identified by a search of various financial publications such as acquisition Monthly, Investors Chronicle, Business Research Index, Fair and Trade Publications, Stock Exchange Yearbook

and financial newpapers. The selection for the sampled firms was subjected to the following criteria: (a) The takeover offer is considered successful if it is declared unconditional as to acceptances. (b) Bidders are listed on the London Stock Exchange and drawn only from alpha and some beta stocks to mitigate the nonsynchronous trading problem. (c) To filter the confounding effects of exogenous events on bidder returns during the eleven days surrounding the event, the bidders sampled did not experience any other major corporate event at the time of the announcement of the offer. Major corporate events are defined as death or appointment of key executives, announcement of financial reports or new investment programmes for the eleven days surrounding the announcement. (d) Daily share prices for each firm were available for at least 58 days before and 58 days after the announcement day. The overall sample was divided into stock exchange offers, if the takeover was financed wholly through an exchange of common stocks, offers financed wholly by cash and combination offers financed by cash and shares. The final sample contained 90 bidder firms, composed of thirty common stock offers, thirty cash offers and thirty combination offers where stocks represented between 28 and 70 percent of the transaction.

and Travlos (1987). The ordinary - least squares coefficients of the market model regression were estimated over the period n = -58 to n =-6 and n = +6 to n = +58 relative to the day of the of the initial announcement. Daily abnormal common stock returns were calculated for each firm i over the interval n = -5 to n = +5. For a sample of N firms, the daily average abnormal returns (AR) for each day n are computed as follows:

ARn = i ZiViflUn - « i - A * ™ )

(i)

n = day - 5 , ...., 0,...., +5 N = the number of firms in the sample Where R.n is the return for common stock of firm i, R mn is return for the market approximated by the All Share Market Index on day n, a., B. are ordinaryleast squares estimates of the market model parameters (adjusted for non-synchronous trading problem using Dimson's (1979) aggregated coefficient approach). The daily returns were calculated from stock prices after adjustment for stock splits and dividends. The returns for each firm were further adjusted for any significant first-order auto-correlation using Cochrane-Orcutt's (1949) quasi-firstdifference approach before calculating the abnormal returns. Average cumulative abnormal returns (CAR T]T2 ) were derived by summing the AR's over the eleven days surrounding the announcement. The expected values of ARn* and CAR TIJ2 are zero in the absence of abnormal performance. The test statistics of ARn* and CARTIT2 are based on the average standardised abnormal return respectively, where (Rin - at - /JjRmn) Sin

(2)

1"

CAR

(3)

T1T2

T h e estimation period is from n = - 5 8 to n = - 6 a n d n = +6 to n = +58 a n d the analysis p e r i o d is from n ~ - 5 to n = +5. T h e s t a n d a r d i s i n g factor S i n mitigates t h e p r o b l e m of non-constant variance of the residuals in the estimation a n d analysis period, a n d comp u t e d as follows:

Methodology

The research hypotheses examined are tested by applying an event-type methodology similar to that described in Fama, Fisher, Jensen and Roll (1969)

Sin =

(1

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

—+

(Rmn - R m ) 2

k

- Rm) 2

1/2

(4)

95

I

SHAMSHER MOHAMAD AND ANNU AR MD. NASS1R

where S2. is the residual variance for security i from the market model regression, L is the number of observations during the estimation period (i.e. 106 days),R . is the return on the All Share Market Index for the kth day of the estimation period. Rmn is the return on the All Share Market Index for day n in the analysis period, and Rm is the average return of the All share Market Index (i. e. market portfolio) for the estimation period. Assuming that individual abnormal returns are approximately normally distributed and independent across time and across securities, the statistic t and t n T 2 which follow unit-normal distribution (Dodd and Warner. 1983) are used to test the hypotheses that the average standardised abnormal returns (ARn*) and average cumulative standardised abnormal returns (CAR^pg) equal zero.

summary of the results is presented in Table below. Second, the differences in the abnormal returns for the eleven days surrounding the announcement for bidders offering the different means of payment were calculated. The detailed results are presented in Tables 2 (A), (B) and (C) i the Appendix, and a summary of the results is p seined in Table 2.

TABLE 1 Summary of the abnormal returns (AR) and the two-day announcement cumulative abnormal returns (CAR) for bidders in the cash, shares and a combination categories. The t-statistics are in parentheses. Means of payment Cash N=30

Shares

-1

0.1129 (0.618)

-0.3662 (-2.006)

0

-0.3699 (-2.026)

-0.8898 (-4.874)**

-0.8871 (-4.858)**

CAR (-1,0)

-0.257 (-0.995)

-1.256 (-4.860)**

-0.917 (-3.550)**

Event day

where x (AR*)and

t =

tT1T2

-

VT2 - T l + 1

(5) CAR T1T2

(6)

To compare the abnormal returns between the different methods of payments, the daily mean differences in abnormal returns from these different methods were derived. For example, for day zero, the daily mean difference between bidders offering cash and those offering shares was calculated, and the statistical significance in the difference using tstatistic was computed as follows: ARD - ARcash - ARshares, t NS

where N^ and Ng represent the number of sampled firms in the cash and share offers respectively. Sc2 and Ss2 are the variances of the abnormal returns in the respective cash and shares categories. FINDINGS Information Hypothesis

A test of the 'information hypothesis' wasconducted in two steps. First, the abnormal returns were observed for the eleven days surrounding the takeover announcement for bidders offering cash and shares offer. The detailed results are presented in Tables 1 (A), (B) and (C) in the Appendix and a 96

N=30

Combination N=30 -0,0296 (-0.162)

** Significantly different from zero at 1 % level Share Bidders

The results in Table 1 indicate that, for share bidders, the abnormal return on the day prior to the first announcement(day-l) of the offer is 0,3662 which is not significantly different from zero (t = -2.006). The abnormal return on the announcement day (day 0) is -0.8898 which is signigicant at 1 % level (t = -4.874). The two-day (day-1 andO) announcement CAR is-1.256 which is also significant at 1 % level (t = -4.860). These results indicate that, on average, the shareholder* of bidding firms offering shares to the target shareholders in takeovers experience significant!) negative abnormal returns at the announcementof the offer. These results are consistent with the prediction of the information hypothesis1 that the announcement of a share offer conveys a negative signal to the market about the true value of the bidder's shares. Cash Bidders

For bidders offering cash as the means of payment Table 1 shows that the abnormal returns on day-1 (AR = 0.1129, t = 0.618) and the announcement d»

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

MEANS OF PAYMENT AND BIDDING FIRMS1 STOCK RETURNS IN THE UK

(day 0) (AR = -0,3699, t = -2.026) are not significantly different from zero. The two-day announcement CAR is -0.257 which is also nor significantly different from zero (t = -0.995). The results are consistent with the prediction of the information hypothesis' that bidder shareholders in cash offers experience nonnegative abnormal returns at the announcement of the offer.

TABLE 2 Summary of the differences in the AR and CAR on day-1 and day 0 for bidders in the cash, shares and combination offers. Th' t -statistics are in parenthesisA Means of payment Event day

Cash Cash Shares vs. shares vs.combination vs. combination

1

Combination Bidders

For bidders in the combination category, Table 1 indicates that the shareholders experience negative abnormal returns on the announcement day (AR = -0.8871, t = -4.858) and for the two-day announcement period (CAR = -0.917, t = -3.55) which are significantly different from zero at 1% level. The proportion of shares in eighty percent of the combination offers studied was at least sixty percent. The results are consistent with the negative effect of the share portion outweighing the positive effect of the cash portion of the offer. Comparison of Returns for Bidders in the Cash, Shares and Combination Offers.

To ascertain whether there is any significant difference in the announcement day AR and the two-day announcement CAR between the cash, shares and the combination bidders, the daily mean differences of abnormal returns were calculated for the eleven days surrounding the announcement. The results are presented in Tables 2(A), (B) and (C) in the Appendix, and a summary of the differences in the abnormal returns and the cumulative abnormal returns are presented in Table 2. (A) Cash versus Share offers The 'Information Hypothesis' suggests that if the information effects are present and assuming other things being equal, the returns to bidders in cash offers will be positive and in share offers negative, implying that bidders in cash offers earn higher returns than share offers at the announcement of the offer. Table 1 shows that the returns to bidders in cash offers at the two-day announcement period are negative but not significantly different from zero. The two-day announcement period returns to bidders in the share offers are negative and significantly different from zero at 1 % level. Table 2 shows that the difference in the two-day announcement period abnormal returns of cash and share bidders is positive and significant at 5% level (CAR(-1, 0) = 0.999, t = 2.01). These findings

0

CAR (-1,0)

0.480 (1.470) 0.519 (1.970)

0.206 (0.871) 0.581 (2.390)*

-0.272 (-1.30) 0.061 (0.240)

0.999 (2.01)*

0.787 (1.93)

-0.211 (-0.312)

*Significantly different from zero at 5% level

suggest that, on average, the returns to bidders in cash offers are higher than those in share offers at the announcement of the offer, consistent with the 'Information Hypothesis'. (B) The Combination offer in comparison to Share and Cash offers Table 2 shows that the difference in the two-day announcement abnormal return for bidders in the 'cash and combination' offers is positive and in the 'share and combination' offers is negative but both differences are not significantly different from zero. The negative and significant two-day announcement abnormal returns for bidders in the combination category shown in Table 1 implies that most of the combination offers studied had on average a higher proportion of shares in the offer. Eighty percent of the combination offers sampled had more Jiian sixty percent of the offer in the form of shares. This implies that for the cash versus combination category, the positive effect of the cash offers outweigh the negative effect of the share offers but the positive difference is not significantly different from zero. For the 'share versus combination' offers, the negative effect of the share offers outweigh the positive effect of cash offers but the negative difference is not significantly different from zero. The negative and significant two-day announcement abnormal returns for bidders offering shares are consistent with the findings of Dodd (1980), Asquith (1983), Dennis and MacConnel (1986) and Travlos (1987) on bidder returns in share offers in the US. They all found that bidders experience significant negative abnormal returns

PERTANIKA VOL. 14NO.1, 1991

97

SHAMSHER MOHAMAD AND ANNUAR MD. NASSIR

at tht two-day announcement period. Other studies in the US which used monthly returns reported mixed results. For example, Mandelker (1974) reported insignificant positive abnormal returns, Asquith (1982) reported significant positive returns and Franks, Harris and Mayer (1988) reported significant negative abnormal returns. The inconsistent results reported in studies using monthly returns could be due to the confounding effect of exogenous events on the monthly returns which are difficult to control by research design. For the post-announcement period, Fishman (1986) argues that bidders in cash offers experience positive and significant abnormal returns. The abnormal returns for cash bidders in the post announcement period (day + 1 to day + 5) in this study (Table 1 (B)) are also positive but only the abnormal returns on day +1 are significantly different from zero, which is not consistent with Fishman's findings. CONCLUSION The findings of this study indicate that bidders in share and combination offers earn significantly i iegat ive ( A R for the two-day announcement period, whereas bidders in cash offers do not suffer losses. The difference in the two-day CAR between bidders in cash and share offers is positive and significant. These findings are consistent with the 'information hypothesis'which suggests that financing a takeover through exchange of common stocks conveys negative information about the bidding firm's value. The findings of negative abnormal returns to bidders in share and combination offers arc not consistent with the view that acquisitions are wealthcreating investments. However, it is possible that the positive wealth effect of takeover announcements is dominated by the combined effects of other negative factors. One such factor is the hubris behaviour of bidder managers. Bidder managers may have been performing well, thus overstimating their capacity to manage the target company efficiently. The negative returns to share and combination offers at the announcement are consistent with the notion that bidders believe that the market has a short-term planning horizon. Bidding firms taking a log-term view may not consider the market signals as relevant to them.

Professor Simon Keane, Department of Accounting | and Finance, University of Glasgow. REFERENCES ACQUISITIONS MONTHLY MAGAZINE, January 1985 to

December 1988. ASQUTH, P. and H. KIM. 1982. The Impact of Merger bids on the Participating Firms Security Holders. J. Finan. tf: 1209-1228. ASQUITH, P. 1983. Mergers, bids, Market Uncertainty j and Stockholder Returns. / Finan. Econs. 11: 5183 ASQUITH, P., R. F. BRUNER a n d D.W. MULLINS. 1987

The Pains to Bidding Firms from Merger./ Finan. EconsM: 121-39. ASQUITH, P., R. BRUNNER and D. MULLINS. Merger Returns and Form of Financing. Working Paper, Havard University. BARNES, P. 1978 The Effect of a Merger on the Share Price of Bidding Firms. Ace and Bus. lies 9: 1974. 162-165. BARNES, P. The Effect of a Merger on the Share Price of the Attacker, Revisited. Ace. and Bus. Res. 15:4549. BRADLEY, M., 1980. Inter-firm Tender Offers and the Market for Corporate Control./ Bus. 53: 345-375. BRADLEY, M., A. DESAI

and H.E. KIM. 1983.

The

Rationale behind Interfirm T e n d e r Offers: I Information or Synergy. /. Finan. Econs. 11:183206. BROWN, SJ. and J.B.Warner. 1980. Measuring Securiri Price Performance. /. Finan. Fcons. 8: 205-258. BROWN, S. J. and J.B. Warner. 1985. Using Stock Returns: The Case of Event Studies. J. Finan. Econs. 14:3-31. CAKLTON, W. T., D.K. Guilkey and R.F. Harris. 1983. An Empirical Analysis of the Role of the Medium of Exchange in Merges. /. Finan. 38: 813-26. COCHRANE, D., and G. H. ORCt'TT. 1949. Application i of Least Squares Regression to Relationships! Containing the Autocorrelated Error Terms. J. Ainer. Stat. Assoc 44: 32-61. DENNIS, D.K., and J J MCCONNELL. 1986. Corporate

Mergers and Security Returns./ Financ. Econs. 16: 143-187.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

DlMSON, E. 1979. Risk Measurement when Shares are Subjected to Infrequent Trading. /. Finan. Econs. 7: 197-226.

The authors acknowledge the helpful comments of

DODD, P. 1980. Merger Proposals, Management)

PERTANIKA VOL. 14 NO.l, 1991

MEANS OF PAYMENT AND BIDDING FIRMS' STOCK RETURNS IN THE UK

Discretion and Shareholder Wealth./ Finan. Econs. 8: 105-137. DODD, P., and J, WARNER. 1983.

On

Corporate

and the Theory of the Firm: Evidence from the Postwar United Kingdom Experience. Econ. J. 85: 497-515.

Governance: A study of Proxy Contests./ Finan. Econs. 11: 401-438.

SMITH, C. 1986. Investment Banking and Capital Acquisition Process./ Finan. Econs. 15: 3-29.

DODDj.C, andJ.P. QUEK. 1985. Effect of Mergers on the Share Price Movement of the Acquiring Firms: A U.K. Study./ Bus. Finan. and Ace. 12: 285-296.

TRAVLOS, N.G. 1987. Corporate Takeover Bids, Methods of Payments and Bidding Firm Stock R e t u r n s . / Finan. 42: 943-963.

DiTRBlN,J., and G.S. WATSON. 1951. Testing for Serial Correlation in Least S q u a r e Regressions. Biometrica. 38: 159-178.

U T T O N , M. A. 1974 O n Measuring the Effects of

Industrial Mergers. Scot./ Ptl. Econ. 21: 13-28. (Received 18 October, 1990)

FAMA, E.F., L. Fisher, M.C.JENSEN and R. ROLL. 1969.

The Adjustments of Stock Prices to New Information. Int. Econ. Rev. 10: 1-21. FINANCIAL TIMES NEWSPAPERS. 1985 to 1988.

FIRTH, M. 1980. Takeovers Shareholder Returns and Theory of the Firm. QuarJ. Econs. 94: 235-260. FlSHMAN, M.J. 1986. Preemptive Bidding and the Role of Medium of E x c h a n g e in Acquisitions. Photocopy, Evanston 111: N o r t h Western University. FRANKS,J. R,,J. E. BROYLKS and M.J. HECHT. 1977.

Industry Study of the Profitability of Mergers in the United Kingdom. / Finan. 32: 1531-1525. FRANKS, [. R., R.H. HARRIS and C. MAYER. 1988. Means

of Payment in Takeovers: Results from the U.K. and the U.S. Nat. Bureau Econ. Res. p. 221-258. (Forthcoming). HANSEN, R.G., 1987. A Theory for the Choice of Exchange Medium in Mergers and Acquisitions./ Bus. 60: 75-95. JENSEN M., and R.S. RUBACK 1983. The Market for Corporate Control: The Scientific Evidence. / Finan. Econs. 11: 5-50. MALATESTA, P.H. 1983. Wealth Effect of Merger Activity and the Objective Functions of Merging Firms./ Finan. Econs. 11: 151-181. MANDELKER, G., 1974. Risk & Returns: the Case of Merging Firms. /. Finan. Econs. I: 305-335. MYERS, S. C , and N. MAJLUF J. 1984. C o r p o r a t e

Financing and Investment Decisions when Firms Have Information that Investors Do Not Have. / Finan. Econs. 1 1 : 1 5 5 - 1 8 1 . NEWBOULD, G.D. 1970.

Management and Merger

Activity. Liverpool: Guthstead. RAPPAPORT, A., 1978. Executive Incentives Versus Corporative Growth. Hav. Bus. Rev. July/August: 81 -88. SINGH, A. 1975. Takeovers Economic Natural Selection,

APPENDICES TABLE 1 (A) Daily average abnormal returns (AR) and cumulative abnormal returns for the sample of thirty bidders offering cash to their target shareholders, for the eleven days surrounding the initial announcement. Years 1985 through 1988 Event Day

-5

0.0694 0.3681 0.1003 0.3568 0.1129 -0.3699 0.4264 0.0720 0.2531 0.0584 0.1593

-4 —S

—2 -1

0 1 2 3 4 5 ;

AR

t-Score 0.380 2.018 0.549 1.964 0.618 -2.026 -2.336* 0.395 1.386 0.319 0.873

CAR 0.0694 0.4373 0.5377 0.8963 1.0092 0.6458 1.0722 1.1442 1.3973 1.4557 1.6150

Significantly different from zero at 5% level

TABLE 1 (B) Daily average abnormal returns (AR) and cumulative abnormal returns (CAR) for the sample of thirty bidders offering shares to their target shareholders, for the eleven days surrounding the initial announcement. Years 1985 through 1988 Event day

-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5

AR -0.0521 0.2651 0.1872 -0.0154 -0.3662 -0.8898 -0.4753 -0.1309 0.0663 0.2056 0.1384

t-Score -0.285 1.452 1.025 -0.084 -2.006 -4.874** -2.603* -0.717 0.363 1.126 0.758

CAR -0.0521 0.2130 0.4002 0.3848 0.0186 -0.8266 -1.3020 -1.4329 -1.3666 -1.1610 -1.0226

** Significantly different from zero at 1% level * Significantly different from zero at 5% level

PERTANIKA VOL. 14NO.1, 1991

99

SHAMSHER MOHAMAD AND ANNUAR MD. NASSIR

TABLE 1 (C) Daily average abnormal returns (AR) and cumulative abnormal returns ((^AR) for a sample of thirty bidders offering a combination of shares and cash to their target shareholders, for the eleven days surrounding the initial announcement. CAR

t-Score 0.2735 -0.1160 0.0503 0.0951 -0.0296 -0.8871 -0.0920 -0.1385 -0.2001 -0.1655 -0.0503

-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5

.498 -0.635 0.276 0.521 -0.162 -4.858** -0.504 -0.759 -1.096 -0.906 -0.276

0.2735 0.1575 0.2078 0.3029 0.2733 -0.6138 -0.7058 -0.8443 -1.0444 -1.2099

-1.2602

TABLE 2(B) Differences in the average abnormal returns (AR) between cash and combination bidders, for the eleven da* surrounding the initial announcement.

Event day -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5

Differences in AR

t-Score

-0.205 0.486 0.050 0.265 0.206 0.581 0.520 0.210 0.450 0.225 0.209

-0.870 1.740 0.210 0.990 0.871 2.390* 1.970 1.260 1.080 0.900 1.180

* Significantly different from zero at 5% level

** Significantly different from zero at 1% level TABLE 2 (A) Differences in average abnormal returns (AR) between cash and share bidders for the eleven days surrounding the initial announcement Event day -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5

Differences in AR

t-Score

0.121

0.600 0.360 -0.480 1.260 1.470 1.970 3.170** 1.010 0.770 -0.560

0.105 -0.087 0.380 0.480 0.519 0.910 0.203 0.184 -0.146 0.021

** Significantly different from zero at 1

100

0.110 level

TABLE 2 (C) Differences in the average abnormal returns (AR) between share and combination bidders, for the eleven chu surrounding the initial announcement.

Event day -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4

5

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

Differences in AR -0.326 0.381 0.137 -0.115 -0.272 0.061 -0.390 0.007 0.266 0.371 0.188

t-Scort -1.600 1.690 0.590 -0.440 -1.301 0.240 -1.362 0.040 1.481 1.720 1.050

PertanikaH(l), 101-109(1991)

Pembangunan Sistem Perladangan: Kearah Penggunaan Sumber Secara Optimum MOHD. GHAZALI MOHAYIDIN dan SARIPAH MOHD. NOR Jabatan Ekonomi Pertanian Fakulti Ekonomi dan Pengurusan Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPM, Serdang, Selangor DarulEhsan, Malaysia Istilah Penting: pembangunan sistem perladangan, pekebun kecil, pemprograman linear, sistem perladangan semasa, sistem perladangan optimum, kombinasi bidangusaha.

ABSTRAK Pendapatan rendahyangdiperolehi olehpekebun kecilialah kesan daripada masalah saiz kebunyangtidak ekonomik, penggunaan teknologi modenyangmasih rendah, perpindahan golongan belia ke bandar serta penggunaan sumber yangtidak optimal. Tujuan kajian ini ialah untuk menilai dan membandingkan Sistem Perladangan Semasa (SPS) dengan Sistem Perladangan Optimal (SPO) untuk pekebun-pekebun kecil di daerah-daerah Muar (Johor), Sepang (Selangor) danjerantut (Pahang). Kaedah pemprograman linear digunakan untuk mendapatkan SPO tertakluk kepadapemhataspengeluaran seperti tanah, buruh dan modal. Keputusanyangdiperoleh menunjukkan pendapatan bulanan pekebun-pekebun kecil dapat ditingkatkan daripada $ 193 kepada $1,287 di Muar, $523 kepada $2,404 di Sepangdan daripada $119kepada $543dijerantut. Kertas inijuga mengesanperubahan kepada SPOsekiranyasaiz tanah ditambah. ABSTRACT

The loiv income of smallholders is a result of an interplay of many problems such as uneconomic land holdings, low utilization of modern innovative technologies, outmigration of young peoplefrom this subsector and suboptimal lev of resource-use. The purpose of this study is to evaluate and compare current and optimum farming systems for smallholders in the districts of Muar (fohor), Sepang (Selangor) andjerantut (Pahang). Linear programming analys is used to obta in opti mu mfarming systems su bject to agricutural constraints su ch as land, labour and capital. The res indicate that the optimum farming system could raise the monthly income of the smallholders from $193 to $1,287 in Muar, $523 to $2,404 in Sepang and $119 to $543 in/erantut. The paper also traces the changes to optimum farming systems if the size of land is increased. PENGENALAN

Selepas Malaysia mencapai kemerdekaan, sistem pengurusan ladang yang diamalkan pada keseluruhannya mula berubah. Perubahan paling ketara terdapat pada sikap petani-petani sendiri. Ramai petani terpaksa menjalankan usaha mereka sebagai suatu jenis perusahaan atau perniagaan yangharus mendapatkan keuntungan dan tidak lagi sebagai sara hidup sahaja. Untuk menghadapi cabaran ini, konsep pembangunan sistem perladangan boleh digunakan sebagai suatu pendekatan untuk memenuhi keperluan bagi meninggikan produktiviti dan pendapatan, supaya mereka dapat terus bersaing dengan pengeluarpengeluarlain.

Sistem perladangan bukanlah suatu cara pertanian yang baru bagi petani-petani di Malaysia, malah ia telah diamalkan secara tradisional sejak dahulu lagi. Tetapi masalah yang terdapat dalam sistem tradisional ini, antara lain, ialah perancangan dan pengurusan yang kurang teratur, daya pengeluaran yang rendah dan pendapatan yang kecil. Di antara faktor-faktor yang menimbulkan masalah di atas dan dapat dikenal pasti oleh agensiagensi kerajaan ialah saiz kebun yang kurang ekonomik yang dimiliki dan diusahakan oleh para petani. Pilihan kombinasi bidang usaha yang dijalankan oleh pekebun kecil juga dapat mempengaruhi pendapatan mereka. Jika kombinasi yang

MOHD. GHAZALJ MOHAY1DIN DAN SAR1PAH MOHD. NOR

dipilih tidak bersesuaian dengan keadaan tanah atau input pertanian, segalausaha mungkin tidak dapat mencapai potensi yang diharapkan. Masalah jugaberlakukerana tiadanyapenilaian tentang kesesuaian sistem perladangan yang diusahakan dari segi kehendak pekebun kecil, perkembangan teknologidan perubahan keadaan ekonomi. Kelemahan yang wujud dalani sistem perladangan inijuga tidak dikenalpasti. Keadaan tersebut rnenyukarkan lagi usaha memajukan sektor pekebun kecil. Pembangunan sistem perladangan merupakan satu corak pengusahaan ladang yang unik, mengikut peraturan tertentu yang telah ditetapkan berasaskan kepada tiga faktor utama. Pertama, faktor fizikal dan biologi. Faktorfizikalmerangkumi pembolehubah-pembolehubah seperti saiz tanah, kualiti tanah, topografi, iklim, lokasi dan jarak. Manakala faktor biologi ialah dari segi fisiologi tanaman dan ternakan, penyakit dan sebagainya. Kedua, faktor dalaman yang dapat mempengaruhi corak sistem perladangan di sesuatu kawasan seperti saiz keluarga, tenaga buruh, pelajaran, kaedah p e n g u r u s a n , saiz ladang, k e m u d a h a n kredit dan tunai serta sikapdan matlamatpetani. Ketiga, faktor luaran seperti dasar kerajaan tentang harga, perniagaan, bank dan kredit, subsidi serta infrastruktur.

Objektifumum kajian ini ialah untukmengkaji serta menilai keberkesanan sistem perladangan yang ada sekarang. Secara khusus kajian ini akan menilai sistem perladangan semasa, mendapatkan sistem perladangan yang optimum, membandingkan sistem perladangan semasa dengan yang optimum dan menentukan pengaruh perubahan saiz tanah kepada kombinasi bidang usaha dalaifl sistem perladangan. METODOLOGI Kawasan dan Sampel Kajian Kajian ini dijalankan di tiga buah daerah, di JADUAL1 Keluasan tanaman mengikutjenisdi Muar, 1984 Jenis Tanaman Getah

Kelapa sawit Kelapa Koko Nenas Kopi Tanaman jangka pendek

Luas (Hektar) 90,081 30,177 10,487 2,834

2,263 398 412

Sumber: I^aporan Statistik Pertanian, Jabatan Pertanian Negeri Johor, 1984 102

Semenanjung Malaysia. Daerah tersebut ialah Muar diJohor, Sepang di Selangor danjerantut di Pahang. Ketiga-tiga daerah serta mukim-mukiro dibawahnyadipilih secara 'purposive' berdasarkan ciri-ciri yang sa-ma seperti sistem perladangan yang diamalkan sekarang, keadaan tanah dan persekitaran. Daerah Muar mempunyai keluasan 234,654 hektar. Daripadajumlah tersebut, 164,322 hektar ialah tanah pertanian. Penduduknya berjumlah seramai 333,168 orang dan keluarga tani terdil daripada 94,360 orang. Daerah Muar meng. andungi 18 buah mukim. Bag] kajian ini 4 buah mukim yang telah dipilih ialah Serom, Sungai Balang,TangkakdanJorak. Tanaman utamadisini ialah kelapa sawit, getah, koko, kelapa dan nenas (Jaduall). JADUAL 2 Keluasan tanaman mengikutjenisdi Sepang, 1984 Jenis Tanaman (ictah

Kelapa sawit Kelapa Kopi Koko Bnah-buahan Tanaman jangka pendek Sayuran

Luas (Hektar) 7,946 4,076 350 423 34 419 496 10

Sumber Laporanjabatan Pertanian Daerah Sepang, 1984

JADUAL3 Keluasan tanaman mengikutjenisdi Jerantut, 1984 (enis Tanaman Getah Kelapa sawit Kelapa Koko Buah-buahan Padi Sayuran Tanamanjangka pendek

Luas (Hektar) 50,692 23,633 364 6,580 1,092 272 25 567

Sumber: Laporanjabatan Pertanian Daerah, Jerantut. 1984

Daerah Sepang mempunyai keluasan 63,675 hektar dan mempunyai penduduknya seramai 46,025 orang. Keluarga taninya ialah seramai 4,104 orang. Daerah Sepang terdiri daripada 3 buah mukim iaitu Sepang, Salak atau Labu dan Dengkil Keluasan tanah pertaniannya ialah 31,914 hektar. Jadual 2 menunjukkan taburan jenis tanaman. Tanaman utamanya ialah getah, kelapa sawit, buah,

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

PEMBANGUNAN SISTEM PERLADANGAN: KEARAH PENGGUNAAN SUMBER SECARA OPTIMUM

buahan, kelapa dan tanaman jangka pendek seperti jagung, kacang tanah dan keledek. Luasdaerahjerantutialahlebihkurang 756,017 hektar, tetapi tanah yang sesuai untuk pertanian hanya 302,597 hektar. Kawasan yang diusahakan untuk pertanian sekarang ialah 83,266 hektar. Penduduknyaberjumlahserarnai 68,033 orang dan keluarga taninya seramai 4,863 orang. Daerah ini mempunyai 10 buah mukim. Kajian ini dijalankan di empat buah mukim ialah Pulau Tawar, Tembeling, Pedah dan Tebing Tinggi. Jenis tanaman yangditanam dijerantut adalah seperti dijadual 3. Tanaman utamanya ialah kelapa sawit, koko, buahbuahan, getah dan tanaman jangka pendek. Sampel untuk kajian ini dipilih dari senarai pekebun-pekebun kecil yang disediakan oleh pejabat RJSDA daerah. Sampel dipilih melalui kaedah persampelan rawak mudah.

penggunaan sumber-sumber pengeluaran (input) yang terhad supaya keuntungan dapat dimaksimumkan. Satu masalah yang dihadapi dalam kaedah ini ialah kesesuaiannya kepada tanaman jangka panjang seperti getah, kelapa sawit dan koko. Walau bagaimanapun masalah ini dapat diatasi dengan mendapatkan aliran tunai sepanjang hayat tanaman tersebut, mengira nilai kini tahunan aliran pendapatan dan perbelanjaan seterusnya mengira nilai kini pendapatan bersih tahunan. Dengan berbuat demikian, perbezaan-perbezaan yang timbul akibat daripadajangka hayat bidang-bidang usaha yang berlainan akan dapat dikurangkan. Untuk kajian ini model pemprograman linear ialah seperti berikut: objektif ialah untuk memaksimumkan: Z = ICjXj

Jenis dan Bentuk Data

Jenis data yang dikumpulkan dalam kajian ini ialah data primer dan data sekunder. Data primer dikumpulkan melalui borang soal selidik yang diisi oleh pembanci semada menemuduga para pekebun kecil di kawasan kajian. Data primer yang dikumpul adalah berkaitan dengan perbelanjaan keluarga, komposisi dan saiz isirumahjantina, umur, pekerjaan utama dan taraf pelajaran. Maklumat perladangan seperti saiz ladang, hakmilik, kegunaan tanah, kemudahan pertanian, pengangkutan, perhubungan, jenis bidangusaha, input digunakan, output dikeluarkan, pendapatan ladang dan bukan ladang, pemasaran, kredit dan kewangan juga dikutip. Antara lain, data-data ini akan digunakan untuk membentuk belanjawan tanaman dan ternakan dan seterusnya menjadi input kepada model pemprograman linear (LP). Data sekunder pula dikumpul dan diperoleh daripada pelbagai agensi kerajaan seperti Jabatan Perangkaan Malaysia dan pejabat-pejabat pertanian. Data sekunder yang dikumpul ialah taburan jenis tanaman, penggunaan tanah, iklim, taburan hujan, bilangan pekebun kecil sebenar di kawasan kajian, jumlah penggunaan modal (agihan perbelanjaan) dan buruh bagi setiap tanaman dan ternakan serta jumlah hasil. AnalisisData

Bagi data-data yang telah dikumpulkan, kaedah analisis diskriptif dan pemprograman linear (LP) digunakan. I ,P digunakan bagi mendapn ikan sistem perladangan yang optimum. Dalam kajian ini, LP digunakan sebagai suatu teknik merancang

tertakluk kepada pembatas-pembatas: Ay Xj < bj dan X| > 0 j=

di mana: C. = Vektor baris margin kasar sehektar bidang usaha j , X = Vektor lajur bidangusaha j , A.. = Metrik pekali input-output sumber i U satu unit bidangusaha j , b. = Vektor lajur pembatas-pembatas sumber, i - 1,2, ...,m. (Bilangan input digunakan), j = 1, 2, ..., n. (Bilangan bidang usaha dicadangkan). PENEMUAN KAJIAN Sistem Perladangan Semasa (SPS)

Seramai 125 pekebun kecil dari daerah Muar, 99 dari Sepang dan 82 darijeran tut ditemuduga untuk kajian ini. Lebih daripada 70 peratus pekebun kecil berumur melebihi 41 tahun. Purata umur pekebun-pekebun kecil ialah 45 tahun di Muar, 48 tahun di Sepang dan 54 tahun dijerantut. Selain daripada usia yang agak lanjut, hampir semua pekebun kecil mendapat pendidikan setakat sekolah rendah sahaja. Dari segi pekerjaan, kajian ini mendapati ada sebilangan pekebun kecil yang berkebun secara sambilan. Di Sepang, seramai 32.3 peratus yang ditemuduga mempunyai pekerjaan utama selain

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO. 1, 1991

103

MOHD. GHAZAI.I MOHAYIDIN DAN SARIPAH MOHD. NOR

JADUAL4 Peratus bilangan pekebun kecil dan purata pendapatan tahunan mengikut jenis sistem perladangan yang diusahakan oleh pekebun-pekebun kecil SEPANG

MUAR JENIS SISTEM PERLADANGAN

1. 2. 3. 4.

Tanaman saka sahaja Tanaman jangkapendek sahaja Ternakan sahaja Tanaman saka dan jangka pendek sahaja 5. Tanaman saka dan ternakan sahaja 6. Tanaman jangka pendek dan ternakan sahaja 7. Tanaman saka, jangka ptMidek dan ternakan

Purata Bilangan Pdptn/ P/kecil Tahun ($) (%)

Bilangan P/kecil (%)

Purata Pdptn/ Tahun ($)

JERANTUT Bilangan P/kecil (%)

Purata Pdptn/ Tahun ($)

34.5 2.7 8.0 8.0

2,096.40 249.60 104.40 1,794.00

39.4

6,844.80

3.7

1,276.80

2.0

3,835.20

1.2 4.9

0 4,466.40

39.8

3,735.60

54.5

6,798.00

42.0

1,461.60

1.8

138.00

5.3

2,775.60

4,800.00

48.2

1,1160.40



4.1

Nota: P/kecil = Pekebun kecil Pdptn • Pendapatan ketujuh-tujuh jenis sistem perladangan di atas diusahakan.

daripada berkebun. Di Muar angkanya ialah 22.4 peratus, manakaladijerantut 12.3 peratus. Ketigatiga faktor di atas dijangka m e m p e n g a r u h i k e c e k a p a n p e n g u r u s a n s u m b e r - s u m b e r dan seterusnya prestasi sistem perladangan mereka. Jadual 4 menunjukkan SPS yang diamalkan oleh pekebun-pekebun kecil di daerah kajian. Kombinasi tanaman saka dan ternakan ialah sistem perladangan yang paling popular terutama di daerah Muar (39.8 peratus) dan Sepang (54.5 peratus), Pendapatan tahunan yang diperoleh daripada sistem perladangan jenis ini ialah $3,735.60 di Muar dan $6,798.00 di Sepang. Manakala di Jerantut, sistem ini ialah sistem yang kedua paling popular di mana seramai 42.0 peratus pekebun kecil mengamalkannya dengan pendapatan tahunan sebanyak $1,461.60. Di daerah ini, sistem perladangan yang utama ialah kombinasi tanaman saka, tanaman jangka pendek dan ternakan iaitu sebanyak 48.2 peratus dan pendapatan tahunannya hanya $1,160.40 Di Muar dan Sepang, jenis sistem perladangan kedua terbanyak yang diusahakan oleh pekebunpekebun kecil ialah tanaman saka sahaja (34.5 peratus di Muar dan 39.4 peratus di Sepang) dengan pendapatan tahunannya sebanyak $2,096.40 di Muar dan $6,844.80 di Sepang.

Tiga kumpulan pembatas utama dalam kajian ini ialah tanah, buruh dan modal. Tanah merupakan suatu faktor yang terpenting kerana ia menentukan di mana sesuatu sistem perladangar boleh dijalankan. Untuk SPO keluasan purata semasa telah dipilih sebagai pembatas iaitu 1.25 hektar di Muar, 5.74 hektar di Sepang dan 23 hektar di Jerantut. Tiada tanah diperuntukan untuk ternakan kerana diandaikan bahawa sistem yang sesuai ialah pemeliharaan ternakan di bawah tanam-tanaman jangka panjang atau di sekitai rumah. Oleh itu saiz tanah untuk tanam-tanaman tidak terjejas.

Sistem perladangan yang paling kurang diamalkan oleh pekebun-pekebun kecil di Sepang dan Jerantut ialah kombinasi tanaman jangka pendek bersama ternakan, tanaman jangka pendek, dan ternakan sahaja. Manakala di Muar

Modal penting untuk membiayai segala kegiatan yang berkaitan dengan bidangusaha. Puna modal dapat diperoleh melalui wang simpanar; sendiri, pinjaman atau bantuan dari kerajaan Pembatas modal untuk model pemprogramar

104

Sistem Perladangan Optimum (SPO) P e m p r o g r a m a n linear d i g u n a k a n untuk mendapatkan SPO. Untuk kajian ini, hanya bidang usaha bidangusaha yang sesuai berdasarkan ikliqj tanah dan pengetahuan petani bagi mengendalikannya sahaja yang dipilih untuk dianalisis Bidangusaha tersebut ialah tanaman getah, kelapa sawit, koko, buah-buahan, sayuran, tanamanjangka pendek seperti jagung, kacang tanah dan cili serta ternakan kambing, biri-biri, lembu daging dan ayam daging.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1,1991

PEMBANGUNAN SISTEM PERLADANGAN: KEARAH PENGGUNAAN SUMBER SECARA OPTIMUM

JAD UAL 5 Matrik asas bagi sistem perladangan di Muar XI

Pendapatan Tanah Modal Buruh

1800 1 431 75

X2

X3

2100 1 431 32

2100 1 311 88

X4

X5

X6

X7

X8

680 5800 1 1 291 1495 32 163

5944 1 1490 164

109 0 84 9

2198 0 1629 12

X9

25 0 20 0.3

b

1.25 8000 750

JADUAL6 Matrik asas bagi sistem perladangan di Sepang XI

Pendapatan Tanah Modal Buruh

1709 1 432 74

X8

X3

2201 1 432 31

1963 1 311 88

X5

X6

X7

1114 10800 1 1 355 2680 14 20

5944 1 1495 162

109 0 84

X4

X8

2198 0 1630 8 12

X9

25 0 19 0.3

b

5.74 6500 1200

JADUAL7 Matrik asas bagi sistem perladangan dijerantut

Pendapatan Tanah Modal Buruh

XI

X2

X3

X4

X6

X7

X8

1020 | 346 99

1457 1 588 49

961 1 395 94

1114 1 355 14

1100 1 954 77

110 0 84 9

2198 0 1629 12

Nota: XI =Tanaman X2 = Tanaman X3 = Tanaman X4 = Tanaman X5 = Tanaman

getah kelapa sawit koko buah-buahan sayuran

X9

25 0 20 0.3

2.70 3500 550

X6 = Tanaman jangka pendek X7 = Ternakan biri-biri dan kambing X8 = Ternakan lembu daging X9 = Ternakan ayam daging b. = Jumlah tertinggi sumber i.

linear ini dikira berasaskan keupayaan pekebunpekebun kecil mendapatkan modal untuk menjalankan setiap bidangusaha di ladang mereka. Selain wang simpanan dan bantuan, pinjaman ialah satu punca yang penting bagi pekebun-pekebun kecil mendapatkan modal. Lazimnya institusiinstitusi kewangan memerlukan cagaran. Tanah ialah aset yang sering digunakan sebagai cagaran ter-sebut. Daripada ketiga-tiga punca di atas, jumlah purata modal yang terdaya dikumpulkan oleh pekebun kecil ialah $8,000 di Muar, $6,500 di Sepang dan $3,500 di Jerantut. Pembatas ketiga ialah buruh. Walaupun teknologimoden rnemperkenalkan penggunaanjentera dan mesin, tetapi buruh masih memainkan peranan yang penting dalam sistem perladangan. Di samping kos pengurusan yang lebih rendah terutama kepada pekebun kecil, ia juga dapat menjimatkan penggunaan modal yang tinggi ber-

banding dengan penggunaanjentera. Terdapatduajenis buruh, iaitu buruh keluarga dan buruh upahan. Jumlah buruh dari kedua-dua jenis bagi setiap daerah kajian ialah 750 hari di Muar, 1,200 hari di Sepang dan 550 hari dijerantut. Selain andaian-andaian yang berkaitan dengan model pemprograman linear, pekebunpekebun kecil diandaikan beroperasi di bawah pasaran sempurna. Keadaan ini tidak mempengaruhi harga barangan pertanian yang dikeluarkan. Jadi pekebun kecil boleh mengeluarkan seberapa banyak kuantiti tanpa menjejaskan harga. Kuantiti dihadkan oleh sumber yang dapat diperoleh oleh pekebun-pekebun kecil berkenaan. Data-data yang telah dikumpul, diolah dan diubahsuai ke dalam bentuk matrik asas seperti dalam Jadual 5, 6 dan 7. Keputusan daripada analisis pemprograman linear merupakan kemungkinan mendapatkan suatu sistem perladangan yang optimum iaitu yang

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

105

MOHD. GHAZALI MOHAYIDIN DAN SARIPAH MOHD. NOR

memaksimumkan pendapatan (atau jumlah margin kasar). SPO di kawasan kajian adalah seperti di Jadual 8. Bagi seorang pekebun keci! di daerah JADUAL8 Si:;tem perladangan vang optimum (dalam hektar atau ekor). Bidang usaha

Muar

Sepang

Jerantul

Purata luas tanah (Hektar)

1.25

5.74

2.70

Koko Kelapa sawit Sayuran Tanaman jangka pendek 1.25 Kambing dan biri-biri 60 Lembudaging 1

3.75 1.99 —

Anggaran pendapatan Setahun ($) 15,444

28,855

2.70 — 1

6,514

Muar, SPOnya ialah kombinasi tiga bidangusah iaitu tanaman jangka pendek seluas 1.25 hekd ternakan kambing dan biri-hiri scbanyak 60 e j serta seekor lembu daging. Pendapatan dari sistd ini ialah $15,444 setahun.

Di Sepang kombinasi bidang usaha yang sesua dan optimum ialah sayuran 1.99 hektar dan kofo 3.75 hektar. Sistem ini memberi pendapatan yang paling tinggi, iaitu sebanyak $28,855 setahun.

Manakala di Jerantut pula kombinasi bidang usaha yang optimum ialah 2.7 hektar kelapa sawii dan menternak seekor lembu. Ini menghasilkan pendapatan sebanyak $6,514 setahun.

Kesan Penambahan Luas Tanah Bahagian ini bertujuan melihat kesan kepada SPO dari segi kombinasi bidangusaha dan pendapatan akibatdari penambahan saiz tanah. Untuk tujuan ini, keluasan tanah diubahsuai kepada 3, 5, 10,15

JADUAL9 Ringkasan kombinasi bidangusaha optimum bila keluasan tanah ditambah Kombinasi bidangusaha optimum

Keluasan tanah yang dicadangkan 3

Pendapatan 5

Pendapatan 10

Pendapatan 15

Pendapatan 20

Pendapatan 106

Muar

Sepang

Jerantut

Tanaman jangka pendek (3.00), kambing dan biri-biri (28 ekor), lembudaging (seekor)

Savuran (2.34), koko (0.65)

Kelapa sawit (3.00) lembudaging (seekor)

$22,430

$26,655

$6,713

Tanaman jangka pendek (4.40), kelapa sawit (0.59), lembu daging (seekor)

Sayuran

(2i)9) (5.00), Koko (8.57)

Kelapa sawit lembu daging (seekor)

$28,951

S28,261

$8,040

Kelapa sawit (6.75), tanaman jangka pendek (3.24), lembu daging (seekor)

Savuran (1.43), Koko (8.57)

Buah-buahan (9.86)

$33,796

$32,275

$10,983

Kelapa sawit (12.32), tanaman jangkapendek (1.58), koko (1.11)

Sayuran (0.71), koko (13.03)

Buah-buahan (9.86)

$37,555

$36,021

$10,983

Kelapa sawit (16.83), koko (2.43) (7.00)

Koko (11.17), Kelapa sawit

Buah-buahan (9.86)

$40,385

$37,344

$10,983

PERTANIKAVOL. 14 NO. 1,1991

PEMBANGUNAN SISTEM PER1ADANGAN: KEARAH PENGGUNAAN SUMBER SECARA OPTIMUM

dan20hektar. Hanya keluasan tanah atau ladang diubah tetapi faktor modal dan buruh ditetapkan. Keputusan yang diperoleh ialah seperti berikut. a) Muar Untuk keluasan tanah 3 hektar, kombinasi bidangusaha yang optimum ialah tanamanjangka pendek, ternakan kambing dan biri-biri sebanyak 28 ekor serta seekor lembu daging dan ia menghasilkan pendapatan sebanyak $22,430 setahun (Jadual9). Apabila keluasan ditambah kepada 5 hektar, keluasan bagi tanamanjangka pendek meningkat kepada 4.40 hektar, kelapa sawit seluas 0.59 hektar vangdisertai dengan ternakan lembu daging. Ini membolehkan pendapatan meningkat kepada $28,951 setahun. Untuk keluasan 10 hektar, keluasan tanaman kelapa sawit terus meningkat kepada 6.75 hektar tetapi tanaman jangka pendek berkurangan kepada 3.24 hektar kerana tanaman jangka pendek memerlukan buruh yang lebih berbanding dengan kelapa sawit. Kombinasi ini menghasilkan pendapatan $33,796 setahun. Kombinasi bidangusaha telah bertambah untuk keluasan tanah 15 hektar, iaitu kelapa sawit sebanyak 12.32 hektar, tanaman jangka pendek 1.58 hektar serta koko 1.11 hektar. Kombinasi berkenaan mampu menghasilkan pendapatan sebanyak $37,554 setahun. Untuk keluasan maksimum 20 hektar, hanya koko dan kelapa sawit sahaja merupakan kombinasi bidangusaha yang optimum dan ia menghasilkan pendapatan sebanyak $40,384 setahun. b) Sepang Jadual 9 juga menunjukkan perubahan kepada SPO apabila saiz tanah diubah di Sepang. Untuk keluasan tanah sebanyak 3 hektar kombinasi bidang usahayang optimum ialah 0.65 hektar untuk koko dan 2.34 hektar untuk sayur-sayuran. Kombinasi ini menghasilkan pendapatan sebanyak $26,655 setahun. Apabila keluasan terus ditambah kepada 5, 10, 15 dan 20 hektar, keluasan tanaman koko terus meningkat iaitu dari 2.91, 8.57, 13.03 tetapi kemudian berkurangan kepada 11.17 hektar. Sementara itu keluasan sayur-sayuran terus berkurangan sehingga 0.71 hektar di keluasan 15 hektar dan ianya terkeluar dari sistem apabila saiz tanah meningkat kepada 20 hektar. Keadaan ini berlaku kerana untuk menghasilkan pendapatan maksimum, tanaman sayuran memerlukan modal dan buruh yang lebih banyak berbanding dengan tanaman koko. Untuk keluasan 20 hektar, kombinasi

bidangusaha yang optimum ialah 11.17 hektar koko dan 7.00 hektar kelapa sawit. Sistem ini menghasilkan pendapatan sebanyak $37,343 setahun. c)Jerantut Jadual 9 juga menunjukkan kesan perubahan SPO di Jerantut. Kombinasi bidangusaha kelapa sawit bersama ternakan lembu daging dapat menghasilkan pendapatan $6,713 setahun bagi ladang seluas 3 hektar. Apabila keluasan ditambah kepada 5 hektar, kombinasi yang sama diperoleh iaitu kelapa sawit dan ternakan lembu daging. Pendapatan maksimumnya ialah sebanyak $8,040 setahun. Tetapi bagi keluasan 10, 15 dan 20 hektar hanya bidangusaha buah-buahan yang optimum diusahakan. Keluasan bidangusaha tidak berubah lagi selepas 10 hektar. Ini bermakna modal dan buruh yang terdapat di daerahjerantut hanya sesuai bagi keluasan 10 hektar sebagai keluasan maksimum. Pada tahap ini keluasan tanaman buahbuahan yang optimum ialah 9.86 hektar dan pendapatan ialah $10,983 setahun. PERBINCANGAN DAN KESlMPULAN JikaSPS masihdijalankan, hanya pekebun-pekebun kecil di Sepang sahaja memperoleh pendapatan melebihi paras pendapatan isirumah miskin (diandaikan sebanyak $385 sebulan). Manakala pekebun kecil di Muar dan Jerantut berada di bawah paras berkenaan. Keadaan ini berlaku kerana majoriti pekebun kecil merupakan golongan tua (lebih daripada 60 peratus bagi ketiga-tiga daerah kajian berada di dalam lingkungan umur 41 hingga 70 tahun). Oleh itu tenaga buruh yang digunakan adalah kurang produktif dan kurang berpengetahuan kerana ramai di antara mereka tidak pernah bersekolah. Tambahan pula mereka tinggal di luar bandar (84.0,92.9 dan 100.0 peratus masing-masing bagi daerah Muar, Sepang dan Jerantut). Keadaan ini serba sedikit menyukarkan pemasaran hasil keluaran pertanian dan penerimaan idea baru dalam bidang teknologi pertanian yang disebarkan oleh agen-agen pengembangan. Melalui SPO, pendapatan para pekebun kecil dapat ditingkatkan beberapa kali, iaitu dengan menggunakan semua input pertanian yang sedia ada seperti modal, buruh dan tanah. Apabila pendapatan dapat ditingkatkan, taraf hidup pekebun kecil akan dapat diperbaharui dan seterusnya kemiskinan dapat dikurangkan.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

107

MOHD. GHAZALI MOHAYIDIN DAN1 SARIPAH MOHD. NOR

Di Muar, kombinasi yang optimum ialah tanaman jangka pendek bersama ternakan kambing, biri-biri dan lembu daging. Pendapatan dapat ditingkatkan daripada $ 193 kepada $ 1,287 sebulan (Jadual 10). Di Sepang, tanaman koko dan sayuran menghasilkan peningkatan pendapatan daripada $523 kepada $2,404 sebulan. Manakala dijerantut pula tanaman kelapa sawit bersama ternakan lembu daging dapat menambah pendapatan daripada $ 119 kepada $543 sebulan. Perbandingan kombinasi bidangusaha SPS dan SPO dapat diringkaskan seperti Jadual 11. Pekebun-pekebun kecil yang telah mengusahakan bidang usaha seperti dalam SPO ialah sebanyak 12.5 peratus di Muar, manakala di Sepang dan Jerantut melebihi 40 peratus. Ini bermakna jika pekebun-pekebun kecil di ketiga-tiga daerah, mengusahakan kombinasi bidangusaha seperti dalam SPO maka seramai 87.5 peratus petani di JADUAL 10 Perbandingan purata pendapatan setahun/bulan bagi sistem perladangan semasa dan sistem perladangan optimum Pendapatan

Muar

Jerantut

Sepang

Setahun ($)

2,316

6,270

1,432

Sebulan ($)

193

523

119

Setahun ($)

15,444

28,855

6,514

Sebulan ($)

1,287

2,404

543

Perubahan (kaliganda. 6.67 antaraSPSdanSPO)

4.60

4.56

SPS

SPO

Nota: SPS - Sistem perladangan semasa, pendapatan ialah purata dari semua jenis sistem SPO- Peratusperbandinganbidangusahaantara sistem perladangan semasa dan yang optimum JADUAL 11 Peratus perbandingan bidangusaha antara sistem perladangan semasa dan yang optimum Bidangusaha Tanaman jangka pendek Tanaman jangka pendek dan ternakan Ternakan Tanaman jangka pendek dan saka Tanaman saka Tanaman saka dan ternakan

Jumlah 108

Muar

Sepang

Jerantut

2.7

_

1.8 8.0

_

0 1.2

_ _

2.0 39.4

_ 3.7

-

-

42.0

12.5

41.4

46.9

Muar, 58.6 peratus petani di Sepang dan 53.1 peratus petani dijerantut perlu mengubah corak sistem perladangan mereka bagi memastikan pendapatan yang mereka peroleh berada di atas garis kerrriskinan. Terdapat dua faktor yang membolehkan peningkatan pendapatan pekebun-pekebun kecil di-! lakukan. Pertama, adanya "slack" iaitu sumbersumber seperti buruh dan modal yang tidak digunakan sepenuhnya di dalam SPS. Dengan menggunakan sunber-sumber ini secara optimum pendapatan dapat ditingkatkan. Kedua, di dalam SPS, sumber-sumber buruh, modal dan tanah tidakdiagihkan dengan cekap. Pengagihan semula sumber-sumber tersebut dalam mengeluarkan hasil pertanian yang lebih sesuai akan dapat meningkatkan pendapatan. Terdapat persamaan dalam kombinasi bidang usaha di antara SPS dengan kombinasi bidang usaha SPO apabila keluasan tanah ditambah. Kombinasi bidangusaha yang popular di Muar ialah tanamanjangka pendek, tanaman saka (kelapa sawit dan koko) dan ternakan (kambing, biri-biri dan lembu daging). Kombinasi ini bertepatan dengan SPS yang diusahakan oleh pekebun kecii. Walau bagaimanapun keluasan tiap-tiap bidang usaha berbeza-beza. Bidangusaha di Sepang ialah tanamanjangka pendek (sayuran), tanaman saka (koko dan kelapa sawit). Tanaman saka (kelapa sawit, buah-buahan) dan ternakan (lembu daging) merupakan bidangusaha yang popular dijerantut. Sebagai kesimpulan, kajian dan penyelidikan yang terperinci mestilah terlebih dahulu dilakukan ke atas kesesuaian tanah apabila sesuatu sistem perladangan diperkenalkan, Ini penting supaya bidangusaha-bidangusaha tersebut benar-benar memberikan pulangan yang diharapkan dan dapat memenuhi keperluan pengguna dan pasaran tempatan. Untuk melaksanakan SPO (kecekapan menggunakan input-input pertanian sepenuhnya) kerjasama diperlukan daripada perlbagai disiplin atau pihak kerana pembangunan sistem perladangan merupakan campuran pelbagai kegiatan daripada pelbagai disiplin seperti agronomi, penternakan, kejuruteraan, ekonomi pertanian, sosio logi luar bandar dan Iain-lain. Kerajaan dan sektor swasta haruslah memberi perhatian yang khusus kepada para pekebun kecil terhadap keperluan perkhidmatan sokongan seperti pemasaran, bantuan kredit (pinjaman) dan bekalan input-input pertanian di samping pemberian bantuan yang sedia ada.

PERTANIKAVOL 14 NO. 1,1991

PEMBANGUNAN SISTEM PERLADANGAN: KEARAH PENGGUNAAN SUMBER SECARA OPTIMUM

Memandangkan pekebun kecil mempunyai keluasan tanah yang agak kecil maka pilihan kombinasi bidang usaha yang tepat amatlah perlu untuk m e m a k s i m u m k a n p u l a n g a n serta m e n gurangkan pembaziran akibat penggunaan sumbersumber yang terhad. RUJUKAN BENEKA, RAYMOND and RONALD WINTERBOER. 1973.

Linear Programming Applications to Agriculture. Ames: Iowa State University Press. DEMETERIO, JINDRA LINDA. 1987.

The Philippines

Experience in Farming System Research Development, Farm Management Notes for Asia and the Far East, No. 10, Bangkok: Food and Agriculture Organization.

Farm in Cameron Highlands. Masters Thesis, Universiti Malaya, Kuala Lumpur. IAPORAN EKO^OMI MALAYSIA. 1986/87. Kementerian

Kewangan, Kuala Lumpur. MOHD. GHA7ALI MOHAYIDIN. 1987. Farming System Options in Northern Terengganu, Farm Management Notes, No. 10, Bangkok: Food and Agiculture Organization. WAN MOHAMED WAN EMBONG DAN CHEE YAN KUAN.

1976. Maximizing Returns in Immature Rubber Smallholdings, Proceedings of the RJRJM Planters Conference. 34.

EDDIE F.C. CHIEW. 1976. Application of Linear Programming in Farm Planning at a Vegetable

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

(DitenmalSOgos, 1988)

109

Pertanikal4(l),lll-118(1991)

Kajian Keberkesanan Projek Pembangunan Estet Padi di Kelantan M O H D GHAZALI MOHAYIDIN WAN AZAHARI WAN HARUN Jabatan Ekonomi Pertanian Fakulti Ekonomi dan Pengurusan Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPM, Serdang, SelangorDarulEhsan, Malaysia. Kata Petunjuk: Estet padi, sebelum dan selepas projek, analisis faktor, inovasi baru, pendapatan, tanggapan. ABSTRAK Salah satu strategi yang telah diamalkan oleh kerajaan bag, meningkatkan produktiviti dan pendapatan petani ialah melaluipenanaman padi secara komersialdan besar-besaran (ala estet). Kajian ini bertujuan meninjau dan menilai keberkesanan perlaksanaan strategi berkenaan bagi Projek Perintis KADA II. Data-data primeryang digunakan diperolehi melalui temuduga dengan para peserta projek. Kaedah analisis faktor telah digunakan untuk menilai keberkesanan projek dalam mencapai objektif-objektifnya. Walaupun projek berkenaan belum dapat mencapai mat la mat asnlnya, para petani merasakan projek tersebut berkesan dari segi menambahkan pendapatan dan berupaya menyedarkanpetani supaya menggunakan inovasi-inovasi baru dalam kegiatanpertanian mereka. ABSTRACT One ofthe strategies adopted by the government to increase productivity and subsequently farmers 'income is to encourage the commercial cultivation of paddy on a relatively large area (estate-type). This study investigates and evaluates the effectiveness of this strategy in the KADA II Pilot Project. The primary data used in this study was collected by interviewing the project participants. Factor analysis was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the project in meeting its objectives. Though the project has not achieved its initial targets, thefarmers are of the opinion that the project has been effective in raising their income and in creating an awareness among them to use new innovations in their farming activities. PENGENALAN

Walaupun penanaman padi merupakan sektor terpenting dari segi keluasan tanaman dan penggunaan tenaga kerja, sektor ini menghadapi pelbagai masalah seperti saiz sawah yang tidak ekonomikdan produktiviti yang rendah. Dalam tempoh 1960-1974 pengeluaran padi didapati telah meningkat setiap tahun, tetapi semenjak tahun 1975 pengeluarannya telah menurun. Fenomena ini mungkin berpunca daripada kurangnya minat masyarakat terhadap sektor tradisional, yang secara umumnya dianggap sebagai scktoryang memberi pulangan yang rendah. Hal inidapatdilihatdenganbertambahnyatanah sawah terbiardi seluruh negara. Bagi mencapai matlamat pembangunan sektor pertanian amnya dan sektor perusahaan padi khususnya, maka kerajaan telah nielancarkan program pembangunan berdasarkan kepada konsep pembangunan kawasan pertanian yang disatukan di bawah Rancangan Pembangunan

Pertanian Bersepadu (IADP). Objektif umum kajian ini ialah untuk meninjau dan menilai keberkesanan strategi pembangunan pertanian bagi sektor padi di bawah Rancangan Pembangunan Pertanian Bersepadu. Matlamat utama perlaksanaan projek pembangunan di bawah IADP ialah untuk menggalakkan petani menanam secara komersial bagi meningkatkan peratus kecukupan beras negara dalam strategi pembangunan pertanian yang berorientasikan gantian import. Oleh sebab perlaksanaan IADP melibatkan banyak kawasan, kemungkinan perlaksanaannya hanya berkesan di sesetengah tempat dan tidak di tempat yang lain; terutamadari segi penerimaan petani, peningkatan hasil dan kos pembangunan yang terpaksa dibelanjakan. Oleh itu kajian ini akan cuba mengenal pasti masalah-masalah yang timbul akibat perlaksanaan projek berkenaan dan seterusnya mengemukakan cadangan bagi mengatasi masalah tersebut.

M O H D . GHAZALI MOHAYIDIN DAN WAN AZAHARI WAN H A R U N

METODOLOGI Kajian ini dijalankan ke atas petani-petani yang menyertai projek perintis Program IADP bagi kawasan Lembaga Kemajuan Pertanian Kemubu (KADA). Seramai 80orang responden telah dipilih dari kalangan 656 pescrtaestetpadi yang berdaftar dengan KADA dan menjadi ahli Pertubuhan Peladang Kawasan. Responden berkenaan dipilih dengan menggunakan kaedah persampelan rawak mudah. Untukmendapatkan data dan maklumat yang diperlukan, satu soal selidik telah dibentuk merangkumibutir-butirtentangsosioekonomi,perbezaan hasil dan pendapatan sebelum dan selepas menvertai projek, sumbangan pendapatan luar ladang, pandangan dan sikap petani terhadap projek yang diiaksanakan serta maklumatmak 1 umat lain yang berkaitan. Pengumpulan data dilakukan melalui temuduga. Analisis faktor digunakan bagi menentukan wujudnyakorelasi faktor mengenai pandangan dan tanggapan petani tentang keberkesanan projek pembangunan pertanian berkenaan. Walaupun terdapat beberapa teknik analisis yang boleh digunakan, analisis faktor didapati paling sesuai bagi mendapatkan satu set angkubah di kalangan angkubah-angkubah yang mempunyaikorelasi yang linggidi antara satu sama lain. Dalamkeadaan ini, analisisregresi tidakberupayamemberikeputusan yang tepat (Kim dan Mueller 1978). Selain dari disiplin-disiplinsosiologidanantropologi (Forslund 1980), politik (Kim, Nie dan Verba 1977) dan pendidikan (Verlicer 1975), teknik analisis faktor juga telah digunakan dengan berkesan dalam bidang ekonomi dan pengurusan termasuk pemasaran (Stewart 1981;Kenneth 1983). Model asas analisis faktor ialah seperti berikut: Z = a.. F. + a,, F(, + ... a. F + d.U., j = l,2,..,n di Z F. U a..

mana = angkubahj dalam bentuk terpiawai; = faktor hipotesis, i = 1,2,..., m; = faktor unik untukangkubahj; = koefisien regresi berganda piawai untuk angkubahj atas faktor i; dan d = koefisien regresi terpiawai untuk angkubahj atas j faktor unik, j . Korelasi di antara angkubah yang menjadi hipotesis ialah seperti berikut: r(R, U.) = 0; i = 1, 2, ...n; j = 1,2, .,., n; dan i =j r(U.,U k )=0;j=k 112

Antara angkubah-angkubah yang dijangka dapatj menentukan keberkesanan projek estet padi bagi kajian ini ialah peningkatan kepada taraf hidupl petani, peningkatan kepada tahap pengeluaran, penambahan kepada peluang pekerjaan, pe.| nerimaan teknologi baru, penggunaan input perJ tanian yang baru, peningkatan kepada aktivitij pengembangan dan latihan, peningkatan kepada aktiviti pemasaran, dan peningkatan kepada kecekapan sistem pengeluaran. Angkubahangkubah ini dipilih berdasarkan matlamat serta objektif projek tersebut. Teknikanalisisfaktordidapati boleh meringkaskan pengaruh angktibah-angkubah hingga kepada satu set komponen atau faktor yang lebih kecil. Ia juga dapat digunakan bagi mengenalpasti dimensi berasingan bagi angkubah yang diukur, dengan menentukan faktor bebanan bagi setiap angkubah untuk setiap faktor. Keadaan ini membolehkJ angkubah-angkubah pentingdikenal pasti berdasarkan dimensi yang ditentukan. Kriteria 'varimax' putaran 'ortogonal' digunakan untuk memudahkan pengenalpastian faktordan ia telah diterima umum sebagai satu teknikj yang baik dalam menganalisis putaran orthoga

PENERIMAAN PETANI TERHADAP PROJEK PRINTIS KADA II

Perlaksanaan Projek Perintis KADA II me 1 ibatkan kegiatan-kegiatan seperti merata tanah, membuat jalan ladang, menyediakan perparitan, menyusun semulalot tanah dan membahagikan semula lot-lot tersebut. Wa 1 aupun perbelanjaan serta peralatan ditanggungoleh pihak KADA, persetujuan daripada tuan tanah diperlukan terlebih dahulu. Untuk memberi kefahaman, seterusnya memperoleh persetujuan dan tandatangan pemilik, pihak KADA mengadakan lawatan, perjumpaan dan penerangan kepada petani-petani yang terlibat. Ia bukanlah tugas yang mudah kerana pemikiran petani agak konservatifdisebabkan usiayang lanjutdan tahap pendidikan mereka yang rendah. Setelah dialog di 1 akukan beberapa kali, barulah projek berkenaan dapatdijalankan. Sebanyak 96.2% petani bersetuju dengan ketetapan yang melibatkan kegiatan kegiatan merata tanah, pembinaan jalan ladang. sistem perparitan dan penyusunan semula lot tanah Bilangan yang tidak bersetuju dengan ketetapan tersebut hanya 3.8%. Mengenai pembahagiar semulalottanah,hanya91.2% petani memberikan Untuk perbincangan terperinci, rujuk kepada Jae-On (1975) dan Jae-On Kim dan Charles W. Mueller (1978)

PERTANIKA VOL. 14 NO. 1, 1991

KAJIAN KEBERKESANAN PROJEK PEMBANGUNAN ESTET PADI DI KELANTAN

persetujuan. Walaupun sebilangan kecil p e t a n i tidak bersetuju t e n t a n g p e r k a r a t e r t e n t u yang t e r d a p a t dalam konsep p t n y a t u a n t a n a h , h a m p i r k e s e m u a yang terlibat dalam Projek Perintis KADA II

bersetuju dengan konsep projek secara keseluruhan. Cara penerimaan projek di kalangan petani didapati berbeza-beza. Keadaan tersebut wujud berpunca daripada perbezaan kefahaman petani, pengaruh orang lain atau paksaan. Pegawai-pegawai KADA, penghulu (ketua kampung), Jawatankuasa Kemajuan Kampung (JKKK) dan orang perseorangan yang berpengaruh didapati penting dalam memberi penerangan untuk mempengaruhi sikapdan tanggapan petani. Terdapat sebilangan kecil petani yang menyertai projek kerana desakan apabila mendapati jiran-jiran mereka menerima projek tersebut. Kaedah penerimaan petani terhadap perlaksanaan projek dapat dilihat dalam Jadual 1. JADUAL 1 Taburan mengenai kaedah penerimaan petani terhadap projek Cara penerimaan

Bil.petan (N-8O)

Dengan kefahaman sendiri Dipengaruhioleh orang lain Paksaan

44

55.0

10 26

12.5 32.5

PENCAPAIAN SERTA KEYAKINAN PETANI TERHADAP PROJEK

Pencapaian matlamat dan objektif perlu diberi penekanan dalam menilai keberkesanan projek. Penilaian perlu kerana projek berkenaan telah menelan belanja yang banyak dan dijangka memberikan faedah kepada sebilangan besar keluarga tani. Kos projek IADP di kawasan KADA dalam Rancangan Malaysia Keempat ialah $114 juta dan dalam Rancangan Malaysia Kelima $57 juta. Ianya melibatkan kawasan projek se 1 uas 60,438 hektar dan dijangka 45,000 keluarga petani akan menikmati faedah daripada projek tersebut. Kos pembangunan bagi projek IADP di kawasan KADA ialah $3,153 sehektar dan kos pembangunan keluarga ialah $3,799 bagi setiap keluarga (Rancangan Malaysia Keempat, 1984). Kemudahan Infrastruklur

Pewujudan serta peningkatan kepada kemudahan infrastruktur boleh dianggap sebagai salah satu ciri

keberkesanan projek. Selain memudahkan perlaksanaan aktiviti utama iaitu pengeluaran hasil pertanian, petani juga akan dapat menikmati kemudahan kemudahan sepertijalan ladang, taliair dan sistem perparitan yang sistematik. Jadual 2 menunjukkan pencapaian perlaksanaan kemudahan infrastruktur di dalam kawasan projek. JADUAL2 Kepadatan jalan ladang, tali air dan perparitan di dalam kawasan projek Perkara

Sebelum projek

Kepadatan tiada jalan ladang maklumat Kepadatan taliair tiada (meter/hektar) maklumat Kepadatan perparitan tiada (meter/hektar) maklumat

Matlamat Pencapaian projek masakini (% kawasan) (% kawasan) 60.0

29.0

60.0

20.0

60.0

10.5

Sumber: Laporan Kemajuan IADP, Kementerian Pertanian Malaysia (1987) Pengeluaran Padi Perubahan kepada pengeluaran padi diperoleh dengan membandingkan hasil bersih padi sebelum projek dengan selepas projek (Jadual 3). Hasil kajian mendapati pengeluaran sebelum perlaksanaan projek berada di antara 0 hingga 4,000 kilogram dengan purata hasil sebanyak 970 kilogram . Selepas projek didapati pengeluaran berada di antara 150 hingga 4,250 kilogram, dan purata keluaran ialah 1,312.5 kilogram. JADUAL3 Taburan pengeluaran padi seluruh sawah semusim Sebelum projek

Selepas projek

Pengeluaran Bilangan petani Kurang daripada 625 kg 625-1250 kg 1250-1875 kg Lebih daripada 1875 kg

(%)

Bilangan petani

(%)

34 26 6

47.5 32.5 7.5

14 35 17

17.50 43.75 21.25

14

17.5

14

17.50

80

100.0

80

100.0

2 Kuantiti keluaran adalah untuk seluruh sawah petani. Keluasan tanah petani yang terletak di dalam kawasan projek berada dalam lingkungan 0.08 hektar sehingga 1.92 hektar. Keluasan purata ialah 0.4 hektar.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

113

MOHD.GHAZAU MOHAYIDIN DAN WAN AZAHARI WAN HARUN

Perbandingan pengeluaran hasil padi per hektar antara sebelum dan .sdepas projek serta mathimat projek dapat dilihat dalam Jadual 4. Hasil padi per hektar sebelum projek ialah 48.6% daripada matlamat projek. Setelah projek diusahakan hasi 1 telah meningkat kepada 76.1%. JADUAL 4 Purata pengeluaran padi per hektar Perkara

Sebelum

Matlamat

Selepas

projek

projek

projek

Pengel uaran padi (tan/hektar)

2.14

4.40

3.35

Sisihan piawai (tan/hektar)

2.68

2.82

Peratusan daripada 48.64 matlamat

76.14

Perbezaa ti Pen da pa ta n Pet a u i da la m Projek

Pendapatan kasar hasil padi untuk kesehu uhan sawah juga digunakan bagi meni 1 ai keberkesanan projek. Perbandingan dijalankan antara pendapatan kasar sebelum dan selepas projek. Hasi] kajian mendapati pendapatan sebelum projek berada dalam lingkungan $0.00 hingga $2,500.00 dengan purata pendapatan semusim $547.00 bagi seorang petani. Selepas projek, pendapatan petani meningkatsebanyak 37.48% dengan pendapatan purata $752.00 semusim bagi seorang petani (Jadual 5). JADUAL5 Taburan pendapatan kasar padi semusim untuk seluruh sawah

Sebelum projek

Selepas projek

Pendapatan Bilangan petani Kurang daripada $400 $400-$800 $800-$1200 Lebih daripada $1200

Purata pendapatan Sisihan piawai Peratus perubahan

114

Bilangan petani

43 19 6

53.75 23.75 7.50

23 33 13

28.75 41.25 16.25

12

If).00

11

13.72

80

100,00

80

100.00

S547 .00 $716 .00

.00 $650 .00

37. 48

Tahap Keyakinan Petani

Tahap keyakinan petani amat penting dalam mengukur tanggapan petani terhadap kesan perlaksanaan IADP. Faktor-faktor yang dikajj merangkumi keberuntungan projek, kebolehan dan kemahiran pegawai-pegawai KADA yang menjalankan aktiviti-aktiviti pengembangan, dan prestasi projek sebagai satu sistem yang dapat dimajukan sebagai perladangan komersil. Majoriti petani didapati mempunyai keyakinan (yakindan sangat yakin) tentang ketiga-tiga aspek yang dikemukakan kepada inereka (Jadual 6). JADUAL6 Peratus petani yang menyuarakan tahap keyakinan mereka terhadap projek Aktiviti Perladangan Tahap Keberuntungan pengembangan komersial kevakinan Sangat yakin Yakin Tidak pasti Tidak yakin Sangat tidak yakin

16.25 50.00 30.00 3.75

20.0 67.5 12.5

11.25 42.5 41.25

0

5.0

0

()

0

100.0

100.0

100.0

HarapanPetani Walaupun sebahagian besar petani berkeyakinan terhadap kejayaan projek, mereka tetap mengharapkan pihak KADA membahagikan semula lot tanah kepada keadaan asal seperti yang dijanjikan. Mereka tidak berpuas hati dengan masalah teknikal seperti penilaian tanah bagi urusanjualbeli dan pewarisan .Justeru itu, apabila diajukan soalan tentang harapan petani terhadap projek, didapati 22.5% mengharapkan KADA meneruskan atati mengambil alih pengurusan tanaman padi, 68.8% ingin mengusahakan tanaman mereka secara bebas seperti sebelum projek, dan 8.7% ingin mengusahakan sendiri tetapi memerlukan pengawasan dari pihak KADA. ANALISIS FAKTOR Teknik analisis faktor telah digunakan untuk menilai tanggapan petani tentang keberkesanan IADP menjalankan Projek Perintis KADA II. Beberapa soalan diajukan kepada responden bagi tujuan mendapatkan pandangan serta tanggapan mereka tentang keberkesanan projek. Soalansoalan tersebut termasuklah samaada projek vang disertai itu berkesan dalam meninggikan taraf hidup, meninggikan hasil pengeluaran, menyedia-

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

KAJIAN KEBERKESANAN PROJEK PEMBANGUNAN ESTET PADI DI KEIANTAN

JA0UAL7 Matrik korelasi faktor Angkubah

X|

X9

V

1 .()()()()

.6527 1.0000

.2929 .4202 1.0000 .3996 .3048 .2301

.6527 .2929 .4142 .4006 .0090

.4202 .4227 .2849 .0928

kan peluang pekerjaan, meningkatkan penerimaan teknologibaru,meningkatkan penggunaan inputpertanian yang baru dan menyediakan aktiviti pengembangan dan latihan. Soalan-soalan yang dikemukakan menggunakan lima kategori skala yaflg tersusun iaitu daripada skala sangat berkesan kepada sangat tidak berkesan. I'ntuk kajian ini prinsip komponen analisis faktordengan putaran 'ortogonal 1 telah digunakan. Bagi menyen an gkan penggunaan, makaangkubahangkubah yang digunakan ditukar kepada X , ,

.4142 .4227 .3996 1.0000 .6476 .1991

JADUAL9 Keputusan analisis komponen faktor

Xj = membantu meninggikan taraf hidup,

XL = menerima input-input pertanian baru, dan X6 = menyediakan aktiviti pengembangan dan latihan. Pekali matrik korelasi dan komunaliti jangkaan bagi setiap angkubah dalam sampel ditunjukkan dalamjadual 7 dan 8. JADUAL8

Komunaliti jangkaan bagi setiap angkubah dalam sampel Angkubah

Komunaliti jangkaan

XI X2 X3 X4 X5 X6

0.49605 0.89504 0.25720 0.59597 0.73339 0.12081

.0090 .0978 .2301 .1991 .3057 1.0000

Selepas memasukkan komunaliti jangkaan dalam pepenjuru utama bagi matrik korelasi, penyelesaian faktor yang terlibat adalah merujuk kepada gabungan nilaieigen dan vektoreigen. Jumlah nilai eigen yang dihasilkan sama dengan bilangan angkubah yang digunakan. Nilai eigen yang terbesar mewakili jumlah bahagian varians yang terbesar, nilai eigen yang kedua terbesar mewakili jumlah bahagian varians yang kedua besarnya dan begitulah seterusnya. Ini dapat dilihat dalamjadual 9.

X.sepertiberikut:

X9 = meninggikan basil pengeluaran tanaman, X,? = menyediakan peluang pekerjaan kepada keluarga dan penduduk setempat, X4 = menerima teknologi baru,

.4006 .2849 .3048 .6476 1.0000 .3057

Bil. faktor

1 2 3 4 5 6

Nilaieigen

2.78521 1.12588 0.79946 0.64838 0.37346 0.26761

% varians

46.4 18.8 13.3 10.8 6.2 4.5

Timbunan ' < vanans 46.4 65.2 78.5 89.3 95.5 100.0

Faktor 1 mempunyai nilai eigen 2.78521, faktor 2 nilai eigennya 1.12588 dan seterusnya hingga faktor 6 dan nilai eigen ini jika dijumlahkan bersamaan dengan 6 iaitu sama dengan jumlah angkubah yang digunakan. Dalam kajian ini teknik SPSS 'default' 1 telah digunakan bagi menentukanfaktoryangdisimpan seperti yang dilihat dalamjadual 9, di mana hanya dua faktor sahaja yang disimpan iaitu yang mempunyai nilai eigen lebih daripada 1.0. Keputusan analisis faktor yang dijalankan berdasarkan putaran 'varimax' dapat dilihat dalam Jadual 10. 3 SPSS 'default' menyimpan faktor yang mempunyai nilaian eigen lebih daripada 1.0. Dengan menggunakan

subpengatucaraan 'FACTOR1 dalam pengaturcaraan SPSS

bagi analisis faktor, maka ia secara automatik akan menghapuskan semua faktor yang mempunyai nilai eigen yang kurang daripada 1.0.

PERTANIKA VOL. 14 NO.l, 1991

115

MOHD. GHAZALl MOHAV1DIN DAN WAN AZAHARl WAN HARUN

JADUAL10 'Varimax' matrik faktor bagi tanggapan peserta terhadap keberkesanan projek Putaran Perkara

Skor

Beban 1

faktor 2

meninggikan taraf hidup

sangat berkesan

.66166

.08650

,

x,

meninggikan hasil tanaman

sangat berkesan

.99569

-.12751

menyediakan banyak peluangpekerjaan

berkesan

.32956

.26609

Angkubah

x

X

K

X

penerimaan teknologi baru

, sangat berkesan

25343

.62512

4

X

penerimaan input baru

sangat berkesan

.04139

83712

5

X

6

aktiviti pengembangan

berkesan

-.05798

.36938

Faktor

NilaiEigen

%Varians

1

2.78521

46.4

2

1.12588

65.2

Terdapat dua faktor yang menerangkan 65.2% jumlah keseluruhan varians. Faktor-faktor yang wujud dapat diterangkan berdasarkan corak kriteriamenurun. Faktor-faktorditentukan berdasarkan corak pembebanan faktor (factor loading) di mana pembebanan (loading) tertinggi diberi keutamaan. Berdasarkan analisis faktor ke atas data-data yang berhubung dengan tanggapan petani mengenai keberkesanan projek, didapati hanya angkubahangkubah XL, X^, X4 ,danX 5 menjadikomponen f aktor-faktor yang terpen ting. Berdasarkan kepadajadual 11, faktor 1 yang dikenal pasti sebagai perubahan pendapatan menunjukkan jumlah varians sebanyak 46.4%.

JADUAL 12 Inovasi pertanian

JADUAL11 Perubahan pendapatan

Angkubah Bebanan

Angkubah

Bebanan

Perkara

Skor

X2

0.996

X3

0.662

Meninggikan hasil tanaman Meninggikan taraf hidup

Sangat berkesan Sangat berkesan

Nilaieigen = 2.78521 Peratus = 46.4% T i m b u n a n p e r a t u s v a r i a n s = 46.4%

116

Faktormeninggikan hasil pengeluaran tanaman dan taraf hidup petani mempunyai bebanan tertinggi iaitu 0.996 dan 0.662. Oleh itu pada tanggapan petani projek ini berkesan dari segi menambah pendapatan mereka. Kesan projek ten tang perkara ini dapat dibuktikan oleh pengeluaran hasil per hektar yang telah bertambah dari 2.14 kepada 3.35 tan (Jadual 3). Faktor 2, yang dikenalpasti sebagai inovasi peftanian, memberikan jumlah varians sebanyak 18.8%. Faktor inovasi pertanian ialah untuk angkubah penerimaan input baru pertanian dan penerimaan teknologi baru yang masing-masing mempunyai bebanan 0.837 dan 0.625 (Jadual 12).

Perkara

Skor

X.

0.837

Penerimaan input pertanian baru

X4

0.625

Penerimaan teknologi Sangat baru berkesan

Nilaieigen = 1.12588 Peratus varians = 18.8% Timbunan peratus varians = 65.2%

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

Sangat berkesan

KAJIAN KEBERKESANAN PROJEK PEMBANGUNAN ESTET PADI DI KELANTAN

Parapetani menganggap projek ini berkesan dari segi meninggikan inovasi pertanian di kalangan mereka. Penerimaan input-input pertanian baru meliputi penggunaan benih baka baru, baja dan racun mengikut kadar-kadar yang telah ditetapkan. Penerimaan teknologi baru pula ialah galakan dalam menggunakan jentera penuai di samping jenterapembajak yang memang telah digunakan, sistem semaian dapog dan tabur terus bagi mengurangkan kos serta sistem pintu kawa 1 an air vang lebih sistematik untuk mengawal kuantiti air. Komponen faktor-faktor ini dianggap pen ting untukmenilaikeberkesanan projek berdasarkan tanggapan para petani. KESIMPULAN Di sepanjang tempoh perlaksanaan 1967-73, IADP di KADA gagal mencapai matlamat asalnya, terutama dari segi menyediakan kemudahan infrastruktur serta meningkatkan pengeluaran dan pendapatan petani. Setelah Projek Perintis KADA II dilaksanakan di beberapa tempat didalam kawasan IADP KADA, pencapaian matlamat asal IADP ditempat-tempat tersebut telah dapat diperbaiki. Kesan daripada pelaksanaan projek perintisini ialah kejayaannya dalam meningkatkan pengeluaran hasil per hektar, memberi kemudahan infrastruktur kepada petani dalam kawasan projek sertamenyeimbangkan kedudukan sosioekonomi petani. Peserta-peserta jugaberpendapatbahawa projek ini berkesan dari segi menambah pendapatan dan menyedarkan petani supaya menggunakan inovasi- inovasi baru di dalam kegiatan mereka. Sekiranya perkembangan ini berterusan dan usaha-usaha dalam bidang ini dapatdipertingkatkan serta dipergiatkan lagi maka matlamat utama Dasar Pertanian Negara khususnya di sektor padi akan dapat dicapai. Oleh itu adalah dicadangkan bahawa: (i) Perlaksanaan Projek Perintis KADA II haruslah diteruskan serta dikembangkan di kawasan KADA yang lain kerana kesan perlaksanaan dari projek ini menunjukkan penambahan hasil dan pendapatan. Walau bagaimanapun kos serta faedah perlaksanaan projek mestilah diteliti dengan mendalam terlebih dahulu. (ii) Kemudahan infi astruktur haruslah ditambah bagi mencapai kepadatan yang telah ditetapkan oleh IADP untuk memberi kemudahan kepada petani meningkatkan daya pengeluaran mereka.

Pencapaian masa kini masih belum mencapai matlamatasal IADP. (iii) Perlaksanaan projek ini melibatkan pembahagian serta penyusunan semula lot secarasementara. Bagi mengatasi masalahmasalahpentadbiran,urusanjualbeli serta masalah yang berkaitan dengan harta pesaka di pihak petani, disarankan satu pembahagian yang kekal dibuat. Geran asal haruslah digantikan dengan geran baru dan bagi petani-petani yang tanah mereka terpaksa diambil mestilah menerima bayaran pampasan. (iv) Dalam perancangan dan perlaksanaan projek, pendapat para petani dan masyarakat umum perlu diambil kira terutama sekali yang melibatkan kehidupan mereka. (v) Program-program serta aktiviti-aktiviti pengembangan haruslah dipergiatkan bagi mendedahkan lagi petani kepada teknik penanaman padi secara moden yang dapat meninggikan produktiviti. (vi) Penggunaan teknologi yang bersesuaian dengan keadaan setempat haruslah diperkenalkan kerana tidak semua teknologi baru sesuai dengan keadaan setempat. Umpamanya ada petani mendapati bahawa jentera penuai yang digunakan sekarang tidak sesuai bagi setengah-setengah tempat dalam kawasan KADA yang mempunyai struktur tanah yang lembut dan berlumpur. RUJUKAN DASAR PKRTANIAN NEGARA. 1984. Kuala Lumpur: Jabatan Percetakan Negara. FORSLUILD, MORRIS. A. 1980, Patterns of Deliquency Involvement: An Empirical Typology. Kertaskerja yang dibentangkan di Annual Anthropologists, Lethbridge, Alberto. KAJIAN SEPARUH PERTANIAN MALAYSIA.

1984. Kuala

Lumpur: Jabatan Percetakan Negara. 1984. Dasar Pertanian Negara, Strategi Pembangunan di Sektor Padi. Kuala Lumpur: Jabatan Percetakan Negara.

KEMENTERIAN PERTANIAN MALAYSIA.

1987. Laporan Kemajuan Rancangan Pembangunan Pertanian Bersepadu, Kuala Lumpur: Jabatan Percetakan Negara.

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

117

MOHD. GHAZALI MOHAYIDIN DAN WAN AZAHARI WAN HARUN

KENNETH, H.B. 1983. Modelling Farm Decisions for Policy Analysis. Colorado: Western Press Inc.

RANCANGAN MALARIA KELIMA 1986-90. 1986. Kuaj

KJM,JAE-ON. 1975. Factor Analysis, Statistical Package for the Social Sciences. New York: McGraw Hill.

STEWART, D. W. 1981, T h e Applications anc

Lumpur: Jabatan Percetakan Negara. Misapplications of Factor Analysis in Marketing Research. Journal of Marketing Research (Feb).

KIM.JAE-ON dan CHARI.ES MUELLER. 1978. Introduction

to Factor Analysis: What it is and How to do it. California: Sage Paper Series. KIM, J.O., N. NIE and S. VERBA. 1977. A Note of Factor Analyzing Nichotomous Variables: The Case of Political Participation. Political Methodology 4:39-62. KLECKA, WILLIAM. R. 1980. Discriminant Analysis. California : Sage Publications.

UNIT PERANCANG

EKONOMI

NEGERI.

1985. DaJ

Pertanian Negara dan Strategi Pembangunan Sekti Pertanian di Negeri Kelantan, Kota Bharu: Pejaba Setiausaha Kerajaan.

VELICER, W.F. 1975. The Relation between Factori Scores, Image Scores, and Principal Componerr Scores. Educational and Pyschological Movernm 36:149-159.

LEMBAGAKEMAJUAN PERTANIAN KEMUBU. 1987.Taklimat

Jabatan dan Agensi Kementerian Pertanian, Bukit Kiara,Jabatan Percetakan Negara. RANCANGAN MALA\SIA KEEMPAT 1981-85. 1981. Kuala

Lumpur: Jabatan Percetakan Negara.

118

PERTANIKAVOL. 14NO.1, 1991

(Diterima 12Januarit 1989

PertanikaH(2), 119-124(1991)

Pf Growth and Physiological Changes of NFT-Grown Tomatoes (Lycopersicon esculentum) as Influenced by Salinity, Vapour Pressure Deficit (VPD) and Root Temperature. I. MOHDRAZI 1 and S.W. BURRAGE2 Department of Agronomy and Horticulture Universiti Pertanian Malaysia 43400 UPMSerdang, SelangorDarulEhsan Malaysia. 1

2

Wye College, Ashford, Kent TN25 5AH, England. Keywords: Lycopersicon esculentum; salinity; vapour pressure deficit; root temperature; growth; water relation; photosynthesis. ABSTRAK Kesan kepekatan larutan nutrien, deficit tekanan wap dan suhu larutan ke atas pertumbuhan dan prosesfisilogibagi tanaman tomato (Lycopersicon esculentum Mill cv. Counter)yangditanamdalamsistemteknik aircetek(NFT) telah dikaji. Tanaman telah diberi rawatan kepekatan larutan nutrien (2.5 mS/cm 8.5 mS/cm), deficit tekanan wap (0,16kPa; 0.80 kPa) dan suhu larutan (12° C,22° C). Pertumbuhan daun dan akar dikurangkan apabila tanaman ditanam pada kepekatan larutan tinggi, deficit tekanan wap rendah dan suhu larutan rendah. Pengurangan pertumbuhan daun oleh kepekatan tinggi dan suhu yang rendah adalah dihasilkan dart kesan tegasan airyang ditunjukkan dengan pengurangan potensi air dan pengambilan air oleh tanaman. Pengurangan kadar tranpirasi menghalangpergerakan nutrien tanaman yang ditanam dalam keadaan deficit tekanan wap rendah menyebabkan pengurangan pertumbuhan daun. Konduksi stomata mengurang bila tanaman ditanam pada kepekatan larutan tinggi, deficit tekanan wap tinggi dan suhu larutan yang rendah. Walau bagaimanapun, pengurangan oleh deficit tekanan wap tinggi dan suhu rendah tidak menjejaskan kadarfotosintesis bagi seunit luas daun. ABSTRACT

The effects of salinity, vapour pressure deficit (VPD)and root temperature were investigated on the growth and physiological processes ofNFT-grown tomatoes (Lycopersicon esculentum Mill cv Counter). The plants were expos to two levels of salinity (2.5 mS/cm; 8.5 mS/cm), VPD (0.16 kPa; 0.80 kPa) and root temperature (12 °C; 22° C). Lea and root growth werereduced whenplants were grown at high salinity, low VPD and lowroot temperature. The reduct in leaf growth at high salinity and low root temperature was attributed to the water stress effect indicated by a reductio in leafwater potential and plant water uptake. The reduction in transpiration rate which limits the transfer of nutrient in the plants contributes to the reduction in leaf growth at low VPD. Stomatal conductance was reduced when plants were grown at high salinity, high VPD and low root temperature. This reduction at low VPD and low root temperature however, did not affect the leaf photosynthesis rate per unit leaf area. INTRODUCTION Nutrient film technique (NFT) of growing plants is described as the most sophisticated technology yet conceived for improvement and control of crop production in the greenhouse (Wittwer 1980). In NFT-grown tomatoes, salinity and root temperature were manipulated to improve growth and fruit development. High salinity was reported to produce deleterious as well as beneficial effects

on tomatoes (Costa etal 1986; Adams 1987). High salinity increased the osmotic potential of root environment. As a result, water uptake is reduced, resulting in an internal water deficit in plants creating an effect similar to that of plants exposed to drought conditions. Plant growth and development were also increased with increasing root temperatures (Cooper 1973;Papadopuolos andTiensen 1987). This

Smile Life

When life gives you a hundred reasons to cry, show life that you have a thousand reasons to smile

Get in touch

© Copyright 2015 - 2024 PDFFOX.COM - All rights reserved.